Skip to main content

Full text of "Proceedings of the Indiana Academy of Science"

See other formats


:  .  /¥M 


3312, 


506                   i#r£ 

bSl-93 

*0* 

HARVARD    UNIVERSITY 

%}ovk 

w 

Library  of  the 

\ 

Museum  of 

I 

Comparative  Zoology 

A* 

i 

i 

PROCEEDINGS 


Indiana  Academy  of  Science. 


1892. 


BROOKVILLE,  IND. 


PROCEEDINGS 


Indiana  Academy  of  Science, 


1892. 


0.  P.  HAY,  I 

C.  A.  WALDO.        ^Editors. 
.1.  M.  COULTER,    ) 

A.  W.  BUTLER, 

('.  H.  EIGENMANN, 

;VFV™,!S>        [Assistant  Editors. 

1.  M.  UNDERWOOD,  | 
F.  M.  WEBSTER, 


TERRE  HAUTE,  IND. 

Press  of  Moobe  &  Langen. 

1893. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


Officers  1892-93 i 

Committees  1892-93 •  ° 

Complete  List  of  Officers '• 

Constitution ' 

By-Laws 

List'of  Members ' '•' 

Spring  Meeting    .  .  .  ■   •  • 1:* 

Proceedings  of  the  Winter  Meeting,  L892  1"' 


ILLUSTRATIONS. 


Two-Ocean  Pass    . 

The  Auxanomeur 
Insect  Fauna  Map 


OFFICERS,    1892-93 

President, 
J.  C.  ARTHUR. 

Vice-Pkesident, 
W.  A.  NO  YES. 

Secretary, 
AMOS  W.  BUTLER. 

ASSISTANT    SeCRETA  RY, 

-STANLEY  COULTEK. 

tW.  W.  NORMAN. 

Treasurer, 

C.  A.  WALDo. 


EX  EOUTIVE  COMMITTEE, 

J.  C.  Arthur  W.  A.  Noyes,  Amos  W.  Butler, 

W.  W.  Norman,  C.  A.  Waldo.  John  M.  Coulter, 

J.  P.  D.John,  T.  C.  Mendenhall,  0.  P.  Hay, 

D.  s.  Jordan.  .1.  I..  Campbell.  J.  C.  Branner. 


CURATORS. 


Botany John  M.  Coulter. 

Ichthyology Carl.  H.  Eigenmann. 

<  (rnithology Amos  W.  Bctleh. 

Herpetology 0.  P.  Hay. 

Entomology E.  M.  Webster. 

Mammalogy E.  R.  Quick. 


Resigned. 
tTo  fill  vacancy. 


COMMITTEES,  1892-93. 

PROGRAMME. 
L.  M.  Underwood,  W.  A.  Xo\  i>. 

MEMBERSHIP. 
C.  H.  Eigenmann,  P.  S.  Baker,  I>.  T.  McDougal. 

NOMINATIONS. 

0.  P.  Hay.  H.  A.  Huston,  W.  P.  Shannon. 

AUDITING. 

P.  S.  Baker,  W.  W.  Norman. 

PLAN  FOR  PUBLICATION. 
Stanley  Coulter,  L.  M.  Underwood,  A.W.Butler. 

STATE  LIBRARY. 
('.  A.  Waldo,  J.  M.  Coulter,  W.  A.  Noyes. 

LEGISLATION  FOR  THE  RESTRICTION  OF  WEEDS. 
J.  C.  Arthur,  J.  M.  Coulter,  W.  H.  Evans. 

EDITORS. 
O.  P.  Hay,  C.  A.  Waldo,  J.  M.  Coulter. 

PRESERVATION  OF  ABORIGINAL  EARTHWORKS  NEAR 
ANDERSON. 

J.  M.  Coulter,  J.  P.  D.  John,  0.  J.  Crak;, 

D.  W.  Dennis,  F.  A.  Walker. 

BIOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 
L.  M.  Underwood,  A.  W.  Butler,  J.  M.  Coulter. 

DIRECTORS  BIOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 
L.  M.  Underwood,  C.  H.  Eigenmann,  V.  E.  Maksters. 

RELATIONS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  To  THE  STATE. 
C.  A.  Waldo,  J.  M.  Coulter,  A.  W.  Butler. 


X 

■J. 

H 

C 

a 

s 

a 

o 

^ 

M 

44 

■*! 

x 

c3 

^ 

OJ 

j» 

- 

© 

<D 

£ 

£ 

H  ' 

0H 

-t 

< 

~ 

C 

c 

O 

c 

c 

O 

U 

>' 

1 

ftn 

■»3  cS 

E- 

3a 

°  s 

o.° 

£; 

QQ 

>>  . 

H 

2% 

• 

< 

xi= 

u 

h 

t-' 

0) 

<B 

o> 

c 

s 

3 

s 

s 

!3 

< 

n 

PQ 

PQ 

PQ 

PQ 

pq 

PQ 

PQ 

1 

£ 

> 

£ 

> 

^ 

£ 

£ 

£ 

£ 

X 

X 

X 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

O 

O 

a 

s 

a 

a 

a 

a 

a 

<i 

< 

< 

<i 

< 

< 

< 

<! 

^ 

<D 

03 

c3 

a 

43 

| 

5 

o 

O 

2Q 

a> 

>> 

c3 

0> 
42 

a 
o 

p 

o 

~ 

O 

H 

b 

-' 

Hs 

c 

"-T 

i~ 

CO 

05 

— 

CM 

,- 

r^ 

t!_ 

o 

_i. 

-M 

X 

g 

OS 

x 

X 

CO 

CO 

X 

CONSTITI'TIOX. 


Section  1.  This  Association  shall  be  called  the  Indiana  Academy  of 
Science. 

Sec.  2.  The  objects  of  this  Academy  shall  be  scientific  research  and  the 
diffusion  of  knowledge  concerning  the  various  departments  of  science. 

Sec.  3.  Members  of  this  Academy  shall  consist  of  three  classes,  active, 
non-resident  and  honorary.  Any  person  engaged  in  any  department  of 
scientific  work,  or  in  original  research  in  any  department  of  science,  shall 
be  eligible  to  active  membership.  Active  members  may  be  annual  or  life 
members.  Annual  members  may  be  elected  at  any  meeting  of  the  Acad- 
emy; they  shall  sign  the  constitution,  pay  an  admission  fee  of  two  dollars, 
and  thereafter,  an  annual  fee  of  one  dollar.  Any  person  who  shall  at  one 
time  contribute  fifty  dollars  to  the  funds  of  this  Academy,  maybe  elected 
a  life  member  of  the  Academy,  free  of  assessment.  Xon-resident  mem- 
bers may  be  elected  from  those  who  have  been  active  members  but  who 
have  removed  from  the  state.  Honorary  members  may  be  elected  on  ac- 
count of  special  prominence  in  science,  on  the  written  recommendation  of 
two  members  of  the  Academy.  In  any  case,  a  three  fourths  vote  of  the 
members  present  shall  elect  to  membership.  Applications  for  member, 
ship  in  any  of  the  foregoing  classes  shall  be  referred  to  a  committee  on  ap- 
plications for  membership,  who  shall  consider  such  application  and  re- 
port to  the  Academy  before  the  election. 

Sec.  4.  The  officers  of  this  Academy  shall  be  chosen  by  ballot  at  the 
annual  meeting,  and  shall  hold  office  one  year.  They  shall  consist  of  a 
president,  a  vice  president,  secretary,  assistant  secretary,  and  treasurer, 
who  shall  perform  the  duties  usually  pertaining  to  their  respective  offices, 
and  in  addition,  with  the  ex-presidents  of  the  Academy,  shall  constitute 
an  executive  committee.  The  president  shall,  at  each  annual  meeting, 
appoint  two  members  to  be  a  committee  which  shall  prepare  the  pro- 
grammes and  have  charge  of  the  arrangements  for  all  meetings  for  one 
year. 

Sec.  5.  The  annual  meeting  of  this  Academy  shall  be  held  in  the  city 
of  Indianapolis,  within  the  week  following  Christmas  of  each  year,  unless 
otherwise  ordered  by  the  executive  committee.  There  shall  also  be  a 
summer  meeting  at  such  time  and  place  as  may  be  decided  upon  by  the 


executive  committee.     Other  meetings  may  be  called  at  the  discretion  of 
the  executive  committee. 

Sec.  fr  This  constitution  may  be  altered  or  amended  at  any  annual 
meeting  by  a  three-fourths  majority  of  attending  members  of  at  least  one 
year's  standing.  No  question  of  amendment  shall  be  decided  on  the  day 
of  its  presentation. 


BY-LAWS. 


1.  On  motion,  any  special  department  of  science  shall  be  assigned  to 
a  curator,  whose  duty  it  shall  be,  with  the  assistance  of  the  other  mem- 
bers interested  in  the  same  department,  to  endeavor  to  advance  a  knowl- 
edge in  that  particular  department.  Each  curator  shall  report  at  such 
time  and  place  an  the  Academy  shall  direct.  These  reports  shall  include 
a  brief  summary  of  the  progress  of  the  department  during  the  year  pre- 
ceding the  presentation  of  the  report. 

2.  The  president  shall  deliver  a  public  address  on  the  evening  of  one  of 
the  days  of  the  meeting  at  the  expiration  of  his  term  of  office. 

:'..  Xo  special  meeting  of  the  Academy  shall  be  held  without  a  notice 
of  the  same  having  been  sent  to  the  address  of  each  member  at  least  fif- 
teen days  before  such  meeting. 

4.  Xo  bill  against  the  Academy  shall  be  paid  without  an  order  signed 
by  the  president  and  countersigned  by  the  secretary. 

5.  Members  who  shall  allow  their  dues  to  remain  unpaid  for  two 
years,  having  been  annually  notified  of  their  arrearage  by  the  treasurer, 
shall  have  their  names  stricken  from  the  roll. 

6.  Ten  members  shall  constitute  a  quorum  for  the  transaction  of  busi- 
ness. 


MEMBERS. 

HONORARY  MEM  HER. 
I>aniel  Kirkwood Riverside.  Cai. 


NON  RESIDENT  MEMBERS. 

John  C.  Branner i'alo  Alto,  Cal. 

I).  II.  Campbell Palo  Alto,  Cal. 

B.  W.  Evermann Washington,  D.  ('. 

Charles  H.  Gilbert Palo  Alto,  Cal. 

C.  W.  Green Palo  Alto,  Cal. 

(  .  W.  Hargitt Syracuse,  N.  Y. 

Edward  Hughes Palo  Alto,  Cal. 

0.  P.  Jenkins Palo  Alto,  Cal. 

David  S.  Jordan Palo  Alto,  Cal. 

J.  S.  Kingsley Tufts  College,  Mass. 

Alfred  Springer Cincinnati,  Ohio. 

Robert  B.  Warder Washington,  D.  C. 


ACTIVE  MEMBERS. 

J.  Alex.  Adair Hanover. 

J.  C.  Arthur Lafayette. 

Harry  E.  Bain  Iowa  City,  Iowa. 

Philip  S.  Baker Greencastle. 

Timothy  H.  Ball Crown  Point. 

George  W.  Benton Indianapolis. 

Alexander  Black Greencastle. 

Willis  S.  Blatchley Terre  Haute. 

Henry  L.  Bolley Fargo,  X.  D. 

M.  A.  Brannon Ft.  Wayne. 

W.  V.  Brown <  irt-encastle. 

H.  L.  Brunei' Irvington. 

J.  B.  Buvris (  Uoverdale. 

Amos  W.  Butler Brookville. 

Xoble  C.  Butler Indianapolis. 

•I.  L.  Campbell Crawfordsville. 


10 

J.  T.  Campbell Rockville. 

J.  Fred  Clearwater? Greencastle. 

John  M.  Coulter Lake  Forest,  111. 

Stanley  Coulter     Lafayette. 

U.  ( ).  Cox Mankato.  Minn. 

M.  E.  Crowell Indianapolis. 

WillCumbatk Greensburg. 

George  L.  Curtiss Greencastle. 

F».  M.  Davis Irvington. 

D.W.Dennis •    •      Richmond. 

Chas.  E.  Dryer Terre  Haute. 

Joseph  Eastman Indianapolis. 

H.  T.  Eddy Terre  Haute. 

Carl  11.  Eigenmann F.loomington. 

E.  S.   Elder Indianapolis. 

Samuel  G.  Evans Evansville. 

E.  M.  Fisher Fake  Forest,  111. 

Wilbur  A.  Fisk Richmond. 

.1.  .1.  Flather Lafayette. 

Robert  G.  (i ilium      Terre  Haute. 

U.  F.  Glick Xewbern. 

Katherine  E.  Golden Lafayette. 

Michael  Golden Lafayette. 

C.  F.  Goodwin Brookville. 

S.  S.  Gorby Indianapolis. 

W.  F.  M.  Goss Lafayette. 

Vernon  Gould Rochester. 

Thomas  (iray Terre  Haute. 

Edwin  Stanton  Hallett Corydon. 

A.  s.  Hathaway Terre  Haute. 

O.  P.  Hay Chicago.  111. 

Wm.  Perry  Hay Irvington. 

Franklin  W.  Hayes Indianapolis. 

Robert  Hessler Indianapolis. 

W.  A.  Hester Evansville. 

T.  H.  Hibben     Indianapolis. 

<ieo.  C.  Hubbar.l Moore's  Hill. 

.1.  W.  Hubbard Bloomington. 


11 

H.  A.  Huston Lafayette. 

Thomas  M.  Iden Irvington. 

Alex.  Jameson Indianapolis. 

A.  E.  Jessup CarmeL 

J.  P.  D.John Greencastle. 

Sylvester  Johnson Irvington. 

W.  B.  Johnson Franklin. 

J.G.  Kingsbury Irvington. 

W.  H.  Kirchner. Terre  Haute. 

Daniel  Layman     Indianapolis. 

W.  S.  Lemen Indianapolis. 

Robert  E.  Lyons Bloomington. 

Herbert  W.  McBride Chicago,  111. 

Robert  Wesley  McBride Indianapolis. 

D.  T.  McDougal Minneapolis,  Minn. 

F.  M.  McFarland Pal°  Alto>  CaL 

J.  W.  Marsee Indianapolis. 

Vernon  F.  Marsters     Bloomington. 

C.  Leo  Mees Terre  Haute" 

T.  C.  Mendenhall Washington,  D.  C, 

Joseph  Moore ■   ■   ■  Richmond. 

Warren  K.  Moorehead Xenia.  Ohio. 

David  M.  Mottier Bloomington. 

J.RNaylor Greencastle. 

Charles  E.  Newlin Indianapolis. 

W   W.Norman Greencastle. 

W.  A.  Xoyes Terre  Haute" 

J.  H.  Oliver Indianapolis. 

D.  A.  Owen .Franklin. 

Wallace  C.  Palmer Columbia  City. 

Alfred  E.'  Phillips Lafayette. 

Elwood  Pleas Dunrieth. 

E.  R.  Quick Brookville. 

Ryland  Ratliff Fairmount. 

Thomas  B.  Redding     .  '. Sew  Castle" 

D.  C.  Ridgley *orth  Manchester. 

Herman  B.Ritter Indianapolis. 

Ueorge  L.  Roberts Greensburg. 


12 

L.  J.  Rettger Terre  Haute. 

John  F.  Schnaible Lafayette. 

J.  T.  Scovell Terre  Haute. 

0.  I'..  Schafer Huntington. 

W.  1'.  Shannon Greensburg. 

G.  W.  Sloan Indianapolis. 

Alexander  Smith Crawfordsville. 

W.  J.  Spillman Monmouth,  Ore. 

Sidney  T.  Sterling Camden. 

M.  C.  Stevens Lafayette. 

Winthrop  E.  Stone Lafayette. 

A.  E.  Swann    .    .       .% Indianapolis. 

Frank  B.  Taylor Ft.  Wayne. 

Erastus  Test Lafayette. 

F.  C.  Test Washington.  D.  C. 

Mason  B.  Thomas Crawfordsville. 

Wm.  M.  Thrasher Irvington. 

A.  L.  Treadwell      Oxford,  Ohio. 

Joseph  H.  Tudor Baltimore,  Md. 

E.  B.  Uline Lake  Forest,  111. 

A.  B.  Llrey      Bloomington. 

L.  M.  Inderwood Greencastle. 

T.  C.  Van  Nuys Bloomington. 

C.  A.  Waldo Greencastle. 

F.  A.  Walker Anderson. 

F.  M.  Webster   .    .  Wooster,  <  )hio. 

M.  W.  Wells Indianapolis. 

J.  R.  Wiest Richmond. 

H.  W.  Wiley Washington.  D.  C. 

William  S.  Wood Seymour. 

A.  J.  Woolman Duluth,  Minn. 

A.  Harvey  Young Hanover. 

Honorary  member 1 

Non-resident  members 12 

Active  members 121 

Total 1.'.4 


SPUING  MEETING 


The  spring  meeting  of  the  Academy  was  held  at  Terre  Haute,  Ind.,  May 
17,  IS  and  19,  1893. 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  by  Vice  President  Noyes,  at  3  o'clock 
p.m., May  17,  in  the  chemical  lecture  room  of  Eose  Polytechnic  Institute. 

J.  M.  Coulter,  W.  W.  Norman  and  J.  T.  Scovell  were  appointed  Mem- 
bership Committee. 

L.  M.  Underwood  presented  a  report  from  the  committee  on  State  Bio- 
logical Survey,  of  which  he  is  chairman.  The  'chairman  was  instructed 
to  appoint  two  other  members  to  serve  on  the  committee  with  him  and 
to  present  plans  at  this  meeting  for  carrying  on  the  work. 

Acting  president  Noyes  announced  an  excursion  for  the  next  day,  leaving 
the  Terre  Haute  House  early  in  the  morning,  crossing  the  river,  thence  to 
Durkee's  Ferry,  returning  to  Terre  Haute  in  time  for  supper. 

In  the  evening  the  Academy  met  in  the  Normal  school.  President  Ar- 
thur presided. 

Dr.  T.  C.  Mendenhall  spoke  of  "The  Summit  of  the  Continent."  Dr.  J. 
M.  Coulter  spoke  on  "  Forestry." 

Later  in  the  evening  another  meeting  was  held  at  the  Terre  Haute  House. 
Prof.  Underwood  announced  he  had  requested  to  serve  with  him  on  the 
committee  on  Biological  Survey,  J.  M.  Coulter  and  A.  W.  Butler. 

The  members  then  discussed  the  question  of  the  relation  the  Academy 
should  sustain  to  the  State. 

C.  A.  Waldo,  J.  M.  Coulter  and  A.  W.  Butler  were  appointed  a  commit- 
tee to  consider  this. 

The  resignation  of  Prof.  Stanley  Coulter,  as  assistant  secretary,  was 
accepted. 

A  meeting  of  the  Academy  was  held  on  the  evening  of  May  18th,  at  the 
same  place. 

The  committee  on  Biological   Survey  announced  that  for  the  present 


three  directors,  one  representing  Botany,  one  Zoology  and  one  Paleon- 
tology be  appointed.  The  recommendation  was  approved.  L.  M.  Under- 
wood, C.  H.  Eigenmann  and  V.  F.  Marsters  were  appointed  such  committee. 

Instructions  were  given  the  Programme  Committee  regarding  arrange- 
ments for  the  winter  meeting. 

W.  W.  Norman  was  elected  assistant  secretary. 

The  day  was  spent  along  the  west  side  of  the  Wabash  river,  above  Terre 
Haute,  and  was  greatly  enjoyed.  Some  of  the  members  continued  their 
investigations  the  following  day. 


WINTER  MEETING. 
Indianapolis,  Dec  28,  29,  1892. 


PRESIDENTS  ADDRESS. 


Thk  Interdependence  of  Liberal  Pursuits. 
J.  L.  Campbell,  Ckawfokdsyii.li:. 

The  crowning  group  in  stone  for  the  new  library  building  in  Indianapo- 
lis, by  Richard  W.  Bock,  of  Chicago,  is  composed  of  three  figures,  repre- 
senting Literature,  Science  and  Art. 

The  central  figure,  sixteen  feet  in  height,  represents  Science,  holding  in 
his  right  hand  stretched  upward  the  torch  of  enlightenment,  and  in  his 
left  a  palm,  the  reward  of  victory. 

In  a  sitting  posture  to  the  right  a  female  figure  represents  Literature. 
She  holds  a  book  in  the  left  hand  resting  on  the  knee,  and  with  uplifted 
pen  in  the  right  hand  she  is  presented  at  the  inspired  moment— write. 

The  third  figure,  representing  Art,  is  also  a  woman.  She  holds  a  draw- 
ing board  upon  which  she  is  about  to  produce  a  design. 

This  group  suggests  the  topic  for  discussion,  and  the  subject  may  be  en- 
titled the  Interdependence  of  the  Liberal  Pursuits,  or  in  the  spirit  of  the 
times,  the  need  of  an  intellectual  trust,  whereby  the  interests  of  science, 
literature  and  art  may  be  better  cared  for,  and  under  its  fostering  care 
there  may  be  developed  higher,  art,  purer  literature  and  nobler  science. 

The  group  in  stone  is  a  unit,  and  my  plea  will  be  for  the  unity  of  these 
liberal  pursuits. 

The  distinguishing  characteristic  of  our  day  is  devotion  to  specialties, 
and  this  devotion  has  made  us  strangers  to  each  other. 

A  critical  examination  of  the  productions  in  the  various  departments  of 
literature  and  science  will  disclose  many  defects,  which  may  be  traced 
chiefly  to  the  want  of  interchange  of  thought. 

The  scientific  treatises  often  are  defective  in  style  and  expression,  and 
the  literary  works  frequently  are  laughably  absurd  in  their  scientific  by- 
plays. 

The  scientific  man  waves  aside  with  contempt  the  latest  novel,  and  the 
novelist  returns  the  compliment  by  pitying  the  devotion  of  the  discoverer 
of  an  unclassified  bug  or  a  fresh  compound. 

A  more  generous  fellowship  is  needed  for  mutual  benefit. 


n; 

This  criticism  is  not  intended  to  be  censorious  nor  unjust ;  neither  is  it 
directed  against  earnest  work  in  specialties.  There  can  be  no  valuable 
results  except  by  loving  and  exclusive  efforts  along  chosen  lines. 

It  is  not  asked  that  the  chemist  by  his  compounds  should  seek  for  poetry 
in  his  crucible:  nor  that  the  biologist  with  his  dissecting  tools  create  the 
life  which  his  search  destroys,  much  less  reproduce  the  higher  life  of 
thought,  of  passion,  and  of  hope,  which  breathe  in  the  works  of  the  dram- 
atist and  in  the  pages  of  the  writer  of  fiction. 

But  outside  of  our  laboratories  of  books  and  blowpipes,  in  our  hours  of 
ease,  if  you  please,  may  not  profitable  relaxation  be  found  in  a  better  ac- 
quaintance with  our  neighbors. 

The  poet  takes  his  walks  alone  that  his  communion  with  nature  may 
not  be  disturbed,  but  it  is  possible  that  he  might  find  valuable  assistance 
in  his  translation  of  the  "books  in  brooks"  in  the  "drawing  rooms"  of 
the  hydraulic  engineer. 

The  geologist  no  less  than  the  poet  may  find  "sermons  in  stones,"  and 
each  may  be  benefited  by  contact  with  the  other. 

Is  it  not  possible  to  secure  better  results  by  the  union  of  science  and 
literature  than  are  now  gotten  by  their  separation  and  their  too  narrow 
circle  of  fellowship  ? 

Listen  to  this  wail  from  the  Editor's  Study  in  Harper's  Magazine  for 
September,  1892.  and  tell  us  what  does  it  portend? 

"  Books  are  being  replaced  by  newspapers  and  periodicals.  A  book 
shop  used  to  be  an  intelligent  center  where  readers  met  not  only  to  keep 
the  run  of  the  thought  of  the  world,  but  to  exchange  ideas  about  it.  Few 
are  so  now.  Book  stalls  have  become  shops  of  notions,  of  stationery,  of 
newspapers,  of  artists'  materials,  of  various  brie  a  brae,  with  an  only  occa- 
sional real  book  that  has  attained  exceptional  notoriety. 

"It  is  no  longer  profitable  to  keep  a  stock  of  general  literature,  and 
many  of  the  brightest  and  best  trained  minds  now  are  giving  their  entire 
time  and  energy  to  the  daily  and  weekly  press. 

"  In  its  swelling  bulk  the  daily  newspaper  has  become  a  magazine,  and 
the  magazine  in  a  generation  that  must  run  as  it  reads  takes  the  place  of 
the  book." 

From  the  scientific  side  of  book  making  also  comes  remarkable  confes- 
sions of  weakness.  From  the  testimony  of  the  writers  themselves  the 
books  of  yesterday  already  have  been  consigned  to  the  top  shelf,  where 
indeed  moth  and  dust  do  corrupt,  but  where  thieves  do  not  break  through 


17 

to  steal,  while  the  books  of  to-day  will  be  in  the  waste  basket  to-morrow. 
True,  the  language  used  is  somewhat  different  from  the  above,  but  the 
meaning  is  essentially  the  same. 

The  claim  is  that  so  rapid  are  the  advances  in  science  that  the  text  book 
of  yesterday  is  antiquated,  or  in  their  illiterate  lingo,  "not  up  to  the 
times,"  and  so  the  butterfly  products  sport  only  their  brief  day  and  die. 

Is  it  a  necessity  that  books  shall  have  this  ephemeral  existence?  3s 
this  a  love  that  must  so  soon  grow  cold ;  a  youth  that  without  years  must 
be  old;  a  life  that  almost  begins  with  death  ? 

"  I  paint  for  immortality  "  was  the  inspired  utterance  of  the  greatest  of 
artists,  and  is  there  to  be  no  second  Shakespeare  whose  writings  will  be 
immortal?  Is  there  not  an  unentered  field  of  research  where  we  may 
discover  the  hidden  qualities  of  the  few  books  which  endure? 

With  the  confession  of  weakness  and  partial  failure  comes  the  question 
of  possible  increase  of  strength  and  more  complete  success.  If  there  is  a 
balm  in  Gilead  let  us  seek  for  it,  and  if  there  is  a  physician  anywhere  who 
can  cure  let  us  search  for  him. 

And  for  this  purpose  let  us  call  a  congress  of  all  parties  interested  for 
mutual  counsel,  and,  if  found  practicable,  for  mutual  aid. 

If  the  weakness  is  real  in  all  departments  of  thought,  and  is  discovered 
in  all  varieties  of  thought  products,  let  the  invitation  to  this  congress  of 
thinkers  be  general ;  let  the  workmen  come  from  every  separate  shop  to 
the  great  council  chamber;  the  representatives  of  art,  literature  and 
science  of  every  kind  to  the  symposium  of  mind. 

In  this  assembly  let  the  historian  and  the  physicist  sit  together ;  the 
biologist  and  the  biographer;  the  poet  and  the  chemist ;  the  botanist  and 
the  linguist.  Let  the  mathematician  take  counsel  with  the  song  writer, 
and  the  astronomer  and  the  wanderer  in  the  shoreless  realms  of  fiction 
discuss  the  things  common  to  both. 

Then  the  new  companionship  would  beget  new  inspiration ;  a  better  fel- 
lowship would  lead  to  a  broader  culture;  "  know  thyself "  would  yield  to  the 
more  generous  "  know  each  other,"  and  a  fuller  answer  would  be  given  to 
the  greatest  question,  "  how  can  men  best  fulfill  their  allotted  destiny?  " 

With  this  liberal  view  of  Intellectual  fellowship  necessarily  would  come 
more  liberal  methods  in  the  preparatory  as  well  as  in  the  wage  earning 
period  of  life. 

It  is  not  the  purpose  of  this  lecture  to  enter  upon  the  much  discussed 
and  never  to  be  settled  questions  relating  to  the  studies  to  be  selected  and 


18 

the  methods  to  be  pursued  in  the  undergraduate  part  of  preparatory 
training. 

Without  dispute  broad  general  culture  is  the  point  and  the  essential 
requirement. 

The  deep  foundations  must  be  of  stone,  whatever  is  to  be  the  super- 
structure. 

My  earnest  plea  is  for  more  room  in  the  elementary  period  for  training 
in  the  branches  which  are  extra,  or  rather  pre-professional,  and  which 
must  be  mastered  before  any  one  can  lay  claim  to  a  liberal  education. 

If  we  were  permitted  to  interpret  Shakespeare's  seven  stages  of  life,  his 
third  would  conclude  with  the  undergraduate  course,  while  the  fourth, 
who  enters  as  the  "  lover  sighing  like  furnace  with  a  woful  ballad  made 
to  his  mistress'  eyebrow,''  would  mean  that  devotion  to  professional  study 
which  is  more  than  that  of  the  lover  and  an  attention  more  exacting  than 
that  of  the  most  jealous  mistress. 

In  the  preparation  for  professional  life  no  exclusiveness  can  be  too  ex- 
elusive,  no  labor  or  painstaking  within  the  severest  limits  can  be  too  ex- 
acting. 

All  that  the  most  ardent  advocate  for  specialties  is  accepted,  and  if  pre- 
sented to  our  great  congress  of  thinkers  would  be  unanimously  adopted. 

This  is  the  time  in  life  when  the  student  should  be  lost  to  the  world, 
.  when  the  claims  of  social  life  may  be  ignored,  when  culture  even  may  be 
suspended  in  the  eager  search  for  facts. 

If  the  chosen  profession  be  science,  the  laboratory  should  be  alike  shop 
and  parlor;  if  literature,  to  quote  again  from  the  Editor's  Study,  books 
only,  "  those  unfailing  faithful  companions  which  stand  mute  and  waiting 
on  the  shelves,  in  whose  hearts  are  preserved  the  thought,  the  aspiration, 
the  despair,  the  love,  the  heroism,  the  emotion,  the  tragedy,  the  immor- 
tal beauty,  the  bewitching  loveliness  of  the  ages.'' 

So  oblivious  to  outer  things  should  be  the  professional  student,  that  a 
casual  glance  at  the  daily  newspaper  could  scarcely  be  allowed  to  keep 
him  informed  whether  or  not  he  himself  has  not  died. 

The  usual  commencement  benediction  welcomes  the  graduate  to  the 
great  world  of  letters,  but  this  welcome  should  be  to  the  retirement  and 
not  to  the  activities  of  this  realm  of  thought,  and  the  interpretation  should 
be  that  he  has  studied  to  be  somebody,  now  let  him  learn  to  do  some- 
thing.   A  Paul  even  found  it  necessary  to  retire  three  years  into  Arabia 


19 

for  this  preparation  for  the  work  of  directing  religious  thought  tor  all 
after  ages. 

The  generous,  or  rather  general  qualities  of  mind  and  heart,  which  nec- 
essarily have  been  but  little  called  into  activity  during  the  years  of  pro- 
fessional study,  are  likely  never  to  be  revived,  and  so  the  years  of  active 
professional  life  usually  are  passed  within  the  narrow  limits  of  single  pro- 
fessions. Lawyers  prefer  lawyers,  and  chemists,  chemists.  Doctors  care 
only  to  talk  with  doctors,  and  preachers  prefer  to  confine  their  attentions 
to  the  cloth.  In  the  literary  professions  there  is  even  more  exclusiveness, 
for  nothing  is  so  dull  and  unattractive  to  writers  of  this  class  as  the  fields 
of  science.  Dynamite  is  greatly  preferred  by  them  for  the  intruder  who 
would  try  to  discuss  a  dynamo. 

The  cure  for  all  this  is  better  fellowship. 

The  Academy  of  Science  purposes  at  the  present  session  to  cultivate 
this  liberalizing  of  different  pursuits  within  the  range  of  the  general  pur- 
pose of  the  association.  Instead  of  carrying  out  our  programme  by  sec- 
tions as  heretofore,  our  desire  is  that  the  members  may  become  interested 
in  the  work  of  others  than  those  in  the  same  specialty.  The  biologist 
must  listen  to  the  physicist,  the  chemist  to  the  geologist,  the  archaologist 
to  the  botanist,  each  for  the  time  being  esteeming  the  work  of  another 
better  than  his  own.  Thus  within  the  limits  of  the  sciences  we  are  try- 
ing the  interchange  of  thought  for  the  better  developing  of  thinking. 

If  this  experiment  prove*  successful  may  we  not  hope  for  a  wider  asso- 
ciation of  thinkers  in  some  new  organization,  which  will  include  all  lib- 
eral pursuits? 

The  pleasant  duty  remains  to  me  to  extend  fraternal  greetings  to  the 
members  of  the  Indiana  Academy  of  Science. 

This  Academy  is  yet  young  in  years,  but  the  success  already  attained 
and  the  recognition  secured  among  associations  of  kindred  character  are 
most  gratifying  to  those  of  us  who  have  been  active  members  from  the 
beginning.  The  new  names  added  to  our  list  year  by  year  give  cheering 
assurance  of  a  prosperous  future. 

We  meet  this  year  in  the  closing  days  of  an  epoch  of  four  hundred  years 
of  the  world's  history,  dating  from  the  birth  of  a  hemisphere,  and  from 
this  holiday  ending  of  the  old  extend  our  happy  new  era  greeting  to  the 
centuries  to  come. 

Next  year  we  will  celebrate  this  fourth  century  date  at  the  marble  city 


20 

by  the  lake.  The  international  exposition  of  1893  will  epitomize  in  ma- 
terial form  the  progress  of  the  world  for  the  centuries,  and  to  no  Mecca 
can  the  devotee  of  science  turn  with  more  reverent  steps. 

The  interdependence  of  the  liberal  pursuits  there  will  have  practical 
illustrations  of  the  most  instructive  character.  The  best  thought  of  the 
centuries  will  be  realized  on  canvass,  in  marble,  in  bronze,  in  exquisite 
fabrics,  in  jewels  and  ornaments  of  silver  and  gold,  in  the  whirr  of  ma- 
chinery and  the  flashes  of  electricity. 

There  may  we  study  things,  and  there  may  we  in  profitable  intercourse 
meet  men.    This  will  be  the  academy  of  science  of  the  world. 


PAPERS  READ. 


<  K    Till:   CONSTRUCTION    OF    A   SENSITIVE    GALVANOMETER.       I'>V    BeN.I.    W.  S> 


Tests  oi  the  torsional  strength  of  \  steel  shaft.     By  Thos.  Gray. 


Analytk  \l,  and  quaternon  treatments  op  the  problem  of  sun  \\i>  planet. 
By  A.  S.  Hathaway  . 

introduction. 
The  object  of  the  paper  is  to  show  the  greater  simplicity  of  quaternions 
over  analytics.  For  the  purpose  of  comparison,  the  most  condensed 
analytical  treatment  possible  is  adopted.  This  turns  out  to  be  precisely 
analagous  to  the  quaternion  treatment.  Three  equations,  such  as  m  a=a', 
m  b=b/,  m  c=c'  are  written  m  (a,  b,  c)=(a',  b',  c'i.  By  multiplying 
these  equations  by  (x,  y,  z)  is  understood  the  result  of  multiplying 
the  first  by  x,  the  second  by  y.  the  third  by  z,  and  adding,  giving 
m  (a  x+b  y+c  z)=(a/  x-fb'  y— c'  z).  This  corresponds  to  scalar  multi- 
plication in  quaternions.     By  forming  corresponding  determinants  with 


21 


x.  y.  z,  is  understood  the  set  of  equations    m 


a  b  c 


a'b'c' 


x  y  /  x   y   z 


or, in  full 


-b'  x).     This 


m    1)  /  — c  y.  c  x     a  z,  a  y — b  x)=(b'  z — c'  y,  c'  x—  a'  /.,  a'  y- 
corresponds  to  vector  multiplication  in  quaternions. 

The  analytical  methods  thus  perfected  are,  in  fact,  a  sort  of  degraded 
and  cumbersome  quaternion  notation  in  which  (a,  b,  c)  stand  for 
ai  1)  j-fc  k,  etc.  It  involves  the  necessity  of  thinking  by  steps  parallel 
to  the  axes,  and  when  results  are  obtained  it  involves  the  fitting  together 
of  the  various  steps  in  order  to  see  what  is  the  actual  state  of  affairs  in 
space.  To  do  this  requires  considerable  practice  and  grasp  of  technique, 
all  of  which  is  avoided  in  quaternions.  For  example,  equations  (S)  were 
unnecessary  in  quaternions,  the  results  desired  being  sufficiently  evident 
from  (7):  while  even  after  (8)  is  derived  the  technique  of  equations  of  the 
first  degree  must  be  at  command  before  the  results  stated  can  be  seen 
in  the  analytical  method.  The  letters  mls  m_,  in  (9)  and  on  are  not  the 
masses  of  '  1)  .    .    .  (5). 


eolations  up  motion. 


id'x,  d"  y,  d2  zx  \      m,  mv 
(1)  m.  !   3TT>  xiri-xir  !  p-"(x,y,z)      mt  ( 


dV, 


d  t  '  d  t ' '  d  f2  j 


(2)  m.,  C  — J-  ^-  —  Z=  1  -m'  m 


(x;  y,  z) 


I  d  r  -  d  t2    d  t"   I 
where  (x,  y,  z)=(x2 — x,,  y, — y,,  z, — z, )  where/3 

and  r       x      y      / •' >' 

Adding  (1),  (2),  also  dividing  out  common  m's  and  subtract- 
ing, putting  M=mj  -J-  m, ,  we  have  : 


TV 
d2/°2  _-m1m. 


(3)  (  m 


d2  X! 


d2xr2 
dt2 


1     ,,UU"     mi^  +  m^ 


I 


d'x    d'y    d2  z 

d  V  '  d  t J '  d  t2 


M 


(x,  y.z) 


dt2 


M 


EQt'ATIONS  OK   MOlIo.v    INTEGRATED. 

Integrating  ( 3)  twice,  we  have : 
(5)  (m,  x,-:-m,  x,,  .......  )==  m, ,v    m.,-. 

i  at     b,  a' t—b',  a"  t     b"  I 


a  t  -   ,-. 


Hence,  the  center  of  gravity  moves  in  a  straight  line  with  uni- 
form speed,  viz: 


In  the  direction  a: a': a"  with  speed:    \/ 

Form  corresponding  products  of  (4) 

'(dxdydz) 
and   |    , ■-. —,  ,  "    •  ,  ---    |  add  and  integrate. 


(6) 


H 


[  d  x 


dt 


I   dt 

■1. 

J 


M 


(a'-+a/2H  a"J)  :im,     m2). 

In  the  direction  '/., 
with  speed:    T  «  :  M. 

Multiply  (4)  by    /° 
and  scalar-integrate : 

x     ,df__M M 

2  T  d  t  rj       2  a 


This  is  the  equation  of  energy.  It  shows  that  the  speed  of  a 
planet  increases  when  its  distance  from  the  sun  decreases,  and 
■eke  versa.  Also,  since  M=m!  +  m2  is  sensibly  the  same  for  all 
planets,  therefore  the  speed  of  a  planet  depends  only  on  its  dis- 
tance from  the  sun  and  a  constant.  2  a.  of  its  orbit  (later  shown 
to  be  its  major  axis). 


Forming  corresponding   determinants 
of  (4)  with  fx.  y,  z)  and  integrating: 
x         y         z 
d  x     d  v     d  z  i    i     i   \ 

■'  ,itd t . -dt-  =  ■••''.'■■w 

where  P     ];-[  lv  -1  and  c  is  positive. 

Multiplying  corresponding   terms   by 
I  x.  y,  z),  and  adding,  we  find: 

f  1  x-|  lj  y-j  I,  z-  •» ;  similarly, 

(8)    i if  i,  •;>■    i.''z'  =  i.. 

t      d  t  'dt  dt 


Multiplying  (4)  by 
/°  and  integrating  the 
vector  part : 

where   i    c  /  =c. 

Taking  the  scalar  pro- 
duct by  r  we  find 
S  i-  f      0;  similarly 


dt 


0. 


Equation  ( 7 )  shows  the  rate  of  description  of  double  areas  by 
the  radius  vector  from  sun  to  planet  to  be  constant  (  =  c)  and 
that  its  motion  is  in  a  plane  perpendicular  to  (  1:L.:12)  =*.  The 
direction  of  this  axis  is  such  that  an  ordinary  screw,  when  made 
to  advance  along  it,  will  rotate- in  the  direction  of  the  description 
of  areas. 


Taking  the  second  member  of  (  7)  with 
the  first  member  of  (4)  and  vice  versa,  and 
forming  corresponding  determinants  and 
integrating,  we  have 

II    1       li       1, 
9)c     dj^^djL  Al 

I!  d  t    d  t    d  t 


M 

-     'x,  y,  z) 


f  (m,  mi,  nx,) 

where  m2-fmi+m2=l  and  f  is  positive. 

Multiplying  (9)  by  (1,  ll3 1,)  and  adding, 
we  have  1  m+li  nii+L  m2=0,  or  (m,  m1; 
m2)  is  in  the  plane  of  motion. 

Take  (11,11,,  110=1^^^11  forming 

the  direction  cosines  of  a  third  axis  per- 
pendicular to  the  two  already  found. 

Form  with  (1,  L,  1,)  and  (9)  correspond- 
ing determinants,  and  we  have : 

10)  c   r  dx    dv     dz    ' 


d  t     d  t     d  t 

M  ||  ]   1,  1, 

r    iky  /, 


f  i  n.  n,,  n, ) 


Multiplying  the  sec- 
ond member  of  (7) 
into  the  first  member 
of  1 4)  and  via  versa 
and  integrating,  we 
have: 

.  d/°         M    s       , 
CXdt  =        r  ''~f/t 
where  T  f />-=£ 

Taking  the  scalar- 
product  by  /.,  we  find 
S  /.  [i  =  0,  or ,".  is  in  the 
plane  of  motion. 

Take  v=X  :>■  forming 
the  rectangular  unit 
vectors  /,  ,«,  v.. 

Multiply  (9)  by  X  and 
we  have : 


dt 


M 


f  > 


This  is  the  hodograph.      It  is  a 


radius  —  and  center 
c 


(n,  n,,  n,) 


circle  [remembering  (8)]  of 

f 
=  —  >.     The  radius  of  this 

c 

hodograph  is  one  right  angle  in  advance  of  the  radius  vector  of 
the  planet  to  which  it  corresponds. 

Transposing  the  f  terms  of  (9)  to  the  first  member,  squaring, 
and  using  (6),  we  have: 
c2  M 


11  ) 


f*  =  Ms  or  a  =  cJM  |  (M2  —  f1). 


Multiplying  (9)  into  (x,  y,  z)  we  have,       Multiplying  (9)  into 
by  adding :  /°  and  taking  scalars : 

( 12)  c'— M  r=f  ( m  x-fm,  y+m,  z ).  cJ  -Mj^-fS /<-  Is 


24 

This,  remembering  (8),  is  the  equation  of  the  orbit.     It  is  a 

conic  whose  focus  is  the  sun,  and  axis  is  (m,  m1;  m2)  =:>..       The 

f  c2 

eccentricity  is  e    =    .y  ,tthe  semi-parameter,  p  =  —  .      Hence. 

the  semi-major  axis  is  c1  M  j  ( M2—  f  -),  or  a  by  (11).     The  center  is 

—  a  e  (m,  m„  m,)  =  —  a  e  ,«.     We  may  put  the  orbit,  therefore, 

in  the  form : 

?=  —  a  e  <>~r<>.  a  cos  E+>  b  sin  E.         e<l. 

is=  —  a  e  />.+/'•  a  cosh  E-j-v  b  sinh  E.     e>l. 

This  substituted  in  (7)  and  integrated  gives  Kepler's  equation 

Q 

E  —  e  sin  E   =  — r  (t  —  t, )  e<l. 

,,0,  a  b 

(13) 

E  —  e  sinh  E  =  -^-  (t  —  t„)  e>l. 

ab 

For  analytical  treatment  see  Dr.  Dzisbek's  Theories  of  Planetary 
Motion,  pp.  1-13. 


Notes  concerning  tests  of  the  l'i  rdue  exi'ebimental  rx)COMOTivE.  By 
Wm.  F.  M.  Goss. 

The  Purdue  experimental  Locomotive  Plant  was  installed  early  in  the 
present  year.  It  has  been  fully  described  in  a  paper  read  before  the  Amer- 
ican Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers  at  its  San  Francisco  meeting,  and  a 
brief  reference  to  the  plan  of  mounting  must  serve  the  present  purpose. 

The  driving  wheels  of  the  locomotive  rest  upon  other  wheels  which  are 
carried  by  shafts  running  in  fixed  bearings.  When,  as  in  the  process  of 
running,  the  drivers  turn,  their  supporting  wheels  are  driven  by  rolling 
contact.  The  locomotive  as  a  whole  instead  of  moving  forward,  remains 
at  rest  while  the  track,  that  is,  the  periphery  of  the  supporting  wheels, 
moves  rearward.  The  locomotive  draw-bar  is  connected  with  a  series  of 
scale-beams  which  constitute  a  traction  dynamometer.  Friction  brakes 
on  the  shafts  of  the  supporting  wheels,  interpose  a  resistance  to  the  turn- 
ing of  the  latter  and,  by  so  doing,  supply  a  load  for  the  locomotive.  The 
whole  arrangement  is  such  that  while  the  locomotive  is  fired  in  the  usual 
way,  it  may  be  run  under  any  load  an<l  at  any  speed,  the  conditions  being 
similar  to  those  of  the  track. 


In  the  spring  and  early  summer  of  the  present  year  nearly  a  dozen  runs 
were  made.  All  were  of  a  preliminary  nature,  the  whole  apparatus  being 
entirely  new,  and  the  attendents  unskilled  in  the  management  of  the  com- 
plicated mounting  machinery. 

At  the  beginning  of  the  present  school  year  the  work  was  taken  up  anew. 
The  object  of  the  present  work  is.  in  general,  to  determine  the  perform- 
ance of  the  engine  under  conditions  varying,  first,  as  to  cut- off  and,  sec- 
ondly, as  to  speed.  To  this  end,  five  series  of  six-tests  each  have  been 
arranged,  all  to  be  run  under  a  constant  pulling  load  of  2500  pounds.  This 
constancy  of  load  makes  the  mean  effective  pressure  practically  constant 
for  all  tests,  and  the  power  developed  dependent  upon  the  speed.  The 
load  lacks  but  little  of  being  ecpuivalent  to  10  horse-power  for  each  mile 
per  hour  of  speed. 

All  of  the  tests  of  the  same  series  are  run  at  the  same  speed,  but  each 
test  varies  from  the  others  of  the  series  by  a  change  in  cut-oft'.  The  second 
series  differs  from  the  first,  and  the  third  from  the  second,  and  so  on,  only 
in  a  change  of  speed.  The  first  series  at  15  miles  per  hour,  and  the  second 
at  25  miles  per  hour,  have  already  been  run,  and,  in  carrying  them  on,  all 
conditions  were  as  perfectly  maintained  as  could  be  desired.  The  remain- 
ing series  will  be  at  35,  45,  and  55  miles  per  hour  respectively.  Every  test 
is  complete  in  itself.  The  observed  data  include  speed,  drawbar  stress, 
coal  and  water  consumption,  calorimeter  determination,  draft  and  tem- 
perature in  smoke-box,  and  cylinder  performance  as  obtained  by  the  use 
of  four  indicators.  All  tests  are  of  three  hours  duration  and  are  run  with- 
out intermediate  stops  or  change  of  speed.  A  comparison  of  results,  first 
of  the  tests  of  each  series,  and  secondly,  of  tests  of  the  same  cut-offin  the 
different  series,  cannot  fail  to  furnish  an  analysis  of  the  performance  of 
the  locomotive  which  will  be  far  more  complete  than  anything  hitherto 
attempted. 


The  electrostatic  theory  of  cohesion   and  Van  der  Waal's   equatk 
By  Reginald  A.  Fessexdex. 

Quartz  suspensions.     By  Benj.  W.  Snow. 

A  THERMO- REGULATOR  TOR  ROOMS  HEATED  I«    STEAM.       By  J.  C.   ARTHUR. 


26 

Experiments  with  and  phenomena  of  vacuum  tubes.     By  R.  A.  Fessenden. 


The  electro-magnetic  inertia  of  a  large  magnet,     By  Thos.  Gray 


Some  new  electrical  apparatus.     By  R.  A.  Fessexdex. 


<)x  the  construction  and  use  of  a  bolometer.     By  B.  W.  Snow 


Rotary  blowers.     By  John  T.  Wi 


An  inquiry  as  to  the  cause  of  variety  in  rock  deposits  us  seen  in  Hudson 

RIVER  BEDS  AT  RICHMOND,  InIi.        I!y  JOSEPH   MOORE. 

Take  a  depth  of  our  bed  rock  at  this  place  of,  say  fifty  feet,  along  the 
river  channel.  The  variations  in  the  lithological  character  of  the  numer- 
ous sharply  defined  layers  is  very  marked  and  very  many  times  repeated; 
not  more  so,  however,  than  in  hundreds  of  other  localities  throughout  the 
country  at  the  same  or  at  other  horizons.  Here  the  well  solidified  por- 
tions are  thick-bedded  (the  layers  say  a  foot  thick)  while  not  far  below  or 
above  they  are  thin,  say  one  or  two  inches.  These  consolidated  layers 
vary  in  texture  and  composition,  some  of  them  being  nearly  pure  lime- 
stone and  sufficiently  crystalline  to  take  a  fair  polish.  <  >thers  are  masses 
mainly  of  brachiopods,  often  well  preserved  and  matted  together  with 
clay  or  with  lime  and  iron  from  a  state  of  solution.  Others  still  are  shoals 
of  commingled  sand,  clay  and  lime  and  almost  destitute  of  fossils.  Then 
there  are  the  intercalated  beds  of  clay  with  sufficient  calcium  carbonate 
to  effervesce  with  acids  for  a  little  while,  but  leaving  their  principal  bulk 
when  the  solvent  has  done  what  it  can.  These  beds  of  finest  grained  clay 
vary  in  thickness  from  a  very  few  feet  to  a  few  inches  and  even  to  the 
thickness  of  ordinary  paper.  Often  these  clay  deposits  are  entirely  desti- 
tute of  fossils  and  again  they  are  the  hope  of  the  hunter  of  trilobites  and 
a  few  other  form  that  may  be  found  therein.  All  these  features  are  fa- 
miliar to  the  observer  in  various  localities. 

But  the  commonness  of  the  phenomena  does  not  make  their  causes  the 
less  desirable  to  seek.     It  can  hardly  be  supposed  that  the  ocean  varied  in 


depth  so  many  hundred  times  as  would  be  necessary  to  produce  all  the 
variations  to  be  read  in  a  thickness  of  five  hundred  feet.  Pure  limestones 
are  made  in  the  deeper  waters  and  fine  argillaceous  sediments  may  settle 
in  the  deeper  or  the  shallower  places. 

But  there  appears  to  be  ample  reasons  for  believing  that  the  sea  in  which 
the  Hudson  River  rocks  of  Indiana  and  Ohio  were  deposited  had  its  shore 
line  far  away,  or  in  other  words,  said  localities  were  near  the  middle  of  a 
continental  ocean. 

How  then  can  we  account  for  such  well  defined  successions  of  mechan- 
ical deposits  for  so  long  a  period  of  time?  How  could  these  sediments 
get  so  far  from  shore  and  how  could  they  recur  so  sharply  bounded  as 
they  are  from  the  purer  limestone  and  other  consolidated  ledges?  How 
came  it  about  that  there  were  such  numerous  alternations  of  life  and  death 
epochs- in  the  same  fifty,  or  five  hundred  feet?  The  answer  to  these  ques- 
tions may  be  very  easy  to  some  geologists.  We  have  not,  however,  seen 
them  satisfactorily  answered.  Their  solution,  whatever  it  is,  will  be  the 
opening  of  a  door  to  other  secrets. 


The  traps  of  Redhead,  N.  B.     By  V.  F.  Marsters. 


Exhibition  and  explanation  o\-  a  geological  chart.     By  Eiavood  P.  Cub 

BERLY. 


Glacial  and  preglacial  erosion  in  vicinity  ok  Richmond,  Ind.  By  Joseph 
Moore. 
Richmond  is  on  Drift,  underlaid  by  upper  layers  of  Lower  Silurian 
known  as  rocks  of  the  Hudson  River  Group.  These  rocks  being  of  the 
earlier  time  have  been  above  the  sea  for  ages.  Consequently  there  was 
plenty  of  time  for  them  to  be  much  eroded.  I  shall  not  in  this  brief  pa- 
per specify  all  the  well-marked  features  of  erosion  but  will  allude  to  a 
few  special  examples.  There  is  a  buried  river  channel  a  few  rods  west  oi 
the  present  channel  of  Whitewater.  This  was  reported  nearly  fifty  years 
ago  by  Dr.  Plummer,  of  Richmond,  but  it  was  not  then  so  well  known  in 
its  extent  and  direction  as  it  has  since  become  by  means  of  wells,  tile 
layers  and  ditches  for  water  and  gas  mains.  Said  buried  channel  is  about 
seventy  feet  wide  where  crossed  by  the  national  road  and  its  walls  are  verv 


28 

nearly  vertical.  In  general  direction  it  lies  nearly  north  an.  I  south,  ap- 
proximately parallel  to  the  present  channel  and  is  of  unknown  depth.  It 
is  filled  with  sand,  gravel,  clay  and  bowlders,  with  remains  of  leaves  and 
sticks  here  and  there.  It  is  believed  to  have  been  rather  a  new  channel 
when  filled  since  the  upper  edges  of  its  vertical  walls  were  not  worn  down 
and  rounded.  It  may  have  been,  and  probably  this  part  of  it  was,  eroded 
during  an  interglacial  period.  There  is  a  much  narrower  channel  at  a 
shorter  distance  on  the  east  side  of  the  present  river  channel  as  exposed 
by  the  deepening  of  Main  street  leading  westward  from  town. 

A  feature  little,  if  at  all,  reported  in  Indiana,  so  far  as  the  writer  has 
observed,  is  that  of  great  "  pot  holes  "  or  "  glacial  jugs  "  or  "  giant  kettles." 

A  few  years  since  Mr.  Starr,  the  proprietor  of  the  gas  works,  called  me 
over  to  see  one  of  these  where  he  was  excavating  in  the  solid  rock  for  a 
very  large  cistern. 

In  one  of  the  walls  was  a  section  of  the  "jug."  It  was  some  ten  feet  in 
diameter  and  about  the  same  depth  was  exposed,  though  it  extended  deep- 
er than  the  cistern.  It  was  filled  with  clean  sand  and  gravel  beautifully 
assorted  and  stratified  and  near  the  lowest  part  exposed  were  bowlders 
two  feet  in  diameter  finely  smoothed  and  rounded.  The  walls  of  this  pot 
hole,  which  was  much  the  shape  of  a  great  jus-,  wrere  as  smooth  and  pol- 
ished inside  as  if  the  sand  and  gravel,  with  the  pouring  in  of  a  torrent, 
had  been  on  the  whirl  for  a  century.  A  few  years  later  and  about  twelve 
rods  from  the  same  place,  the  city,  while  cutting  into  the  south  wall  of 
Main  street  near  the  present  river  channel  in  order  to  widen  and  straighten 
the  street,  struck  another  jug.  This  last  one  was  more  funnel  shaped,  but 
had  its  sand  worn  bowlders  and  smooth  sides  as  in  the  first. 

Though  not  at  the  southern  limit  of  glaciers  in  Indiana  we  are  in  the 
line  of  a  terminal  morain  as  indicated  by  bowlders  and  till.  These  pot- 
holes may  be  the  result  of  the  glacier  having  been  stationary  or  nearly  so 
for  a  length  of  time. 

As  a  further  phenomenon,  lately  the  matter  brought  to  light  by  a  recent 
railroad  cut,  and  somewhat  in  the  same  connection,  may  be  mentioned  a 
line  of  masses  of  Clinton  limestone  which  some  have  supposed  to  be  out- 
liers in  situ.  These  are  about  two  miles  southwest  from  the  central  part 
of  Richmond  and  within  five  minutes  walk  of  Earlham  college. 

Eecent  facts  seem  to  indicate  that  these  masses,  jutting  out  here  and 
there  for  more  than  three  hundred  yards,  instead  of  being  outliers  and  in 
their  original  place,  are  really  masses  of  rock  moved  on  for  miles  by  the 


glacier.  (It  is  but  a  few  miles  north  to  where  Hudson  River  rock  dips 
under  upper  silurian.)  Evidences  that  they  are  masses  of  Drift  are  found 
in  the  irregular  way  in  which  the  rocks  lie  at  all  angles,  and  in  the  fact 
that  where  the  lower  rock  is  exposed  in  the  cut  the  under  side  is  glaciated 
as  if  by  moving  over  other  rocks. 


Relation  of  Kings  county  traps  to  those  <>i    Cumberland  county,   N.  S. 
By  V.  F.  Marsters. 


An  account  of  vegetable  and  mineral  substances  that  fell   in   a  snow 
storm  in  LaPorte  county,  Jan.  8-9,  '92.     By  A.  X.  Somers. 


Some  points  in  the  geology  of  Mt.  Orizaba.     By  J.  T.  Scovell, 


British  Columbia  glaciers.     By  C.  H.  Eigenmann. 
An  account  was  given  of  the  ascent  of  "The  Glacier"  in  the  Sel kirks 
in  British  Columbia.     A  number  of  photographs  were  shown  of  the  foot 
of  the  glacier. 


Two-ocean  pass.  By  Barton  W.  Evermann. 
[  Abstract.] 
It  was  probably  in  Pliocene  times  that  the  great  lava-flow  occurred  in 
the  region  now  known  as  the  Yellowstone  National  Park,  which  covered 
hundreds  of  square  miles  of  a  large  mountain  valley  with  a  vast  sheet  of 
rhyolite  hundreds,  perhaps  in  places,  thousands  of  feet  thick.  It  is  certain 
that  such  streams  and  lakes  as  may  have  exis'ed  there  were  wiped  out  of 
existence,  and  all  terrestrial  and  aquatic  life  destroyed.  It  must  have 
been  many  long  years  before  this  lava  became  sufficiently  cooled  to  permit 
the  formation  of  new  streams ;  but  a  time  finally  came  when  the  rains, 


31 

falling  upon  the  gradually  cooling  rock,  were  no  longer  converted  into 
steam  and  thrown  back  into  the  air,  only  to  condense  and  fall  again,  but 
being  able  to  remain  in  liquid  form  upon  the  rock,  sought  lower  levels, 
and  thus  new  streams  began  to  flow.  The  rhyolite,  obsidian,  and  trachyte 
were  very  hard  and  eroded  slowly,  but  when  the  streams  reached  the  edge 
of  the  lava-held  they  encountered  rock  which  was  comparatively  soft  and 
which  wore  away  rapidly.  The  result  is  that  every  stream  leaving  the 
Yellowstone  Park  has  one  or  more  great  waterfalls  in  its  course  where  it 
leaves  the  lava-sheet.  Notably  among  these  streams  are  Lewis  River,  the 
outlet  of  Lewis  and  Shoshone  lakes,  Yellowstone  River,  the  outlet  of 
Yellowstone  Lake,  Gardiner,  Gibbon,  and  Firehole  rivers,  and  Lava, 
Lupin,  Glen,  Crawfish,  Tower  and  Cascade  creeks,  all  leaving  the  lava- 
sheet  in  beautiful  falls,  varying  from  30  feet  to  over  300  feet  in  vertical 
descent.  With  scarcely  an  exception,  all  these  streams  and  lakes  are  of 
the  best  of  pure,  clear,  cold  water,  well  supplied  with  insect  larva?,  the 
smaller  Crustacea,  and  various  other  kinds  of  the  smaller  animal  and  plant 
forms  sufficient  in  amount  to -support  an  immense  fish-life.  But  it  is  a 
strange  and  interesting  fact  that,  with  the  exception  of  Yellowstone  Lake 
and  River,  these  waters  were  wholly  barren  of  fish-life.  The  river  and 
lake  just  named  are  well  filled  with  the  Rocky  Mountain  trout  (Salmo 
myhm),  and  this  fact  is  the  more  remarkable  when  it  is  remembered  that 
the  falls  in  the  lower  Yellowstone  River  are  109  and  308  feet,  respectively, 
by  far  the  greatest  found  in  the  Park. 

The  total  absence  of  fish  in  Lewis  and  Shoshone  lakes  and  the  numerous 
other  small  lakes  and  streams  of  the  Park  is  certainly  due  to  the  various 
falls  in  their  lower  courses  which  have  proved  impassable  barriers  to  the 
ascent  of  fishes  from  below;  for  in  every  one  of  these  streams  just  below 
the  falls  trout  and,  in  some  cases,  other  species  are  found  in  abundance. 
But  to  account  for  the  presence  of  trout  in  Yellowstone  Lake  was  a  matter 
of  no  little  difficulty.  If  a  fall  of  30  to  50  feet  in  Lewis  River  has  prevented 
trout  from  ascending  to  Lewis  and  Shoshone  lakes,  why  have  not  the 
much  greater  falls  in  the  Yellowstone  proved  a  barrier  to  the  ascent  of 
trout  to  Yellowstone  Lake?  Certainly,  no  fish  can  ascend  these  falls  and 
we  must  look  elsewhere  for  the  explanation. 

Many  years  ago  the  famous  old  guide,  Jim  Bridger,  told  his  incredulous 
friends  that  he  had  found  on  the  divide  west  of  the  LTpper  Yellowstone 
a  creek  which  flowed  in  both  directions— one  end  flowing  east  into  the 
Yellowstone,  the  other  west  into  Snake  River.     But  as  he  also  told  them 


about  many  other  strange,  and  to  them  impossible  things  which  he  had 
seen,  among  which  were  a  glass  mountain,  and  a  river  which  ran  down 
hill  so  fast  that  the  water  was  made  boiling  hot,  they  were  not  disposed 
to  acknowledge  the  existence  of  his  ':Two-Ocean  Creek."  Subsequent 
events,  however,  showed  that  the  strange  stories  of  Jim  Bridger  were  not 
without  some  elements  of  truth. 

Two-(  >cean  Pass  was  visited  by  Capt.  Jones  in  1S73,  by  Dr.  F.  V.  Hayden 
in  1 878,  and  by  Mr.  Arnold  Hague  in  1884.  The  observations  made  by  these 
various  explorers  seemed  to  indicate  that  Two-Ocean  Pass  is  a  nearly  level 
meadow,  near  the  center  of  which  is  a  marsh  which,  in  times  of  wet 
weather,  becomes  a  small  lake,  and  that  "  a  portion  of  the  waters  from 
the  surrounding  mountains  accumulate  in  the  marshy  meadows  and 
gradually  gravitate  from  either  side  into  two  small  streams,  one  of  which 
flows  to  the  northeast,  the  other  to  the  southwest.''     (Hayden.) 

From  these  reports  it  began  to  be  suspected  that  trout,  ascending  Pacific 
Creek  from  Snake  Paver,  might  in  time  of  high  water,  pass  through  the 
lake  in  Two-Ocean  Pass  and  descend  Atlantic  Creek  and  the  Upper  Yel- 
lowstone to  Yellowstone  Lake,  and  thus  would  the  origin  of  the  trout  of 
that  lake  be  explained.  Dr.  Jordan,  who  spent  some  time  in  the  Park  in 
1889,  was  impressed  with  the  probable  correctness  of  this  explanation, 
but  did  not  visit  Two-Ocean  Pass. 

In  1891,  while  carrying  on  certain  investigations  in  Montana  and  the 
Yellowstone  Park  under  the  direction  of  the  United  States  Commissioner 
of  Fish  and  Fisheries,  Colonel  Marshall  McDonald,  I  was  instructed  to 
visit  Two-i  >cean  Pass  and  determine  definitely  the  conditions  which  obtain 
there. 

On  August  7.  accompanied  by  Dr.  ( >.  P.  Jenkins  and  Mr.  Burnside  Clap- 
ham,  we  started  out  from  Mammoth  Hot  Springs  with  a  pack-train  of  ten 
pack-horses  and  eight  saddle-horses.  Our  route  led  us  through  all  the 
(ieyser  Basins  of  the  Park  and  we  reached  Two-Ocean  Pass  August  17, 
where  we  remained  long  enough  to  make  a  careful  examination.  This 
pass  is  a  high  mountain  meadow,  about  8,200  feet  above  the  sea  and 
situated  just  south  of  the  Park,  in  long.  110°  10',  lat.  44°  3/.  It  is  sur- 
rounded on  all  sides  by  rather  high  mountains  except  where  the  narrow 
valleys  of  Atlantic  and  Pacific  creeks  open  out  from  it. 

Running  back  among  the  mountains  to  the  northward  are  two  small 
canons,  down  which  come  two  small  streams.  On  the  opposite  side  is 
another  canon,  down  which  comes  another  small  stream.    The  extreme 


33 

length  of  the  meadow  from  east  to  west  is  about  a  mile  while  the  width 
from  north  to  south  is  not  much  less.  The  larger  of  the  streams  coming 
in  from  the  north  is  Pacific  Creek,  and,  after  winding  along  the  western 
side  of  the  meadow,  turns  abruptly  westward,  leaving  through  a  narrow 
gorge.  Receiving  numerous  small  affluents,  Pacific  Creek  soon  becomes 
a  good- sized  stream,  which  finally  unites  with  Buffalo  Creek  a  few  miles 
above  where  the  latter  stream  flows  into  Snake  River. 

Atlantic  Creek  was  found  to  have  two  forks  entering  the  Pass.  At  the 
north  end  of  the  meadow  is  a  small  wooded  canon  down  which  flows  the 
North  Fork.  This  stream  hugs  the  border  of  the  flat  very  closely.  The 
South  Fork  comes  down  the  canon  on  the  south  side,  skirting  the  brow 
of  the  hill  a  little  less  closely  than  does  the  North  Fork.  The  two 
coming  together  near  the  middle  of  the  eastern  border  of  the  meadow 
form  Atlantic  Creek  which,  after  a  course  of  a  few  miles,  flows  into  the 
Upper  Yellowstone.  But  the  remarkable  phenomena  exhibited  here  re- 
main to  be  described. 

Each  fork  of  Atlantic  Creek,  just  after  entering  the  meadow,  divides  as 
if  to  flow  around  an  island,  but  the  stream  toward  the  meadow,  instead  of 
returning  to  the  portion  from  which  it  had  parted,  continues  its  westerly 
course  across  the  meadow.  Just  before  reaching  the  western  border  the 
two  streams  unite  and  then  pour  their  combined  waters  into  Pacific  Creek ; 
thus  are  Atlantic  and  Pacific  Creeks  united  and  a  continuous  water  way 
from  the  month  of  the  Columbia  via  Two-Ocean  Pass  to  the  Gulf  of  Mex- 
ico is  established.  Two-Ocean  Creek  is  not  a  myth  but  a  verity,  and  Jim 
Bridger  is  vindicated. 

Pacific  Creek  is  a  stream  of  good  size  long  before  it  enters  the  pass,  and 
its  course  through  the  meadow  is  in  a  definite  channel,  but  not  so  with 
Atlantic  Creek.  The  west  bank  of  each  fork  is  low  and  the  water  is  liable 
to  break  through  anywhere  and  thus  send  a  part  of  its  water  across  to  Pa- 
cific Creek.  It  is  probably  true  that  one  or  two  branches  always  connect 
the  two  creeks  under  ordinary  conditions,  and  that  following  heavy  rains 
or  when  the  snows  are  melting  a  much  greater  portion  of  the  water  of 
Atlantic  Creek  finds  its  way  across  the  meadow  to  the  other. 

Besides  the  channels  already  mentioned,  there  are  several  more  or  less 
distinct  ones  that  were  dry  at  the  time  of  our  visit.  As  already  stated, 
the  pass  is  a  nearly  level  meadow,  covered  with  a  heavy  growth  of  grass 
and  many  small  willows  1  to  3  feet  high.  While  it  is  somewhat  marshy 
in  places  it  has  nothing  of  the  nature  of  a  lake  about  it.     Of  course  during 


wet  weather,  the  small  springs  at  the  borders  of  the  meadow  would  be 
stronger,  but  the  important  facts  are  that  there  is  no  lake  or  even  marsh 
there  and  that  neither  Atlantic  nor  Pacific  Creek  has  its  rise  in  the 
meadow.  Atlantic  Creek,  in  fact,  comes  into  the  pass  as  two  good  sized 
streams  from  opposite  directions  and  leaves  it  by  at  least  four  channels, 
thus  making  an  island  of  a  considerable  portion  of  the  meadow.  And  it 
is  certain  that  there  is,  under  ordinary  circumstances,  a  continuous  water- 
way through  Two- Ocean  Pass  of  such  a  character  as  to  permit  fishes  to 
pass  easily  and  readily  from  Snake  River  over  to  the  Yellowstone,  or  in 
the  opposite  direction.  Indeed,  it  is  possible,  barring  certain  falls  in 
Snake  River,  for  a  fish  so  inclined  to  start  at  the  mouth  of  the  Columbia, 
travel  up  that  great  river  to  its  principal  tributary,  the  Snake,  thence  on 
through  the  long,  tortuous  course  of  that  stream,  and,  under  the  shadows 
of  the  Grand  Tetons,  enter  the  cold  waters  of  Pacific  Creek,  by  which  it 
could  journey  on  up  to  the  very  crest  of  the  Great  Continental  Divide,  to 
Tivo-Ocean  Pass;  through  this  pass  it  may  have  a  choice  of  two  routes  to 
Atlantic  Creek  in  which  the  down-stream  journey  is  begun.  Soon  it 
reaches  the  Yellowstone  down  which  it  continues  to  Yellowstone  Lake, 
then  through  the  Lower  Yellowstone  out  into  the  turbid  waters  of  the 
Missouri ;  for  many  hundred  miles  it  may  continue  down  this  mighty 
river  before  reaching  the  Father  of  Waters  which  will  finally  carry  it  to 
the  Gulf  of  Mexico— a  wonderful  journey  of  nearly  t;,000  miles,  by  far  the 
longest  possible  fresh-water  journey  in  the  world. 

We  found  trout  in  Pacific  Creek  at  every  point  where  we  examined  it. 
In  Two-Ocean  Pass  we  found  trout  in  each  of  the  streams  and  in  such  po- 
sitions as  would  have  permitted  them  to  pass  easily  from  one  side  of  the 
divide  to  the  other.  We  also  found  trout  in  Atlantic  Creek  below  the 
pass  and  in  the  Upper  Yellowstone  where  they  were  abundant. 

Thus  it  is  certain  that  there  is  no  obstruction  even  in  dry  weather  to 
prevent  the  passage  of  trout  from  the  Snake  River  to  Yellowstone  Lake  ; 
it  is  quite  evident  that  trout  do  pass  over  in  this  way ;  and  it  is  almost 
absolutely  certain  that  Yellowstone  Lake  was  stocked  with  trout  from  the 
west  via  Two-Ocean  Pass. 


Giiinnkli.ia  Americana.     By  M.  A.  Braxnon, 
Grinnellia  Americana  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  and  beautiful  ma- 
rine plants   found   along  our  Atlantic   coast.     So  far  as  known,  it  ranges 


only  from  Cape  Cod  to  New  Jersey,  abounding  chiefly  in  the  shore  waters 
of  Long  Island  sound  and  New  York  harbor. 

This  alga  attains  a  length  of  50  cm.  and  a  breadth  of  L0  cm.,  but  this 
is  an  unusual  size.  The  oi'dinary  specimen  would  not  exceed  20  cm.  in 
length  and  5  cm.  in  breadth. 

This  plant  attaches  itself  to  the  piles  of  wharves,  pieces  of  decayed 
wood,  and  rarely  grows  on  stones  and  shells.  It  grows  most  abund- 
antly i)  to  10  feet  below  low  tide  mark.  It  is  a  dbccious  plant,  and 
also  has  a  nonsexual  method  of  reproduction.  The  antheridia  are  .small. 
nearly  transparent  dots  promiscuously  distributed  in  the  tissue  of  the 
thallus.  When  liberated,  in  salt  water,  the  antherozoids  are  quite  active, 
and  while  they  were  not  observed  fertilizing  the  female  organ,  it  is  safe 
to  affirm  that  they  accomplish  a  union  with  the  female  portion  of  the 
plant  in  the  way  common  to  algse. 

The  female  organ — the  cystocarp— is  jug  shape,  with  a  prominent  orifice. 
The  cystoearps  are  found  equally  distributed  on  the  surfaces  of  the  thal- 
lus which  is  one  cell  thick.  The  interior  of  the  cystocarp  is  very  com- 
plicated. It  develops  from  an  apical  cell.  This  further  testifies  that  Dr. 
Schmitz's  theory  of  the  origin  of  the  reproductive  organs  of  the  red  alga 
is  true — namely,  they  are  terminal  growths,  or  branches  of  the  frond. 

Experiments  in  germinating  spores  were  quite  successful.  Carpophores 
were  cultivated  for  several  days  in  salt  water.  Cell  division  was  rapid 
and  there  were  young  filaments  developed  containing  l(i  to  20  cells.  The 
study  of  spore  termination  and  the  development  of  the  youn.L:  plant  is  to 
be  continued. 


BOTAXICAL  FIELD  WORK   IX  WESTERN  IDAHO.       By  D.  T.  MacDoUGAL. 

As  may  be  seen  by  reference  to  the  map,  a  large  proportion  of  the  state 
of  Idaho  consists  of  a  triangular  mountain  mass,  with  its  greatest  length 
from  north  to  south,  reaching  in  places  an  elevation  of  14,000  to  15,000 
feet,  and  including  on  its  eastern  border  the  Bitter  Root,  Coeur  d'  Alene 
and  Rocky  Mountain  ranges. 

Botanical  explorations  have  been  carried  on  in  the  valley  of  Clark's 
Fork  of  the  Columbia  to  the  eastward  in  Montana,  in   the  basin  of  the 


36 

Snake  River  in  southeastern  and  southern  Idaho,  to  the  westward  in  the 
Columbian  plain  in  Washington,  and  in  the  northern  part  of  Idaho,  where 
the  Clark's  Fork  of  the  Columbia  cuts  its  way  westward  through  the 
mountains,  but  this  great  central  labyrinth  is  as  yet  an  unknown  land  to 
the  botanist,  nor  is  he  behind  his  brother  zoologist  in  this  matter. 

With  the  purpose  of  beginning  a  systematic  survey  that  should  finally 
include  this  whole  region,  Messrs.  J.  H.  Sandberg,  A.  A.  Heller  and  my- 
self, acting  under  the  direction  of  the  Botanical  Division  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture,  undertook  at  the  beginning  of  the  last  season  the  ex- 
ploration of  a  portion  of  this  territory  along  the  western  border  of  the 
mountain  ranges. 

In  accordance  with  this  plan,  we  took  the  field  with  a  camp  outfitted  at 
Lewiston,  at  the  head  of  navigation  of  Snake  river,  in  the  latter  part  of 
April,  and  worked  southward  till  we  struck  the  Craig  Mountains,  then 
swinging  around  northward,  followed  the  line  where  the  foot  hills  run 
down  to  meet  the  plain,  across  the  basins  of  the  Clearwater  and  Palouse 
rivers,  Lake  Coeur  d'  Alene,  and  Clark's  Fork  of  the  Columbia  river  at  its 
expension  into  Lake  Pend  d'Oreille. 

This  route  was  chosen  because  it  offered  easy  access  to  widely  differing 
areas.  To  the  westward  lay  the  basaltic  Columbian  plains,  with  an  ele- 
vation of  700  to  2,500  feet,  with  its  vegetation  made  up  of  plants  peculiar 
to  the  Pacific  coast  flora;  to  the  eastward,  rising  in  successive  tiers,  were 
the  secondary  ranges,  composed  of  trachyte,  limestone,  quartz  and  granite, 
reaching  an  elevation  of  7,000  feet,  with  its  wide  range  of  plants  comprised 
in  the  R  >cky  Mountain  flora. 

The  difference  between  these  two  areas  is  still  further  heightened  by 
the  peculiarities  of  the  climate.  The  basaltic  plain,  during  the  rainy  sea- 
son, which  ends  in  the  latter  part  of  May,  supports  a  dense  growth  of  suc- 
culent, broad  leaved,  rapid  growing  plants,  which  mature  very  early. 
With  the  close  of  the  rainy  season,  the  soil  dries  into  dust  in  a  very  few 
days,  the  earlier  growth  dies,  and  is  replaced  by  hardy,  coarse,  narrow- 
leaved  forms  which  are  capable  of  enduring  the  extreme  heats  of  the 
summer.  In  the  mountains,  however,  the  water  supply  coming  from 
melting  snows  and  springs  is  more  equable,  and  we  have  a  greater  num- 
ber of  plants  which  endure  throughout  the  season. 

The  flora  of  both  regions  is  characterized  by  extreme  localization.  The 
limits  within  which  a  large  percentage  of  the  species  were  collected  often 
comprised  no  more  than  a  few  square  yards  or  a  few  acres.     As  examples 


may  be  given  Mimulus  cardinalis,  Castalia  Leibergii,  Corydalis  aurea,  Poly- 
gonum Kelloggii. 

Although  the  mountain  region  is  very  rich  in  Algae  Lichens  Mosses  and 
Hepatics,  the  conditions  for  work  and  character  of  our  outfit  made  it  nec- 
essary to  confine  our  attention  almost  wholly  to  the  Phanerogams  and 
I'teridophytes,  although  a  few  lower  forms  were  collected. 

In  all,  ample  material  of  about  1,000  species  was  brought  in,  which  is 
fairly  representative  of  the  region  explored. 


The  application  of  mathematics  in  botany.     By  Kathebine  E.  Golden. 

The  tendency  in  the  sciences  is  toward  reducing  results  and  conclusions 
to  exactness,  as  far  as  possible,  and  this  is  as  true  for  botany  as  for  any 
of  the  so-called  exact  sciences.  The  tendency  being  toward  precision, 
naturally  the  use  of  mathematics  is  becoming  more  general  in  all  the 
sciences,  in  the  solution  of  problems  and  the  expression  of  results. 

In  physiological  botany,  especially,  the  use  of  mathematics  is  very  ap- 
plicable, for  a  great  many  of  the  principles  of  physiological  phenomena 
are  reducible  to  the  principles  of  physics  and  chemistry,  which  are  repre- 
sented by  mathematical  formulae,  and  when  so  represented,  the  concep- 
tion of  the  phenomena  is  .simplified,  and  is  divested  of  much  of  the  mys- 
teriousness  that  attaches  to  it,  as  fundamental  principles  are  often  easier 
of  comprehension  when  reduced  to  mathema  ical  formulas.  For  instance, 
in  studying  the  absorption  of  gases  by  plants,  there  are  so  many  factors 
that  enter  the  solution  of  the  problem  that  the  subject  is  complex  to  a 
great  degree,  but  when  it  is  known  that  the  amount  of  gas  dissolved  from 
a  mixture  is  proportional  t<>  the  relative  volume  of  it  in  the  mixture  mul- 
tiplied by  its  coefficient  of  solubility,  the  quantities  of  gases  that  can  be 
dissolved  by  the  cell-sap  are  known,  and  a  definite  basis  is  obtained  from 
which  to  start,  and  to  take  into  consideration  other  conditions. 

To  show  the  estimate  that  Francis  Gal  ton*  places  on  the  laws  governing 
the  life  of  plants,  in  his  work  on  "  Natural  Inheritance,"  in  trying  to  ar- 
rive at  some  measurable  characteristic  by  which  to  determine  the  reason 
for  the  statistical  similarity  shown  in  successive  generations,  he  used 
sweet  peas  with  which  to  experiment,  separating  them  into  "roups  ac- 

-Francis  Galtou.    Natural  Inheritance.  1889,  pp;  79-82, 


38 

cording  to  size.     The  experiments  were  satisfactory,  as  they  gave  him  the 
data  which  he  sought,  thus  enabling  him  to  solve  the  problem. 

That  the  tendency  of  botanical  work  is  in  the  direction  of  mathematical 
preciseness  is  seen  in  the  works  of  Sachs,  Nageli,  Wiesner  and  many  others. 
Sachs*  has  worked  out  cell  division  in  a  masterly  manner.  By  means  of 
periclined  and  anticlined  planes  he  has  demonstrated  the  direction  of  the 
cell-divisions  in  a  growing  organ,  the  outline  of  the  organ  taking  the  form 
of  a  parabola,  a  hyperbola,  or  an  ellipse.  By  this  means  he  has  proven 
that  the  mode  of  cell-division  depends  entirely  upon  the  increase  in  vol- 
ume and  the  configuration  of  the  growing  organ,  and  not  upon  its  physi- 
ological or  morphological  significance.  From  his  work  he  has  formulated 
two  important  laws,  (1)  that  the  daughter-cells  are  usually  equal  to  one 
another  in  volume,  and  (2)  that  the  new  cell-walls  are  situated  at  right 
angles  to  those  already  present. 

Previous  to  Sachs'  work  it  was  supposed  that  it  was  possible  to  charac- 
terize the  true  morphological  or  phylogenetic  nature  of  an  organ  by  the 
way  in  which  cell  division  took  place. 

Sachs  has  also  studied  the  growing  apex  of  stems  and  roots  so  as  to  de- 
termine the  zone  of  greatest  growth.  From  the  tables  compiled  by  him 
there  are  certain  facts  deduced  which,  when  the  successive  zones  are  rep- 
resented by  A.  N.  V  x.  the  apical  zone  beinu  A,  the  zone  of  greatest 
growth  X,  and  the  last  zone  of  the  growing  region  N+x,  are  clearly  ex- 
pressed by  the  formula : 

A     A      1      A     2  .    .    .  <N     N     1     N     2  .    .    .      X     x. 

The  formula  indicating  the  relation  of  their  respective  increments. 

The  following  general  expression  is  used  by  Sachs  to  express  the  relative 
lengths  of  the  different  tissues  after  isolation,  where  E,  C.  V,  P,  stand  re- 
spectively for  epidermis,  cortex,  vascular  tissue  and  pith  : 
E<C     V     P     V     C>E. 

The  expression  also  states  the  relation  active  tension  of  the  layers,  for 
the  greater  the  compression,  the  greater  will  be  the  length  upon  isolation. 

Xiigelit  has  demonstrated  the  movements  of  bacteria  in  air  and  water. 
He  classifies  them  into  groups  and  applying  the  general  formula  for  ve- 
locity v=l/2^,  he  has  deduced  the  formula- v='^—i    in  which//  is 


.1.  Sachs.    Arbeiten  des  bot.  lust,  in  Wurzburg,  1878.    On  the  Physiology  of  Plants. 
1887,  pp.  431-459. 
tC.  v.  Xiigeli.    Untersuchuugen  iiber  niedere  Pllze  aus  dem  Pflanzenphysiologischen 

Institut  in  Miinchen.  1882. 


39 

the  middle  vertical  diameter  of  the  body,  r.  is  the  specific  gravity  of  the 
body,  and   r  the  specific  gravity  of  the  fluid  for  the  movement  in  air 


1  2  g  h  (n  — r)  for  the  movement  in  any  liquid. 

r 
Wiesner  has  done  a  great  deal  of  work  in  determining  the  application 
of  the  laws  for  different  gases  to  epidermis  with  and  without  openings,  at 
the  atmospheric  pressure,  and  pressures  above  and  below  that  of  the  at- 
mosphere, and  with  dead  and  living,  dry  and  moist  membranes.  He  has 
made  sufficient  experiments  so  that  his  conclusions,  which  are  expressed 
by  mathematical  formulae  in  many  cases,  are  general,  that  is,  his  formula 

. —  in  which  A  represents  the  absorption  coefficient,  and  d  the  density 
I     d 

of  the  gas  is  general  for  the  epidermis,  free  from  stomata,  of  any  plant. 

An  application  of  mathematics  that  one  does  not  often  see  outside  of 
the  statistician's  work  was  made  by  Dr.  Arthur!  in  his  work  on  pear 
blight.  In  this  there  was  a  set  of  determinations  made  as  to  the  succu- 
lency  of  the  fruit  of  the  Buffum  pear,  so  as  to  note  the  relation  between 
the  amount  of  moisture  and  the  extent  of  the  blight.  After  the  deter- 
minations were  made,  calculations  of  the  probable  error  in  the  results  were 
also  made,  finding  the  variation  in  the  determinations,  and  the  extreme 
variation  from   the  mean;  using  the   figures  and  applying  the  formula, 

±  .  ii74">  -  .  in  which  s  is  the  sum  of  the  squares  of  the  differences  be- 
tween each  separate  observation  and  the  average  of  all,  and  n  is  the  num- 
ber of  observations.  This  work  was  done  to  prove  its  correctness,  as  the 
accuracy  of  such  work  had  been  questioned. 

The  most  general  application  of  graphic  mathematics  is  the  rectilinear 
system  of  coordinates.  This  is  so  simple  in  the  construction  of  diagrams 
and  so  readily  understood  that  a  great  many  people  make  use  of  it.  Be- 
sides, one  diagram  will  show  the  relation  among  different  sets  of  data. 
Take,  for  example,  one  of  Sachs'  diagrams  showing  plant  growth.  The  ab- 
scissa represents  increments  of  time,  the  division  of  the  ordinates,  the  in- 
crements in  length,  the  axis  of  abscissa'  represents  a  certain  temperature, 
and  a  certain  number  of  the  divisions  of  the  ordinates  represent  a  degree 
a  temperature.     Then  spaces  of  the  diagram  are  shaded  for  night.    The 


.r.  Wiesner.    Versuehe  iiber  den  Ausgleich  des  Gasdruckes  in   den  Geweben  der 
Pllanzen,  187!>.    .1.  Weisner  und  H.  Molisch.    I'ntersuchnngen  fiber  dis  Gasbewegung  in 
dor  Pfianze,  188!>, 
v.T.  C.  Arthur.    5th  Ann.  Rep.  X.  V.  Exp.  Sta.,  1886,  pp.  284-285. 


40 

curves  of  growth  and  temperature  are  represented  on  the  same  diagram, 
so  that  one  can  easily  tell  the  increment  of  growth  for  a  given  time  along 
with  the  factors  of  heat  and  light.  This  kind  of  diagram  is  especially 
valuable  if  the  experiment  be  written  in  a  language  that  one  does  not 
read  readily,  for  the  gist  of  the  work  can  be  gotten  from  the  diagram  with 
but  little  help  from  the  text. 

A  great  deal  of  mathematical  work  has  been  done  in  phyllotaxy.  Th  is 
work  consisted  in  the  first  place  in  imagining  a  line  proceeding  from  one 
of  the  older  lateral  members,  traversing  the  stem  to  right  or  left,  so  as  to 
Include  the  points  of  insertion  of  all  the  successive  lateral  members  in 
the  order  of  their  age.  This  line,  when  projected,  horizontally,  was  called 
the  genetic  spiral,  butas  the  line  is  a  helix,  its  horizontal  projection  could 
not  be  a  spiral. 

Then  in  working  out  the  law  of  the  phyllotaxis,  a  series  of  fractions 
were  formed,  the  numerator  expressing  the  number  of  complete  revolu- 
tions round  the  stem,  starting  from  the  point  of  insertion  of  a  lateral 
organ  and  extending  to  the  organ  directly  above  it;  the  denominator  ex- 
pressing the  number  of  joints  of  insertion  of  lateral  organs  passed  through . 
It  was  discovered  that  The  series  of  fractions  expressing  the  most  com- 
mon divergences  were  successive  convergents  of  the  continued  fraction, 
and  it  was  supposed  that  a  natural  law  had  been  found, 
but  as  it  is  necessary  to  construct  new  continued  fractions 
1     i  for  many  of  the  divergence-,  this  proved  fallacious.    But 

1+  etc.  as  no  relation  has  been  found  to  exist  between  the  method 
and  anything  relating  to  plant  life,  the  method  has  but  little  vahie,  ex- 
cept from  the  mnemonic  point  of  view.  Work  on  this  subject  was  very 
popular  about  twenty  years  ago,  as  it  gave  people  an  opportunity  of  prov- 
ing that  they  knew  their  mathematics,  it  being  somewhat  generally  sup- 
posed at  the  time  that  anyone  who  could  do  his  mathematics  could  easily 
do  his  other  work. 

In  the  latest  bulletin*  issued  from  the  lnd.  Exp.  Sta.,  the  subject  of 
which  is  the  relation  of  number  of  eyes  on  the  seed  tuber  to  the  product, 
it  was  found  that  a  relation  existed  between  the  eye  of  the  seed  tuber  and 
the  number  of  stalks,  that  is,  when  the  eyes  formed  an  arithmetical  series, 
the  number  of  stalks,  per  unit  of  weight,  derived  from  them  formed  an 
approximate  hyperbolic  series.    To  a  scientific  person  this  result  means 


::J.  O.  Arthur.    Purdue  Exp.  Sta.  Ind..  Xo.  12,  1892. 


II 

much,  for  the  results  are  definite  and  given  in  the  briefest  and  yet  the 
most  comprehensive  manner. 

When  engineers  publish  results  of  experiments,  they  express  the  con- 
ditions for,  and  the  results  of,  their  experiments  by  means  of  mathemat- 
ical formula-  as  much  as  possible,  and  the  tendency  among  botanists  is  to 
the  same  practice,  for  with  the  great  amount  of  literature  that  is  pub- 
lished annually,  the  putting  the  gist  of  the  matter  into  the  most  concise 
and  comprehensive  form  is  becoming  indispensable. 


On  the  fertilization  and  development  of  the  embryo  in  senecto  am; F.I 
By  1>.  M.  Mottier. 


Distribution  ok  the  North  American  cactaceje.     By  John  M.  Coulter. 


March  a  Nil  a    polymorpha,   jcot  a  typical  or  representative  liverwort. 
Bv  L.  M.  Underwood. 


How  a  tendril  coils.      By  D.  T.  Mai  Dougal 


Forestry  exhibit  of  Indiana  at  the  Columbian  Exposition.     By  Stanley 
Coulter. 


Notes  on  certain  plants  of  southwestern  Indiana.     By  John  S.  Wright. 

This  report  is  based  upon  about  two  weeks  of  field  work  done  during 
the  latter  part  of  September,  1892,  in  the  extreme  southwestern  part  of 
the  state,  by  D.  T.  MacDougal  and  J.  S.  Wright.  This  region  is  known  as 
the  "pocket"  and  owing  to  its  peculiar  peninsular  position  has  an  over- 
lap of  a  northern  and  a  southern  flora. 

Notes  were  made  upon  the  distribution  and  condition  of  nearly  200 
forms. 


42 

Report  was  made  upon  a  depauperate  form  of  Bideus  ceruna L.,  found 
on  the  Wabash  banks. 

Among  the  forest  trees  special  notes  were  made  upon  distribution,  size, 
&c,  of  Celtis  ruimssippirnsis  Bosc;  Carya  olivxformis  Nutt;  Quercus  lyrata 
Walt.;  Diospyros  virginiana  L.,  and  Taxodium  dhtichum  Richard. 


Epidermis  and  spines  of  cactaceje.     By  E.  B.  luxi:. 

Before  entering  upon  the  revision  of  Cactacea'  now  in  preparation  un- 
der President  Coulter's  direction  at  Indiana  University,  a  series  of  inves- 
tigations on  the  minute  structure  of  such  material  as  was  then  available 
was  made  during  the  winter  and  spring  terms  of  1892.  It  was  our  pur- 
pose not  only  to  learn  of  the  general  morphological  nature  of  the  family, 
but  also  to  discover,  if  possible,  any  new  diagnostic  characters  that  might 
be  of  service  in  the  revision.  I  have  therefore  selected  for  presentation 
only  such  peculiarities  of  structure  as  may  prove  of  most  use  in  specific 
determination. 

Though  nearly  a  year  had  passed  since  the  collection  of  the  material,  it 
was  still  green  and  in  good  condition,  with  tissues  fresh  and  distended  as 
in  growing  specimens— thus  making  it  highly  favorable  for  study.  Sixty- 
five  species  were  examined,  represented  generically  in  the  following 
proportions:     ^lamillaria,  17;  Echinocactus,  lfi ;  Cereus,  I'l  :  Opuntia,  11. 

The  most  striking  feature  at  first  sight  is  the  entire  absence  of  true  fo- 
liage. Naturally,  my  first  inquiry  was  for  some  specialized  organ  or  region 
which  should  represent,  and  perform  the  functions  of  the  missing  foliage. 
The  even  distribution  of  stomata  and  chlorophyll  over  the  entire  surface 
declares  the  plant  itself  to  be  one  gigantic  and  curious  leaf  so  far  as  func- 
tion is  concerned.  However,  regarding  leaves  as  devices  for  increasing 
surface  exposure  (expansion  of  surface  formed  by  the  ultimate  branch- 
ing of  the  fibro- vascular  system),  I  was  led  to  look  to  the  wart-like  mam- 
illse  of  the  genus  Mamillaria,  and  to  the  tubercles  and  ribs  of  Cereus, 
Echinocactus  and  certain  species  of  Opuntia  as  the  homologues  of  leaves. 
Transverse  sections  of  the  tubercles  of  Mamillaria  macromeris  show  fibro- 
vascular  branching  similar  to  that  of  the  leaf,— the  chief  difference  lying 
in  the  cylindrical  nature  of  the  one  as  distinct  from  the  flat  surface  <  if 
the  other.  This  conclusion  is  verified  by  the  position  of  the  flowers  and 
branches,  which  in  nearly  all  cases  proceed  from  the  axils  of  the  tuber- 
cles and  mamillse.    The  genus  Opuntia  alone  is  described  as  having  leaves. 


i:; 

The  minute,  subulate,  early  deciduous  leaves  of  this  genus  furnish  the 
nearest  approach  to  true  leaves  found  among  our  native  species. 

In  all  the  specimens  examined,  true  epidermal  and  hypodermal  regions 
occur  in  sharply  defined  outline.  The  cuticular  layer  is  generally  thick- 
ened and  is  clearly  distinguished  from  the  true  epidermal  walls.  It  be- 
comes thinner  as  it  nears  the  stoma,  and  is  easily  traced  into  the  air 
chamber  (?)  It  completely  lines  this  respiratory  cavity,  and,  as  Yon  Mohl 
shows,  it  even  sends  out  open  tubes  into  the  adjoining  inter-cellular 
spaces.  The  range  in  thickness  passes  from  the  very  thin,  almost  imper- 
ceptible form  seen  in  Mamillaria  macromem  to  the  astonishing  thickness  of 
that  seen  in  Mamillaria  (Anhalonium)  prismatica,  where  the  cuticle  is  fully 
ten  times  the  thickness  of  the  true  epidermal  layer  underneath.  The 
stoma  in  this  species  communicates  with  the  outer  air  by  a  chimney-like 
canal  extending  upward  and  outward  through  the  cuticle.  This  canal  or 
chimney  is  beset  at  three  different  elevations  by  sets  of  four  Hap  like  pro- 
jections which  extend  out  from  the  wall  in  such  manner  as  to  almost  en- 
tirely close  the  orifice.  I  have  failed  to  find  anywhere  any  mention  of 
these  projecting  appendages,  but  conclude  that  their  function  is  undoubt- 
edly that  of  accessory  guard  cells  of  the  doma.  They  readily  expand  on 
application  of  moisture,  which  fact  in  itself  is  sufficient  evidence  of  their 
purpose.  The  outer  wall  of  the  true  epidermis  in  this  species  barely 
reaches  an  average  development ;  while  the  hypodermal  region  consists  of 
but  one  layer  of  moderately  thick-walled  narrow  cells.  The  only  remain- 
ing feature  of  the  cuticle  worthy  of  note  as  a  diagnostic  character  is  the 
undulation  of  surface,  which  is  displayed  in  certain  species.  Prominent 
elevations  occur  in  Cenus  Greggii,  Cereus  horizonthalonius,  var.  centrospinus, 
and  in  Echinocactus  polycepJialus.. 

Definitive  characters  in  the  true  epidermis  are  not  abundant ;  but,  when 
they  do  occur,  they  are  distinct  and  unmistakable.  Three  species  of 
Opuntia  show  tangential  (?)  partitions  in  the  epidermis,  breaking  it  up 
into  two  or  more  rows.  Opuntia  phscacantha  has  its  epidermis  thus 
thrown  into  eight  rows  of  exceedingly  thin -walled  cells.  A  new  species  of 
cereus  (as  yet  unpublished)  has  as  high  as  nine  rows  of  this  thin-walled 
epidermis.  Species  having  two  layers  are  Echin.  pob/ccphalus,  three  un- 
named species  of  Cereus  from  San  Louis  I'otosi,  Mex.,  and  a  new  species  of 
Cereus  from  Casa  Grande,  Ariz.  The  most  curious  epidermis  in  the  entire 
collection  is  that  of  Echin  longihamatus.  Since  there  is  nothing  like  it  in 
the  entire  number  observed,  it  is  well  deserving  of  more  than  passing  at- 


44 

tention.  In  other  specimens,  the  epidermal  cells  when  elongated  lie  in 
a  parallel  direction  with  the  line  of  outer  surface.  In  this  case,  they  are 
elongated  at  right  angles  to  the  outer  surface.  Their  thread-like  walls 
are  contiguous  with  the  cuticle  on  the  outside ;  while,  on  the  inside,  they 
are  bounded  by  a  single  hypodermal  row.  Their  only  apparent  outer 
wall  is#the  thickened  cuticle. 

The  hypodermal  regions  seen  may  be  at  once  divided  into  two  classes. 
Those  of  the  hrst  and  larger  class  may  be  characterized  as  follows :  cells 
irregular,  in  several  layers:  walls  thick,  pitted,  collenchymatous.  The 
second  class,  on  the  other  hand,  are  thin-walled,  regular,  and  disposed  in 
one  layer.  Six  Mamillarise  and  five  Cerei  will  fall  under  this  latter  class. 
The  highest  number  of  collenchyma  layers  is  nine,  found  in  Cerent  grandi- 
flora.  The  number  of  rows,  shape  of  cells  and  relative  thickness  of  walls 
appear  to  be  constant  within  the  limits  of  species,  and  may  be  of  service 
as  determinative  characters. 

It  remains  only  to  mention  the  calcium  oxalate  crystals,  which  are  of- 
ten distributed  as  constituents  of  the  cell-contents,  both  in  the  epidermal 
and  in  the  hypodermal  tissue.  These  occur  in  the  form  of  simple,  soli- 
tary, klino-rhombic  crystals,  or  more  frequently  in  angular,  stellate 
groups.  In  size,  form  and  position  they  vary  exceedingly,  but  appear 
uniform  within  the  limits  of  the  same  species.  Crystals  occurred  in  every 
Opuntia  and  in  every  Kchinocactus  examined.  In  Mamillaria  they  were 
frequent,  while  in  Cereus,  they  were  with  one  exception  entirely  wanting. 

The  minute  structure  of  the  spines  is  exasperatingly  uniform.  The 
outer,  or  epidermal  cells  are  usually  large  and  thin-walled,  while  in  the 
body  of  the  spine  the  walls  are  so  thick  as  to  entirely  close  the  cell  cavi- 
ties, as  is  the  case  in  all  dense  woody  tissues.  Often  there  is  a  gradual 
transition  from  one  to  the  other.  The  important  characters  are  in  the 
outer  row  of  cells.  Iiou.^h  projections  partaking  of  the  nature  of  tri- 
chomes,  and  extending  toward  the  spine  tip  are  common  in  Cereus  and 
Echinocactus.  In  Mamillaria  the  spines  are  smooth  or  rarely  pubescent, 
as  in  M.pusiila,  Grahami  and  allied  forms.  Those  of  the  cylindrical  and 
clavate  groups  of  Opuntia  are  without  exception  clothed  with  a  semi- 
transparent,  glistening  sheath ;  while  those  of  the  flat-jointed  Opuntias 
are  naked.  Characteristic  of  Opuntia  spines  is  the  ronical  arrangement 
of  libers,  distinctly  seen  with  the  low  power  objective.  Spine  fibers  of 
other  genera  are  usually  parallel  from  base  to  tip,  whereas  here  they  are 
conically  arranged  with  the  summits  of  the  cones  at  the  extreme  tips  and 


4-", 

their  bases  communicating  with  the  sheath  to  the  rear  of  the  tip  and  ad- 
jacent to  it.  When  the  sheath  separates  from  the  spine  (which  happens 
very  early),  these  ends  of  the  fibers  at  the  base  of  the  cones  are  slightly 
lifted  from  the  surface  of  the  spine,  forming  sharp  barbs  extending  back- 
ward on  the  surface  near  the  tip.  This  conical  barbed  structure  is  likewise 
common  to  the  sheathless,  flat-joint  Opuntias,  and  extends  even  to  the 
minute  and  much-dreaded  bristles  of  the  same  genus.  It  is  this  property 
of  conical  arrangement  that  makes  the  prickly  pear  group  the  terror  of 
all  who  have  made  its  acquaintance. 

While  many  of  the  characters  brought  to  light  in  these  investigations 
are  artificial  as  must  naturally  result  in  tissues  so  responsive  to  envi- 
ronment as  epidermal  structures,  the  constancy  of  character  within 
the  same  species,  together  with  the  requisite  variation  in  features  pre- 
sented by  different  species,  can  not  but  be  of  service  to  those  engaged  in 
a  critical  study  of  the  family. 


The  genus  cactus.     By  E.  M.  Fisher. 

The  genus  Cactus,  as  it  stands  at  present,  consists  of  about  350  species 
and  varieties  from  North  America,  of  which  only  twenty-five  species  and 
seven  varieties  have  been  reported  from  the  United  States.  All  these 
forms  are  small,  ranging  from  one  half  to  three  inches  in  diameter,  and 
are  distinguished  by  their  disconnected  tubercles. 

In  this  paper  it  is  proposed  to  consider  briefly  the  history  of  the  genus, 
and  the  classification  of  its  species.  To  give  an  accurate  and  satisfactory 
history  of  this  genus  or  any  of  the  genera  of  Cactaceae  is  a  very  difficult 
thing,  because  of  the  meager  descriptions  and  the  scarcity  of  early  litera- 
ture. Taking  1753  (the  date  of  the  first  edition  of  Linnaeus'  "  Species  Plan- 
tarum")  as  our  datum-line,  and  tracing  both  backwards  and  forwards,  we 
reach  the  following  results:  In  this  first  edition  of  the  "Species  Plan- 
tarum,"  Linnaeus  published  all  the  Cactacea>  with  which  he  was  acquainted 
under  one  genus,  Cactus,  which  he  subdivided  into  four  groups  called  Echi- 
nomelocactus  (subrotund),  Ceril  (erect,  angular),  Cerii  (creeping  with  lateral 
roots),  and  Opuntia  (jointed,  compressed,  proliferous).  Previous  to  this 
(1737),  in  the  first  edition  of  the  Genera  Plantarum,  Linmcus  published 
Cactus  as  embracing  the  genus  Cercus  of  Jussieu's  Acta  Gallorum  (1719), 
and  Opuntia  and  Melocactus  of  Tournefort's  Institutions  (1719).     Melocaclus 


46 

of  Tournefort,  in  which  we  are  interested  at  present,  is  equal  to  Ficoides  or 
Ficus  of  Commelinus'  Hortus  Amistel  (1097),  equal  to  Ficoides  or  Ficus  of 
Plukinet  Almag.  Botanica  1 1606),  equal  to  Echirw-melocactus  of  Ilermannus 
Hortus  Lugdbt.  (1687). 

Commencing  again  with  Linnaeus  (1753),  we  find  that  he  first  described 
the  species  Cactus  mamillarius,  which  thus  seems  to  stand  as  the  type  of 
the  genus.  This  genus  of  2S  species  was  not  disturbed  until  1812,  when 
Ilaworth.  in  his  Synopsis  Plantarum  succulentarum,  separated  it  into  five 
genera,  Mamillaria,  Echinocactus,  Melocactus,  Cereus,  and  Opuntia,  discarding 
Linngeus'  name,  Cactus.  He  called  Cactus  mamillarius  Linn.  Mamillari 
simplex  Hawworth,  which  was  the  only  species  of  Linnaais  that  would 
fall  in  the  new  genus  Mamillaria.  At  this  time  ( 1812),  Mamillaria  con- 
sisted of  five  species.  In  1830  eight  species  were  recognized.  This  state 
of  affairs  was  not  molested  until  last  year,  when  I)r.  O.  Kuntze  published 
his  Revisio  Genera  Plantarum  and  re-established  the  Linnaan  genus  ( 'ac- 
tus, which  thus  equals  Mamillaria  Ilaworth,  changing  over  300  species  of 
Mamillaria  to  the  genus  Carta*.  In  summary,  we  have  Cactus  L.,  re-estab- 
lished by  < ).  'vuntze  (1891),  MamiUaria  Haworth  (1812),  Carta*  L.  (1753), 
Melocactus  Tourn.  1 171  it)  in  part.  Ficoides  or  Ficus  Commelinus  (1697),  Fi- 
coides or  Melocactus  Plukinet  (1796),  Echino-melocactus  Hermannus  (1687). 

The  revision  of  the  genus  Cactus,  like  the  other  genera  of  Cactacese,  is 
made  under  great  difficulties,  because  of  the  lack  of  types,  and  insufficient 
flowering  material.  Since  this  is  true,  and  because  a  specimen  is  almost 
useless  without  flowers,  according  to  the  present  system  of  keys,  we  have 
attempted  with  the  types  at  command  to  revise  the  genus  without  using 
flower  characters  but  by  using  those  parts  of  the  plant  which  are  always 
present,  the  tubercles  and  spines. 


-OMK  CAI  SfiS   ACTING    PHYSIOLOGICALLY   TOW   \  Kl  > 

cities.     Py  J.  ('.  Arthur. 


An  auxaxometer  fob  the   registration  op  the  growtu  OF  STEMS  IV  THICK- 
NESS.    By  Katherixe  E.  Goldex. 

The  main  feature  of  this  auxanometer  for  measuring  growth  in  thick- 
ness is  a  balanced  glass  arm,  supported  near  one  end.  The  long  end  has 
a  bristle  fastened  to  it  that  comes  in  contact  with  a  blackened  glass  rod 
carried  round  on  a  brass  spool,  the  spool  being  revolved  by  a  clock. 


48 

The  glass  arm  is  supported  in  a  short  glass  tube  that  is  held  between 
two  hardened  steel  points,  the  points  being  adjustable  through  the  arms 
of  a  brass  y.  Close  behind  the  steel  points  is  a  small  fork  ;  this  fork,  with 
the  glass  arm  embraces  the  stem  of  the  plant,  the  fork  permitting  an  adjust- 
ment for  large  or  small  stems.  These  pieces  of  mechanism  are  supported 
by  a  long  wooden  beam,  that  has  a  beveling  near  the  end  supporting  the 
arm.     This  adjustment  is  to  accommodate  plants  of  varying  height. 

At  the  long  end  of  the  glass  arm,  and  supported  by  the  beam,  is  a  small 
wooden  platform  that  in  turn  supports  the  revolving  spool.  The  axis  of 
the  spool  is  extended  at  one  end  beyond  its  supports,  and  carries  a  grooved 
pulley,  which  is  connected  with  a  similar  grooved  pulley  attached  to  the 
hour  hand  spindle  of  the  clock  by  means  of  a  small  rubber  band.  The 
friction  between  the  rubber  and  the  grooved  pulleys,  and  the  uniform 
tension  obtained,  precludes  slipping. 

The  way  the  instrument  is  used  is  to  place  the  stem  of  the  plant  be- 
tween the  fixed  fork  and  short  arm  of  the  glass  rod.  The  distance  between 
the  point  of  contact  of  the  plant  and  the  pivot  is  ?\r  of  the  distance  from 
the  blackened  glass  rod  to  the  pivot,  so  that  any  growth  of  the  plant  is 
magnified  40  times  on  the  blackened  rod.  Thus  a  growth  of  roVe  of  an  inch 
will  be  represented  by  fe  of  an  inch  on  the  blackened  rod. 

One  of  the  features  of  the  blackened  glass  rod  is  that  a  permanent  rec- 
ord can  be  obtained  by  making  a  print  of  it  on  sensitized  paper,  from 
which  direct  measurements  can  be  made. 


A  STATE  BIOLOGICAL  SI  RVEY        \   SUGGESTION    FOR   OUR   SPRING    MEETING      By  L. 

M.  Underwood. 


The  apical  growth  of  the  thallcs  of  pucus  vesiculosus.     By  D.  M.  Mot- 
tier. 


Symbiosis  in  orchidace.e.     By  M.  B.  Tiiom. 


I'.i 

Notes  on  pediastrum.     W.  L.  Bray. 
[Abstract.  | 

Specimens  of  Pediastrum  were  kept  under  cover  glass,  in  moist  cham- 
ber, for  12  days.  In  this  preparation  wag  observed,  in  a  number  of  cases, 
the  breaking  up  and  swarming  of  the  contents  of  a  single  cell  toiorm  new 
colonies.  From  a  sixteen  celled  specimen  three  cells  "  swarmed,"  each 
giving  rise  to  colonies  of  32  cells.  Inner  lamella  of  mother  cell  escapes  as 
the  enclosing  membrane  of  swarming  spores.  This  membrane  increases 
in  size,  as  did  also  the  spores,  while  swarming.  Spores  swarmed  with 
jerky  movement  about  thirty  minutes,  gradually  assuming  the  symmetri- 
cal and  permanent  position  characteristic  of  the  colony,  when  motion 
ceased.  Protuberances  (spines)  began  to  appear  on  outer  circle  of  cells  of 
new  colony  in  12  to  20  hours.  In  one  or  two  cases  the  enclosing  mem- 
brane remained  24  houi^s. 

Individual  cells  of  mother  colony  remained  undivided  for  twelve  days, 
becoming  several  times  the  size  of  their  fellows  which  had  swarmed,  very 
turgid  and  rounded  as  if  growing  independently.  From  another  collection 
one  case  was  observed  where  contents  of  a  cell  broke  up  into  male  swarm 
spores.     Not  able  to  be  sufficiently  observed  for  more  definite  statements. 


Notes  on  the  genus  i.ytta.     By  W.  P.  Shannon. 


The  genus  corallorhiza.      Bv  aI.  B.  Thomas 


Notes  on  the  flora  op  the  Chilhowee  and  Great  Smoky  mountains.     By 

Stanley  Coulter. 


The  seed  of  a  large  library  of  reference  in  cryptogamic  botany  in  In- 
diana ;    WHAT  THE  COLLEGES  ARE   DOING    TO   SUPPLY    THE   DEFICIENCY.      By 

L.  M.  Underwood. 


Botanical  assemblies  in  the  United  States  announced  fob  the  yeab  1893. 
Bv  J.  C.  Artiii  r. 


Development  of  ovule  in  aster  and  solidago.     By  <i.  W.  Martin. 


The  Lilly  herbarium  and  its  work.  By  John  S.  Wright. 
The  herbarium,  though  connected  with  a  pharmaceutical  laboratory, 
does  not  differ  in  essential  features  from  that  of  any  college,  where  the 
purpose  is  to  do  work  in  systematic  botany.  While  medicinal  forms  are 
especially  sought  for,  it  is  the  policy  of  its  supporters  to  build  up  a  large 
general  plant  collection,  and  to  this  end  collections  of  plants  have  been 
secured  from  many  parts  of  the  world,  irrespective  of  medicinal  forms 
which  they  might  contain.  The  botanical  laboratory  maintained  in  con- 
nection with  the  herbarium  is  arranged  for  work  in  structural  botany. 
with  ample  equipment  for  histological  work,  in  the  way  of  microtomes, 
microscopes  and  accessories.  The  laboratory  and  herbarium  have  been 
organized  to  detect  adulterations  and  substitutions  in  drugs  of  botanic 
origin,  and  to  do  research  work  in  botany  as  it  pertains  to  pharmacy. 


Notes  on  root  tubercles  of  indigenous  and  exogenous  legumes  in  virgin 
soil  of  the  northwest.     By  H.  L.  Bolley. 


Additional  facts  regarding  forest  distribution  in  Indiana.     By  Stanley- 
Coulter. 


Evidences  of  man's  early   existence  in  Indiana,  from  the  oldes 
gravels  along  the  whitewater  river.    by  a.  w.  butler. 


51 


The  Crawford  MorxD.     By  H.  M.  Stoops. 


Xotks  ON   ARCH.EOI.OGY   IN   MEXICO.       By  J.  'I'.  ScOVEl 


-iiMi:  EFFECTS  OF  MUTILATION  ON    I'll):  FORMS  OF    LEA1 
AMI   MORI  s  XIGRA.       By   A.    N.  SOMERS. 


AXCIEXT    EARTHWORKS   NEAR    AxDERSOX,    INDIANA        By   FrAXCIS  A.   VVaLKER. 

Near  Anderson,  Madison  county.  Indiana,  there  is  a  system  of  earth 
works  consisting  of  one  large  and  six  smaller  ones,  the  small  ones  lying 
south  and  west  of  the  large  one.  It  is  on  the  south  half  of  Section  Hi, 
Towmship  19  north,  Range  8  east,  and  three  miles  east  southeast  of  the 
courthouse. 

The  principal  work  is  a  circular  embankment  with  a  ditch  on  the  inside 
next  to  the  embankment,  with  an  enclose'!  area,  and  a  small  mound  in 
the  center  of  the  enclosure.  A  gateway  opens  to  the  south  10  degrees  30 
minutes  west  of  the  center  of  the  mound,  30  feet  in  width,  as  the  ditch 
terminates  on  each  side  of  it.  The  work  is  a  true  circle  3<i0  feet  iu  diam- 
eter and  1,131  feet  in  circumference,  with  an  area  of  2.3">  acres.  The  en- 
closed part  within  the  ditch  is  140  feet  in  diameter,  with  an  area  of  .35 
of  an  acre. 

The  ditch  is  60  feet  wide,  and  the  embankment  at  its  base  50  feet  wdde. 
The  entire  central  area  has  been  rilled  a  depth  of  3.2  feet,  and  the  central 
mound,  which  is  55  feet  in  diameter,  is  3.75  feet  above  the  central  area. 

The  embankment  has  an  average  height  of  8.4  feet,  with  a  variance  of 
3.3  feet,  the  same  not  being  of  uniform  height,  the  highest  point  being  0.5 
feet. 

The  average  depth  of  the  ditch  is  6.92  feet,  the  depth  not  being  uniform, 
it  also  varying  3.3  feet,  and  as  compared  with  the  central  area  is  10.12  feet, 
with  a  maximum  depth  of  11.75  feet.  The  average  distance  from  the  top 
of  the  embankment  to  the  bottom  of  the  ditch  is  14.96  feet. 

Of  the  smaller  works,  three  are  northwest,  two  southwest  and  one  south- 
east of  the  large  one.     The  principal  one  of  these  is  195  feet  north  70  de- 


grees  30  minutes  west  of  the  center  of  the  large  one.  It  is  oblong  and  irreg- 
ular in  shape,  the  center  constricted,  and  has  an  extreme  length  from  out- 
side to  outside  of  200  feet,  the  long  diameter  being  at  a  bearing  of  north 
56  degrees  west. 

There  is  an  embankment  of  irregular  height,  not  to  exceed  .*!  feet,  and  a 
ditch  within  from  1  to  3  feet  deep,  and  a  small  mound  at  the  west  end  of 
the  central  area.  It  is  146  feet  in  diameter  from  outside  to  outside  at  each 
end  of  the  work,  and  the  constricted  part  is  142  feet  in  diameter.  The 
central  area  is  75  feet  at  the  east  end,  85  feet  at  the  west  end,  and  the  con- 
stricted part  only  60  feet  in  diameter. 

Northwest  of  this  work,  and  552  feet  north  75  degrees  50  minutes  west 
of  the  center  of  the  large  work  is  a  circular  mound,  without  ditch  or 
embankment.  60  feet  in  diameter  and  about  18  inches  high. 

The  other  mound  in  this  group  of  three  is  64  degrees  and  30  minutes 
west  of  the  center  of  the  large  one,  irregular  in  shape  and  outline  and 
is  hard  to  trace.  It  is  almost  contiguous  to  the  embankment  of  the  large 
work,  and  there  now  remains  but  a  faint  trace  of  the  ditch  and  embank- 
ment. 

At  a  point  south  54  degrees  45  minutes  west  distant  44(1  feet  from  the 
center  of  the  large  work  is  a  small  one  100  feet  in  diameter.  It  is  a  true 
circle,  with  an  embankment  and  ditch  within,  and  a  central  area  of  47 
feet  in  diameter.  There  is  a  gateway  south  66  degrees  30  minutes  east, 
and  from  the  top  of  the  embankment  to  the  bottom  of  the  ditch  it  is  2 ' 
feet.     This  mound  is  very  regular  and  clearly  defined. 

South  of  this  one  710  feet  south  14  degrees'30  minutes  west  of  the  cen- 
ter of  the  main  work  is  another  small  work,  also  100  feet  in  diameter. 
The  public  road  runs  through  this  and  has  destroyed  all  but  the  north 
embankment,  which  is  about  18  inches  from  the  top  of  the  embankment 
to  the  bottom  of  the  ditch  within. 

Two  hundred  twenty-five  feet  south  36  degrees  east  of  the  center  of  the 
main  work  is  another  figure  33  feet  in  diameter,  with  gateways  at  the  op- 
posite ends.  There  is  another  embankment  with  a  ditch  within,  and  it 
is  about  18  inches  from  the  top  of  the  embankment  to  the  bottom  of  the 
ditch. 

This  group,  known  throughout  the  adjoining  country  as  "  The  Mounds," 
is  on  the  south  bank  of  White  River,  on  a  bluff  75  feet  in  height.  The 
point  of  location  is  the  highest  in  this  vicinity,  and  commands  a  view  of 
the  surrounding  country.     There  is  a  deep  ravine  on  the  west,  and  one 


also  east  of  the  works  which  is  about  half  way  between  them,  the  ravines 
being  one  quarter  of  a  mile  apart.  The  large  work  is  about  200  feet  south 
of  the  brink  of  the  river  bluff,  and  one  arm  of  a  small  ravine  north  of  it 
comes  up  close  to  the  west  side  of  the  principal  work  in  the  group  of 
three.  At  the  base  of  the  bluff  and  in  the  east  and  smaller  ravine  there 
are  a  number  of  large,  bold,  running-  springs  of  chalybeate  water.  The 
bluff  is  composed  of  clay,  sand  and  gravel,  the  sand  and  gravel  being  at 
the  base,  and  out  of  this  the  water  flows. 

"The  Mounds,"  as  they  are  usually  called,  are  in  a  forest  of  oak,  beech, 
walnut  and  ash  timber.  Some  very  large  trees  grew  on  the  embank- 
ments ;  among  others,  several  walnut,  which  have  been  cut  off.  <  )ne,  four 
feet  in  diameter,  the  stump  of  which  is  now  gone,  grew  on  the  work  first 
described,  lying  northwest  of  the  large  one. 

The  works  still  remain  covered  with  a  growth  of  timber  in  no  respects 
differing  from  the  adjoining  forest. 

In  the  bottom  of  the  ditch  on  the  east  side  of  the  large  work  there  lies 
a  granite  boulder  about  three  feet  in  diameter,  apparently  where  left  when 
the  ditch  was  being  dug. 

The  river  and  the  ravines  on  each  side  afford  excellent  drainage,  and 
the  thick  layer  of  leaves  protect  the  embankment  from  erosion.  The 
embankments  being  so  heavy,  the  water  that  gathers  within  is  not  able 
to  force  its  way  through,  and  no  gullies  or  washes  have  occurred ;  in  fact, 
the  whole  system,  especially  the  large  work,  is  in  an  excellent  state  of 
preservation  and  seemingly  as  perfect  as  when  abandoned  by  the  Builders. 

About  ten  years  ago,  the  writer,  in  company  with  Dr.  Joseph  Tingley, 
then  of  Asbury  University,  made  an  excavation  in  the  center  of  the 
mound  in  the  main  works.  At  a  depth  of  about  four  feet  we  found  a  bed 
of  ashes,  charcoal,  and  burned  bones,  the  bones  crumbling  on  exposure  to 
the  atmosphere.  Dr.  Tingley  claimed  they  were  not  human  bones,  but  of 
some  small  animal.  We  found  no  stone  or  any  arrangement  of  the  earth 
in  the  form  of  an  altar,  and  the  fire  seemed  to  have  been  there  before  the 
mound  was  built  above  it.  The  earth  was  baked  and  reddened  by  the 
action  of  the  intense  heat  of  the  same.  <  >ver  this  the  mound  was  then 
built  as  indicated.  We  dug  down  about  two  feet  below  this  stratum,  but 
found  no  further  evidence  of  fire  or  any  unusual  arrangement  of  earth, 
nor  any  evidence  that  the  same  had  been  disturbed,  further  than  in  the 
construction  of  the  central  area,  which  had  been  filled  as  before  men- 
tioned. 


54 

Directly  north  of  the  main  work  on  the  side  of  the  bluff,  about  ten  feet 
above  low  watermark,  is  an  outcropping  of  hard  pan,  under  which  one 
can  enter  for  a  short  distance  through  an  opening. 

In  the  neighborhood  of  the  Mounds  there  is  a  tradition  that  there  is  a 
cave  underneath  this  hard  pan,  connected  with  the  works.  The  writer 
has  not  been  able  to  find  any  one  who  has  any  definite  knowledge  about 
it,'and  upon  examination  of  the  same  himself,  this  opening  seemed  to  be 
nothing  more  than  a  fox  hole  in  the  gravel  underneath  this  outcropping. 

These  earth  works  have  an  excellent  location  as  a  pleasure  resort.  They 
are  located  in  a  forest  of  about  100  acres.  <  >n  the  north  side  of  this  forest 
Hows  White  River,  and  on  the  south  is  the  road  leading  from  Anderson 
to  Muncie.  The  Big  4  Kail  road  runs  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  south  of 
the  forest,  and  in  the  summer  time  there  are  frequently  excursions  frOm 
Anderson,  Muncie  and  points  along  the  Big  4. 

The  real  estate  on  which  these  works  are  located  belongs  to  parties  who 
have  no  knowledge  of  their  worth  as  pre-historic  remains,  and  who  value 
them  solely  from  a  commercial  standpoint. 

The  city  of  Anderson  has  extended  in  this  direction  about  one  and  one- 
half  miles,  and  the  purchase  of  this  real  estate  has  been  in  contemplation 
by  parties  who  proposed  converting'  the  same  into  a  pleasure  resort,  and 
there  is  a  possibility,  as  it  is  located  so  near  the  city,  of  the  grounds  passing 
into  other  hands,  the  forest  being  cleared  away  and  changes  made  in  the 
original  outlines,  and  the  value  of  these  works,  as  pre-historic  remains, 
destroyed. 

It  is  not  the  object  to  advance  any  theory  or  to  speculate  upon  the 
purpose  of  the  builders  of  this  system  of  earth  works,  but  to  give  data  and 
facts  as  to  their  form,  size  and  location,  so  that  should  anything  occur  by 
which  they  would  be  changed  or  destroyed,  these  facts  might  be  pre- 
served. 

In  addition  to  the  measurements  above  given,  drawings,  maps  and  cross 
sections  have  been  made  and  photographs  taken. 

The  writer,  with  I>r.  J.  M.  Coulter  and  W.  S.  Ellis,  visited  these  works, 
and  while  there.  Dr.  Coulter  suggested  that  such  action  be  taken,  and  it 
was  done  at  his  suggestion. 

There  is  a  further  purpose  in  this  paper  that  facts  may  be  presented  to 
this  body  and  an  interest  created,  and  if  these  works  are  found  of  sufficient 
importance,  steps  be  taken,  looking  to  their  preservation.  In  their  local- 
ity, they  are  looked   upon  simply  as  a  curiosity,   with   little   thought  of 


their  real  worth.  A  few,  however,  are  manifesting  an  interest,  and  are 
ready  to  co-operate  with  this  body  in  anything  that  may  be  done,  either 
in  the  way  of  securing  further  facts  or  preventing  their  destruction. 


Archaeology  of  Tippecanoe  county.     By  0.  J.  Crak 


Description  and  elevation  of  Mount  <  Irizab  v.     By  J.  T.  Scovell. 


The  climate  and  glaciers  of  Mounts  Orizaba  and  Popocatepetl.     ByJ.  T. 
Scovell. 


Some  Indian  camping  sites  near  Brookyille.     By  A.  W.  Butler. 


Remarkable  prehistoric  relic.     By  E.  Pleas. 


The  Bruns'  group  of  mounds.     By  H.  M.  Stoops. 


The  mounds  of  Brookville  township,  Franklin  county',  Indiana.     By  K 
M.  Stoops. 


Remarks  on  arch.eological  map  m  vking.     By  A.  W.  Butler. 


56 

Explorations  in  Western  Canada.  By  C.  H.  Eigenmann. 
[Abstract.] 
An  account  was  given  of  explorations  undertaken  under  the  auspices  of 
the  British  Museum  from  AVinnipeg  to  the  Pacific  coast,  and  from  Port- 
land, Ore.,  eastward.  The  headwaters  of  the  following  rivers  were  crossed 
and  their  fish  faunas  compared:  The  Red  River  of  the  North,  the  Sas- 
katchewan, the  Columbia,  the  Fraser,  the  Missouri.  About  twenty  per 
cent,  of  the  species  collected  were  new  to  science.  The  most  interesting 
of  these  was  a  new  genus  of  Percopsidte,  Columbia  from  Oregon.  Several 
species  not  before  taken  on  the  Western  slope  were  obtained.  It  was 
noticed  that  the  number  of  fin  rays  of  Pacific  slope  fishes  was  increased 
over  their  Atlantic  slope  relatives,  or  else  some  of  the  rays  were  modified 
into  spines,  as  in  the  case  of  Columbia  and  Meda. 


Notes  on  the  loss  of  the  vomerine  tekth  with  age  . 
salamander,  desm0gnathus  ii  sca.     by  f.  c.  test. 


Tin:  work  of  the  l".  S.  iisii  commission  steamer  Albatross  rx  the  North 
Pacific  and  Bering  sea  in  L892.     By  B.  W.  Evermann. 
Abstract.] 

Last  winter  a  treaty  was  entered  into  between  the  governments  of  the 
United  States  and  Great  Britain,  in  which  it  was  agreed  to  leave  the  var- 
ious questions  in  dispute  regarding  the  fur-seal  fisheries  to  a  board  of 
arbitration,  which  will  meet  at  Paris  next  March. 

Very  soon  after  the  signing  of  this  treaty,  the  State  Department  re- 
quested the  Commissioner  of  Fish  and  Fisheries  to  undertake  the  collect- 
ing of  information  regarding  the  fur- seal  of  the  North  Pacific  and  Bering 
sea. 

It  was  very  soon  arranged  that  the  Fish  Commission  should  undertake 
the  work,  the  U.  S.  Fish  Commission  steamer,  Albatross,  then  as  now, 
on  the  Pacific  coast,  was  detailed  for  the  purpose,  and  it  fell  to  my  lot  to 
be  sent  out  as  Senior  Naturalist  of  the  scientific  staff  of  the  Albatross  to 
have  immediate  charge  of  the  proposed  investigations. 

It  was  within  the  scope  of  the  investigations  to  study  the  movements 


of  the  seals  during  their  return  in  the  spring  to  their  breeding  grounds,  to 
note  the  position  of  the  herds  from  day  to  day,  whether  the  two  sexes 
and  the  younger  seals  all  traveled  together  or  in  separate  herds ;  we  were 
also  to  determine  experimentally  the  relative  effectiveness  of  the  differ- 
ent methods  of  killing  the  seal  at  sea,  the  percentage  of  seals  lost  by 
each  method,  the  percentage  of  males,  females,  or  young  killed  in  indis- 
criminate hunting ;  a  study  was  also  to  be  made  of  their  food  and  food- 
habits  ;  in  short,  attention  was  to  be  paid  to  everything  which  would 
throw  any  light  upon  the  natural  history  of  this  valuable  animal. 

I  joined  the  Albatross  at  Port  Townsend,  Washington,  March  27,  and 
four  days  later  we  steamed  through  the  Straits  of  Fuca  and  began  our  in- 
vestigations in  the  North  Pacific.  At  this  time  it  is  not  proper  that  the 
details  or  results  of  the  work  should  be  given.  Suffice  it  to  say  that  the 
investigations  and  studies  of  seal-life  were  continued  until  September, 
and  that  during  that  time  the  Albatross  was  pretty  well  over  the  North 
Pacific  and  Bering  Sea,  and  made  special  visits  to  a  number  of  points  on 
the  mainland  of  Alaska  as  well  as  to  numerous  islands.  Among  the 
places  visited  may  be  mentioned  Sitka,  Prince  William  Sound,  Cook's 
Inlet.  Kadiak, various  islands  of  the  Aleutian  chain,  the  Commander  Islands 
only  eighty  miles  off  the  Asiatic  coast,  and  the  Pribilof  Islands,  where  are 
situated  all  the  breeding  grounds  of  our  fur-seal,  and  where  I  spent  two 
weeks  studying  the  seals  upon  the  rookeries. 

The  report  upon  the  entire  summer's  work  of  the  Albatross  concerning 
the  seal  is  now  in  the  hands  of  the  State  Department,  and  cannot  now  be 
made  public  ;  but  while  carrying  on  this  work  opportunities  occurred  for 
making  collections  in  other  lines  of  natural  history,  and  I  was,  of  course, 
not  slow  in  availing  myself  of  them. 

The  collection  of  fishes  is  quite  larue,  and  contains  a  number  of  inter- 
esting species  from  Sitka,  Unalaska,  Atka,  Attu  and  Berinu  Island. 

Among  these  is  a  very  fine  series  of  the  Atka  mackerel,  Pkurogrammus 
nionoplyrigew,  an  important  food-fish,  hitherto  but  poorly  represented  in 
museums. 

An  important  collection  of  birds  was  also  made,  a  part  of  which  collec- 
tion— the  ptarmigan — is  treated  in  another  paper. 

Several  hundred  plants  were  collected,  chiefly  at  Unalaeka,  the  Pribilof 
Islands,  and  Sitka. 

All  these  collections  are  now  being  studied,  and  will  be  reported  upon 
in  due  time. 


->x 

Early  stages  in  the  development  of  cymatogaster.*     By  Carl  II.  Eigen- 

M  A  N  X . 

The  investigation  of  which  this  is  an  abstract  has  been  conducted  with 
various  intermissions  since  December  1888.  I  present  here  simply  the 
result.  The  proof  for  any  one  of  the  propositions  would  take  up  more 
than  the  time  allotted  for  all  of  them.  The  details  with  all  necessary  fig- 
ures will  be  published  during  the  year  by  the  U.  S.  Fish  Commission. 

A  large  per  cent,  of  the  California  fishes  bring  forth  their  young  alive. 
The  members  of  one  family  of  these  fishes,  the  Scorpasnidse,  bring  forth 
many  thousands  of  young  in  a  very  immature  condition.  The  members  of 
the  other  family,  the  Embiotocidse,  bring  forth  comparatively  few  young, 
3-80,  but  these  are  sometimes  an  inch  or  two  in  length  and  resemble  the 
parent  as  much  as  the  new  born  mammal  resembles  its  parent.  It  is  this 
family  which  is  of  great  interest  and  to  which  I  devoted  most  of  my  time. 
After  examining  many  of  the  species  just  before  and  during  gestation  I 
selected  Cymatogcuster  for  a  special  study,  because  the  peculiarities  have 
become  most  marked  in  this  species.    The  results  are  as  follows  : 

1.  Copulation  takes  place  in  July.  This  statement  is  based  on  the  fact 
that  the  testes  of  the  male  are  very  much  enlarged  at  this  time  and  on 
the  fact  that  the  ovaries  from  now  on  are  filled  with  spermatozoons.  The 
act  of  copulation  has  not  been  observed. 

2.  The  secondary  sexual  differences  are  considerable— among  them 
may  be  mentioned  a  small  gland  or  bag  on  either  side  of  the  anal  of  the 
male.  From  it  extends  a  papilla  forward  to  beyond  the  anterior  margin 
of  the  fin. 

:*>.  The  spermatozoa  have  a  long  rod-shaped  head  in  place  of  the 
globular  one  usual  in  fishes. 

4.  The  spevmatozoa  remain  dormant  in  the  ovary  till  December 
when  they  become  exceedingly  active. 

5.  The  eggs  mature  and  are  fertilized  between  November  1st  and  Febru- 
ary 1st,  the  largest  fishes  maturing  the  eggs  earliest,  the  next  in  size  a 
little  later  and  the  smallest  individuals  last. 

t>.  Those  spermatozoa  not  utilized  in  fertilization  remain  in  the  ovary 
for  several  weeks  longer.  They  are  finally  eaten  by  the  larva'  when  the 
digestive  tract  of  the  latter  has  been  sufficiently  developed. 

7.     During  the  early  stages  of  gestation  the  females  remain  in  shallow 


-  I  have  hitherto  referred  to  this  lish  as  Micrometrus.    A  re-examination  of  the  litera 
ture  bearing  on  the  subject  proves  that  this  name  is  not  available. 


59 

water;  males  are  then  rarely  seen.  Later  they  become  scarce  but  near 
the  time  the  young «re  freed  and  shortly  afterwards  they  are  again  found 
in  shallow  water. 

8.  The  largest  ovarian  eggs  measure  about  .3  mm.  in  diameter.  Dur- 
ing the  process  of  maturation  the  egg  contents  shrink  to  a  diameter  of  .1' 
mm.  or  to  less  than  one-third  of  its  maximum  size. 

!).  The  egg  of  this  lish,  Cymatogaster  aggregates,  is  130  times  smaller  than 
the  normal  fish  egg  which  has  an  average  diameter  of  1  mm. 

Id.  This  small  size  is  largely  if  not  entirely  due  to  the  non-formation 
of  deutoplasm. 

11.  The  egg  is  fertilized  while  still  in  the  follicle.  Some  sections 
show  the  extrusion  of  the  second  polar  globule  and  the  presence  of  the 
male  pronucleus  in  an  egg  still  surrounded  by  the  cells  of  the  follicle. 
The  latter  have  begun  to  degenerate. 

12.  The  development  begins  after  the  egg  has  been  freed  from  the  fol- 
licle. Eggs  with  one,  two,  four,  eight  and  sixteen  cells  as  well  as  many 
later  stages  were  found  free  in  the  ovary. 

13.  Neither  the  developing  eggs  nor  the  young  are  in  later  stages  at 
any  time  connected  with  the  parent  nor  is  the  position  of  these  in  rela- 
tion to  the  ovarian  structures  a  fixed  one. 

14.  The  duration  of  gestation  is  probably  five  months  and  the  number 
of  young  from  three  to  twenty  according  to  the  size  of  the  parent.  In  less 
than  a  year  after  birth  the  young  are  with  young. 

15.  The  food  of  the  young  is  supplied  by  the  epithelium  of  the  ovary. 
The  cells  enlarge  and  become  clear,  when  they  collapse,  their  contents 
are  emptied  into  the  lumen  of  the  ovary  and  the  framework  of  the  cells 
soon  follows.  When  the  intestine  begins  its  work  the  spermatozoa  serve 
as  part  of  the  food.  The  ovary  at  no  time  was  observed  to  contain  more 
fluids  than  the  peritoneal  cavity.  (In  other  species  considerable  fluid  is 
sometimes  present.)  Before  the  development  of  the  alimentary  tract  the 
ovariarn  fluid  is  probably  appropriated  by  a  process  of  intercellular  diges- 
tion on  the  part  of  the  epidermal  cells. 

16.  The  yolk  is  a  waning  structure  and  can  scarcely  be  taken  into  con- 
sideration in  accounting  for  the  growth  of  early  stages. 

17.  During  the  whole  of  gestation  respiration  is  carried  on  by  the 
osmotic  action  between  the  general  surface  and  the  closely  applied  ova- 
rian structures.  When  the  alimentary  tract  is  opened  a  current  is  kept 
flowing  through  it  and  aeration  is,  in  all  probability,  effected  by  the  ali- 


nientai  y  tract.    In  later  stages  the  fins  become  highly  vascular  and  doubt- 
less serve  both  for  purposes  of  aeration  and  food  absorption. 

IS.  There  is  present  in  the  entodermic  pole  of  the  developing  egg  a 
body  the  like  of  which  has  not  been  observed  in  any  other  e?g  It  con- 
sists of  a  mass  of  protoplasm  imbedded  in  the  yolk.  It  is  dissolved  near  the 
time  of  the  closing  of  the  blastopore. v  Mr.  J.  W.  Hubbard,  one  of  my  stu- 
dents, has  connected  its  history  with  that  of  the  yolk  nucleus  which  is 
a  conspicuous  structure  in  the  ovaries  of  adult  fishes  in  egg  from  20  y>  up 
to  maturity.  It  is  a  general  extrusion  from  the  nucleus  of  the  young 
ovum  and  probably  represents  the  histogehetic  or  somatic  portion  of  the 
nucleus  and  this  in  part  at  least  corresponds  to  the  macronucleus  of  ciliate 
infusoria. 

19.  Before  segmentation  begins  the  whole  of  the  germ  is  separated 
from  thedeutoplasm.  The  first  cleavage  plane  extends  entirely  through 
the  germ  to  the  yolk  before  the  second  cleavage  begins. 

20.  A  segmentation  cavity  is  not  formed  during  segmentation  but 
appears  later  by  a  separation  of  the  ectoderm  and  entoderm. 

21.  The  third  cleavage  plane  is  not  parallel  with  the  first  as  is  usual 
in  fishes,  but  is  semi-equatorial.  This  has  nothing  to  do  with  the  hori- 
zontal cleavage  claimed  to  have  been  seen  by  Hoffman  and  by  Brook.  It 
is  taken  to  be  a  pseudoreversion  to  primitive  methods  oi  segmentation 
with  the  reservation  that  this  condition  is  not  perfectly  homologous  with 
the  third  segmentation  of  the  frog  or  Branchiostoma,  and  would  not  be  had 
the  yolk  entirely  disappeared. 

22.  The  periblast  is  formed  from  a  few  of  the  marginal  cells.  Like  the 
yolk  it  is  a  waning  structure.  Only  about  12  cells  are  ever  formed.  They 
take  no  part  whatever  in  the  formation  of  the  embryo.  All  of  them  per- 
sist as  long  as  a  trace  of  the  yolk  is  left.  It,  with  the  final  part  of  the 
yolk,  is  absorbed  by  the  blood  of  the  sinus  venosus.  The  liver  has  noth- 
ing to  do  with  its  final  absorption  as  Wilson  has  claimed  but  simply  me- 
chanically encloses  the  nuclei  above  and  behind. 

23.  During  an  early  stage  of  segmentation  some  of  the  marginal  cells 
of  the  blastoderm  creep  over  the  yolk  till  they  nearly  if  not  entirely 
cover  it. 

24.  Before  gastrulation  the  yolk  sinks  into  the  mass  of  the  blastoderm 
the  cells  of  which  re-arrange  themselves  about  it  and  nearly  enclose  it. 

25.  The  uastrula  is  finally  formed  by  a  process  of  delamination  of  en- 


61 

toderm  from  ectoderm  and  is  completely  diplastic  and  symmetrical,  the 
blastofore  closing  at  the  entodermic  pole  of  the  egg. 

26.  Before  any  other  organs  become  evident  the  sex  cells  become  con- 
spicuous.   Their  fate  I  have  discussed  elsewhere. 

27.  The  earliest  stages  of  the  formation  of  the  embryo  have  not  been 
clearly  made  out  with  the  material  at  hand.  It  is,  however,  certain  that 
in  one  of  the  figures  published  by  me  in  the  "  Journal  of  Morphologv,'"  I 
mistook  the  tail  for  the  head.  The  conditions  are  extremely  similar  to 
those  found  in  the  mammalian  embryos,  except  that  the  central  cavity  is 
filled  with  yolk  instead  of  fluid. 

28.  The  mesoderm  is  formed  by  a  process  of  delamination  from  the 
entoderm.  It  is  formed  as  two  sheets  and  over  the  whole  of  the  ento- 
derm exclusive  of  the  axial  line. 

29.  The  young  fish  is  freed  from  its  membrane  in  a  very  immature 
condition.  It  completely  encircles  the  yolk ;  in  fact  the  head  and  the 
tail  overlap.  It  is  incapable  of  motiou  at  this  time  and  indeed  the  cells 
which  will  form  the  muscles  have  scarcely  become  differentiated.  The 
hatching  process  is  due  to  the  growth  of  the  embryo  and  not  to  its  activity 
as  is  usually  the  case.    The  fin  folds  do  not  appear  till  much  later. 

.'JO.  Kupffer's  vesicle  appears  very  early  and  is  very  large.  It  consists 
when  fully  formed  of  a  dome-shaped  roof  over  a  large  cavity  surrounded 
on  the  sides  by  entoderm.  It  at  first  rests  on  the  yolk  but  soon  the  yolk 
is  forced  down  and  presents  a  deep  impression  just  beneath  the  vesicle. 
Later  the  vesicle  is  divided  into  three  distinct  cavities.  The  upper  dome- 
shaped  portion  persists  for  some  time  and  probably  represents  part  of  the 
neurenteric  canal.  The  middle  portion  remains  for  some  time  as  an  en- 
larged part  of  the  intestine.  The  lowest  portion  is  the  cavity  formed  in 
the  yolk.  It  has  acquired  a  roof  by  the  ingrowth  of  the  entoderm  cells 
to  form  the  floor  of  the  intestine.  This  cavity  usually  remains  for  a  con- 
siderable time. 

31.  The  entoderm  at  first  extends  over  the  entire  yolk.  It  later  be- 
comes restricted  to  a  comparatively  narrow  strip  along  the  axial  line. 

32.  The  floor  of  the  alimentary  canal  is  formed  by  the  ingrowth  below 
of  the  marginal  cells  of  the  entoderm.  The  ingrowth  progresses  from  in 
front  back.  A  lumen  is  not  formed  at  once.  The  lumen  is  formed  in 
the  hind  gut  and  in  the  gill  region  at  the  same  time  and  gives 
abundant  evidence  that  the  alimentary  tract  is  bilateral.  The  middle 
anterior  part  remains  a  solid  mass  of  cells  after  the  lumen  has  appeared 
both  in  front  and  behind  this  tract. 


33.  The  anterior  opening  of  the  alimentary  canal  to  the  exterior  is 
through  the  gill  slit  in  larvae  1  mm.  in  length,  i.  e.  long  before  the 
mouth  is  formed.  The  first  food  enters  through  this  gill  slit.  The  food 
current  before  the  fish  can  swallow  is  kept  up  by  a  very  highly  ciliated 
gullet  which  extends  from  behind  the  gill  region  to  near  the  hind  gut. 

34.  The  mouth  does  not  appear  till  the  larva  has  increased  3  mm.,  i.  e. 
to  a  length  of  about  4  mm.,  and  during  all  this  time  the  hyobranchial  gill 
slit  functions  as  mouth.  There  is  here  found  a  condition  similar  to  the 
one  supposed  by  Dohrn  to  explain  the  replacement  of  the  annelid  mouth 
by  a  gill  mouth. 

35.  Just  in  front  of  the  notochord  and  near  the  region  of  the  hyo- 
branchial slit  a  strand  of  hypoblast  cells  extends  up  from  the  median  por- 
tion of  the  alimentary  tract  to  above  the  notochord.  This  strand  of  hy- 
poblast cells  lies  in  the  region  where  Dohrn  supposes  the  annelid  .esopha- 
gus to  have  disappeared. 

3<>.  The  hind  gut  soon  becomes  enormously  enlarged  and  later  a  large 
number  of  long  villi  are  developed. 

37.  The  larva-  retain  as  an  ancestral  trait  a  large  yolk  sack,  the  yolk 
being  quite  minute.  The  sack  is  largely  taken  up  by  the  large  pericardi- 
um through  which  the  long  tubular  heart  extends  from  below  and  behind, 
upward  and  forward. 

38.  In  conclusion:  The  tish  in  almost  all  its  stages  has  become  highly 
specialized.  Many  stages  resemble  very  closely  primitive  conditions  but 
the  conditions  can  probably  in  but  few  cases  be  looked  upon  as  a  simple 
reversion.  Its  development  has,  on  the  other  hand,  become  extremely 
ichth  vized  and  its  eg»  stands  at  the  end  of  the  chain  of  eggs  in  which 
the  Braniliiostoma  egg,  the  Elasmobranch  eg£  and  the  normal fi?li  egg  fon>- 
links. 


Ox  birds  ix  Western  Texas  and  Southern  New  Mexico.     By  A.  W.  Butler. 


Some  rem  u*ks  regarding  the  embryology  of  amphiuma.     Bv  0.  P.  Hay 


63 

The  contest  against  infection'.     By  Theodore  Potter.     Published  in  The 
Cincinnati  Lancet  Clinic,  Aug.  6,  '92. 


Some  structural  peculiarities  of  Pacific  Slope  fishes.     Bv  A.  B.  Ulrey 


The  yolk  nuclei  s.     By  J.  W.  Hubbard. 


Peculiar  death  ok  ax  oriole.     By  T.  B.  1! 


The  ranoe  <>f  the  crossbill  in  the  <>iu<>  valley,  with  notes  ox  their 
unusual  occurrence  in  summer.  I >y  A.  \V.  Butler. 
In  1838  Dr.  Kirtland  had  not  met  with  the  American  Crossbill  [Loxvt 
curvirostra  minor)  in  Ohio  and  Indiana.  Dr.  Haymond  omitted  it  from  his 
"  Birds  of  Southeastern  Indiana"  in  1856.  Dr.  Wheaton  reported  it  from 
Ohio  in  the  winter  of  1859-60.  Evidently  it  was  quite  well  known  to  Dr. 
Haymond  in  1869.  The  winter  of  18(18-9  they  were  very  abundant  in  tie 
vicinity  of  Cincinnati.  (Charles  Dury.)  This  was  doubtless  the  case  at 
other  places  also.  The  range  of  the  species  at  this  time  was  supposed  to  be 
northern  North  America,  south  in  the  Appalachian  mountains  into  Penn- 
sylvania, extending  in  winter,  irregularly  over  much  of  the  United  States. 
A  letter  from  Mr.  C.  E.  Aikin,  of  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah,  informs  me  that 
this  species  became  very  abundant  in  the  city  of  Chicago  in  July  and 
August  18(>!>,  and  remained  until  late  in  the  fall.  They  fed  greedily  upon 
seeds  of  sunflowers  and  were  so  sluggish  that  one  could  approach  within 
a  few  feet  of  them  so  that  they  fell  an  easy  prey  to  boys  with  catapults. 
In  the  latter  part  of  August  of  the  same  year,  he  found  them  common  in 
Lake  county,  Indiana.  He  also  notes  that  they  were  not  rare  the  suc- 
ceeding year  in  the  vicinity  of  Chicago.  Dr.  F.  W.  Langdon  notes  the 
capture  of  a  single  specimen  from  a  Hock  of  six  or  eight  at  Madison  vill«\ 
near  Cincinnati,  <>.,  Nov.  30,  ls74.     In  the  winter  of  1874-5  Mr.  Eugene  1'. 


<;4 

Bicknell  noted  these  birds  were  present  in  the  lower  Hudson  valley,  and 
in  April  of  the  latter  year  found  their  nest.  In  the  same  article  is  no- 
ticed the  occurrence  of  the  species  about  New  York  City  in  late  sprint; 
and  early  summer ;  on  Long  Island  in  midsummer,  and  on  the  Bermudas 
from  March  to  May.  (Bull.  Nutt.  Orn.  Club.  Vol.  V.,  pp.  7-11.)  Mr.  E. 
W.  Nelson  in  his  paper  on  "Birds  cf  Northeastern  Illinois,"  read  before 
the  Essex  Institute,  December  4,  1876,  says  it  was  "  formerly  a  common 
winter  resident ;  now  rare."  Messrs.  Dury  and  Freeman  (Journ.  Cin.  Soc. 
Nat.  Hist.,  1879,  p.  4),  note  its  occurrence  at  Westwood,  ().,  in  1879.  Dr.  J. 
M.  Wheaton  (Bull.  Nutt.  Orn.  Club,  1879,  p.  62)  gives  the  following  ac- 
count of  the  occurrence  of  the  species  in  Ohio:  "On  the  18th  of  June 
last,  Mr.  Charles  Hinman  killed  one  of  these  birds  out  of  a  tlock  of  eight 
or  ten  which  visited  the  coniferous  trees  in  his  garden  in  this  city  (Col- 
umbus). The  specimen,  which  came  into  my  possession  by  the  kindness 
of  Mr.  Oliver  Davie,  was  a  male,  not  in  full  plumage.  I  have  since  learned 
that  the  Bed  Crossbill  has  remained  during  the  season  in  the  vicinity  of 
Cleveland  in  considerable  numbers,  and  is  reported  to  have  nested  there." 
la  commenting  on  this  note  (Ohio  Geol.  Survey,  Vol.  IV.,  Zoology  and 
Botany,  p.  317),  Dr.  Wheaton  says:  "  I  was  unable  to  learn  whether  its 
nest  had  been  actually  discovered,"  and  adds  :  "  It  has  been  known  to 
nest  in  Indiana  within  a  few  years."  I  regret  very  much  that  I  have 
been  unable  to  get  any  clue  whatever  to  the  authority  upon  which  this 
statement  is  made.  Prof.  A.  J.  Cook  in  writing  of  the  Birds  of  Michigan 
says  of  the  American  Crossbill :  "  Occasional  in  summer.  Dr.  H.  A.  At- 
kins took  nests  of  this  species  at  Locke,  July  13,  1880."  It  had  previonsly 
been  reported  as  breeding  in  Minnesota.  In  July  and  August,  1880,  they 
were  noted  at  Rugby,  Tenn.  (The  Oologist,  Vol.  V.,  pp.  78-9;  Bull.  Nutt. 
Orn.  Club,  Vol.  VI.,  pp.  56-7.)  Dr.  C.  Hart  Merriam  notes  it  as  an  "abund- 
ant resident"  in  the  Adirondack  region.  He  says  it  is  "  rather  scarce  and 
irregular  in  summer,  but  the  commonest  bird  in  winter  and  early  spring. 
Breeds  in  February  and  March  while  the  snow  is  still  four  or  five  feet 
deep  on  the  level  and  the  temperature  below  zero  (Fahr.).  Have  taken 
full  fledged  young  in  April."     (Bull.  Nutt.  Orn.  Club,  Vol.  VI.,  p.  229.) 

Mr.  C.  W.  Beckham  (Birds  of  Nelson  County,  Kentucky  :  Ky.  Geol.  Surv., 
p.  24),  says:  "A  flock  of  six  or  eight  of  these  birds  appeared  here  on 
November  18,  1882  on  some  pine  trees,  the  first  time  I  had  ever  observed 
them.  They  remained  only  a  day  or  two,  and  none  were  seen  until  the 
17th  of  March  following,  when  I  shot  eight  out  of  a  flock  of  about  twenty, 


6.1 

in  the  same  place  where  they  had  previously  been  seen.  Several  Hocks 
were  observed  about  the  same  time  near  Bloomfield  and  Glenville  in  this 
county,  and  excited  considerable  comment  on  account  of  their  queer 
bills.  The  weather  at  the  time  was  quite  mild,  so  that  their  appearance 
here  was  probably  due  to  some  other  cause." 

The  winter  of  1S82-3  they  were  unusually  abundant  in  many  localities 
between  the  great  lakes  and  the  Ohio  river.  Prof.  B.  W.  Evermann  first 
observed  them  at  Bloomington,  Indiana,  February  10,  1893.  This  was  the 
second  record  for  the  state.  For  some  time  after  they  were  common  in 
Monroe  county.  March  15,  1883,  Mr.  E.  R.  Quick  reported  having  seen  a 
single  specimen  near  Brookville,  Indiana.  April  2,  my  attention  was  at- 
tracted to  a  peculiar  crackling  sound  which  came  from  among  the  pine  trees 
in  my  yard  at  Brookville.  Close  investigation  revealed  the  fact  that  the 
cause  was  a  lot  of  Crossbills.  They  were  shelling  the  seeds  out  of  the  pine 
-cones  and  the  breaking  of  the  cone  scales  made  the  sound  which  attracted 
my  attention.  I  observed  others  were  upon  the  ground  feeding  upon  the 
seeds  of  the  fallen  cones.  April  3  I  saw  six  more  in  my  yard.  April  4 
I  saw  one  in  a  flock  of  Pine  Finches.  April  5  Mr.  Quick  noted  one.  Of 
those  observed  but  one  was  in  the  red  plnmage.  Prof.  B.  W.  Evermann 
saw  a  few  at  Delphi,  Carroll  County,  Indiana,  the  middle  of  March,  1883. 
At  the  same  place  about  twelve  were  seen  December  26,  1884.  Mr.  J.  W. 
Byrkit  informs  me  that  they  were  very  abundant  at  Michigan  City,  Ind., 
in  the  winter  of  1883-4.  Miss  IT.  E.  Colfax,  in  her  report  of  the  bird  noted 
at  the  light  house,  at  the  same  place,  gives  it  January  16,  1884.  In  the 
winter  of  1883-4  Prof.  Evermann  reported  them  very  common  in  Monroe 
County,  Ind.  The  Ornithologist  and  Oologist,  Vol.  VIII.,  p.  68,  contains  an 
account  by  A.  H.  Helme  of  their  breeding  April  10, 1883,  near  Miller's  Point, 
L.  I.  Mr.  Robert  Ridgway  (The  Auk.  Vol.  I.,  p.  292),  notes  the  proba- 
ble breeding  of  the  Red  Crossbill  in  central  Maryland  in  May,  1884.  Mr.  F. 
C.  Brown  reported  their  breeding  in  Eastern  Massachusetts  in  the  summer 
of  1884  (The  Auk.,  Vol.  II.,  p.  105^.  In  the  winter  of  1884-5  they  were  tol- 
erably common  in  Monroe  county,  Ind.  (W.  S.  Blatchley,  Hoosier  Natu- 
ralist, 1886,  p.  170).  The  late  Mr.  C.  H.  Bollman  noted  them  "  quite  com- 
mon," in  the  same  county  through  March,  April  and  early  May  1885. 
He  saw  them  first  March  2,  and  last  observed  them  May  12.  Mr.  J. 
W.  Byrkit  informed  me  that  he  saw  the  first  Crossbills  for  the  year  March 
24,  1885.  He  adds :  "  I  am  not  quite  positive  but  think  the  Crossbill 
breeds  here  (Michigan  City),  as  they  make  their  appearance  about  this 


66' 

time  and  leave  for  the  north  about  the  middle  of  May."  Mr.  Charles 
Pury  informed  me  they  were  abundant  at  Michigan  City,  Ind.,  one  win- 
ter, which  he  thinks  was  1885.  He  also  reported  Pine  Finches  and  Red- 
polls from  the  same  locality  the  same  year.  Prof.  B.  W.  Evermann  re- 
ported it  from  Carroll  County,  Ind.,  March  27.  1885.  I  am  indebted  to 
Mr.  E.  M.  Kindle  for  the  information  that  Mr.  Sam  Hunter  reported  a 
pair  of  American  Crossbills  to  have  bred  at  Bloomington.  Ind.  in  1885. 
Mr.  Hunter  informed  him  they  nested  in  a  pine  tree  and  that  the  nest 
was  made  exclusively  of  pine  burrs.  Mr.  R.  R.  Moffitt  informs  me  that 
Red  Crossbills  were  taken  in  Tippecanoe  County,  Ind.,  in  1885.  He  says 
they  nested  there.  Prof.  B.  W.  Evermann  noted  them  at  Camden,  Ind., 
March  27  and  April  13,  1885,  also  a  large  flock  at  Burlington,  Ind.,  April 
23,  1885. 

Mr.  Wm.  Brester  reported  it?-  occurrence  in  the  mountains  of  Western 
North  Carolina  in  the  summer  of  1S85  (The  Auk.,  Vol.  III.,  p.  107)  and 
says  :  "  .Seen  only  on  the  Black  Mountains  where  it  was  numerous  in 
small  flocks  throughout  the  balsam  forests  above  5.000  feet.  At  High- 
lands I  was  told  that  it  regularly  appeared  in  winter  about  the  outskirts 
of  the  town."  Mr.  Charles  W.  Richmond  (The  Auk.,  Vol.  V.,  p.  22),  gives 
upon  the  authority  of  Mr.  Hugh  M.  Smith,  the  information  that  an  adult 
male  American  Crossbill,  accompanied  by  a  young  bird,  was  seen  May  17, 
1885,  within  the  District  of  Columbia.  Prof.  L.  L.  Dyche  reports  the 
occurrence,  in  the  winter  of  1885-6  of  the  Western  Red  Crossbill,  Loxia 
cwrviroslra  stricklandi,  at  Lawrence,  Emporia,  Manhattan  and  Wakarusa, 
Kan.  They  were  first  observed  November  1,  1885,  and  were  last  seen 
January  26,  1886  (The  Auk.,  Vol.  III.,  pp.  258-2(11).  The  following  winter 
I  was  fortunate  in  securing,  through  the  kindness  of  Mr.  A.  O.  Garrett,  a 
series  of  specimens  of  Loxia  currirostra  minor  from  Lawrence,  Kan.  March 
13  and  14,  1SS7.  he  obtained  four  which  he  sent  me,  and  later  he  sent  me 
nine  others  which  were  taken  March  24  and  25.  The  meeting  of  the 
range  of  these  two  forms  is  of  considerable  interest.  Prof.  B.  W.  Ever- 
mann reports  a  crossbill,  species  not  determined,  from  Bloomington,  Ind.. 
February  23,  1886,  and  another  March  8,  1886.  The  same  authority  states 
thelateMr.C.Il.  Bollman  found  a  few  specimens  of  the  Red  Crossbill 
near  Bloomington,  Ind.,  July  10,  13  and  14,188(1.  Mr.  Arthur  P.  Chad- 
bourn  says,  in  the  summer  of  188(3  it  was  found  in  the  White  Moun- 
tains, N.  H.  (The  Auk.,  Vol.  IV.,  p.  105).  Mr.  George  B.  Sennett,  in 
the  same  volume,  p.  242,  gives   an    account  of   finding  this  species   in 


the  mountains  on  the  borders  of  North  Carolina  and  Tennessee  in  July 
and  August  1886.  Mr.  Arthur  T.  Wayne,  in  the  same  volume,  pp.  287-289, 
notes  their  abundance  near  Yemassee,  S.  C,  in  November  and  December, 
1886,  and  in  January  and  February,  1887.  He  noted  them  again  in  the 
same  vicinity  November  20,  1887  (The  Auk.,  Vol.  V.,  p.  115),  also  during 
January,  1888  (Ibid,  p.  208).  Mr.  Frank  M.  Chapman  also  reports  them 
from  Aiken,  S.  C,  November  12,  1887,  (Ibid,  p.  324).  Mr.  G.  G.  William- 
son observed  them  in  Monroe  County,  Ind.,  January  18  and  February  6, 

1886.  Mr.  J.  G.  Parker  reports  them  from  Lake  County,  Ind.,  in  May, 

1887.  In  the  fall  of  1887,  I  again  observed  them  at  Brookville,  Ind.  They 
came  to  feed  among  the  pines  in  my  yard.  October  29  several  were  seen 
and  they  last  appeared  November  19.  Prof.  Walter  Faxon  and  Dr.  J.  A. 
Allen  give  it  as  common  in  the  White  Mountains,  N.  H.,  in  July  1874, 
June  1885  and  June  1886  (The  Auk.,  Vol.  V..  p.  152.)  Dr.  J.  A.  Allen  on  the 
next  page  of  the  same  number  of  "  The  Auk,"  speaks  of  a  pair  of  Ameri- 
can Crossbills  taken  at  Mandeville,  La.,  March  27,  1888.  Prof.  B.  W.  Ev- 
ermann  found  them  in  Vigo  County,  Indiana  in  the  spring  of  1888.  They 
were  first  seen  February  6  and  disappeared  May  (i.  Mr.  J.  0.  Snyder 
found  them  at  Waterloo,  Ind.,  March  13  and  17,  1888.  Mr.  H.  N.  McCoy 
informs  me  they  were  quite  common  in  Wayne  county,  Ind.,  in  the  early 
part  of  1888.  They  were  last  seen  April  5.  Mr.  G.  G.  Williamson  saw 
six  or  eight  individuals  near  Muncie,  Ind.,  April  17,  1888.  May  4  he  saw 
three  others.  Mr.  Otho  C.  Poling  notes  their  occurrence  in  Adams  county, 
111.  He  gives  no  account  of  their  occurrence  in  summer  (The  Auk.,  Vol. 
VII.,  p.  239).  Mr.  John  A.  Balmer,  informs  me  these  Crossbills  were 
found  in  the  vicinity  of  Vincennes,  Ind.  in  the  winter  of  1888-9.  Mr.  J. 
F.  Clearwaters  told  .me  of  the  capture  of  two  of  these  birds  in  Putnam 
county,  Ind.,  in  the  winter  of  1888.  A  flock  of  American  Crossbills  was 
seen  by  Mr.  J.  O.  Snyder  at  Waterloo,  Ind.,  April  27,  1889.  Mr.  Stewart 
E.  White  informs  me  he  found  them  common  on  Mackinack  Island, 
Mich.,  August  3  to  August  9,  1S89.  Mr.  H.  W.  McBride  wrote  me  of  tak- 
ing three  specimens  at  Waterloo,  Ind.,  April  2,  1890.  February  14,  1891, 
Mr.  Stewart  E.  White  saw  six  at  Grand  Rapids,  Mich.  He  next  noted  the 
species  March  16.  He  says  it  is  quite  rare  in  that  vicinity.  Mr.  J.  F. 
Clearwaters  gave  me  the  following  account  of  their  occurrence  in  Putnam 
county,  Ind.:  "On  July  27,  1891,  Jesse  Earll  was  down  beside  the  old 
mill  pond,  where  we  collect  all  our  water  birds,  and  noticed  five  birds  on 
the  ground,  apparently  probing  in  the  mud  with  their  bills.     As  they 


68 

rose  he  shot  one  which  proved  to  be  a  male  Red  Crossbill  in  breeding 
plumage.  He  preserved  the  skin  and  still  has  it.  The  others  were 
females  or  young,  as  he  says  none  of  them  had  any  red  on  them." 

Mr.  Jonathan  Dwight  reported  the  American  Crossbill  on  North  Moun- 
tain, Penn.,  in  June,  1891.  (The  Auk.  Vol.  IX.,  p.  137.)  Dr.  B.  H.  War- 
ren, in  his  admirable  "  Report  on  the  Birds  of  Pennsylvania,"  p.  228, 
gives  it  as  breeding  in  the  counties  of  Clinton,  Clearfield,  Luzerne,  Ly- 
coming and  Canieron  in  that  state. 

March  1,  1892,  Messrs.  A.  B.  Ulrey  and  E.  M.  Kindle  report  seeing  six  in 
Monroe  county,  Ind.  Mr.  G.  G.  Williamson  noted  six  near  Muncie,  Ind., 
April  16,  1892,  and  another  April  24.  Messrs.  Charles  D.  and  Lewis  A. 
Test  have  kindly  sent  me  the  following  interesting  notes  from  the  obser- 
vations of  the  spring  of  1892.  The  notes  were  taken  near  Lafayette,  Ind. 
March  8,  1892,  they  saw  the  first  American  Crossbill.  They  were  seen 
on  the  following  succeeding  dates:  March  11;  April  15,  19,  23  and  30; 
May  1,  3,  6,  8,  IS,  20,  21,  27  and  30;  June  2,  6,  22,  23,  27  and  30.  The  birds 
were  seen  in  pine  trees  and  also  in  yards  and  along  the  road.  Search  was 
made  for  nests  but  none  were  found.  I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  Otto  Wid- 
raann  for  some  valuable  rotes  relating  to  the  American  Crossbill  in  Mis- 
souri last  winter  and  spring  and  summer  (1891-2).  He  says:  "  I  never 
suspected  these  cone  loviDg  nomads  to  descend  into  a  country  so  fiat  and 
uninteresting  as  St.  Louis  county,  Mo.,  where  nature  never  rears  a  cone 
without  the  help  of  the  gardener.  Thousands  of  young  evergreens,  especi- 
ally Norway  Spruces,  have  been  planted  during  the  past  decade,  but  old 
cone- bearing  conifers  are  tew  and  far  between.  There  are  on  my  place, 
besides  a  few  Norway  Spruces,  eighteen  pine  trees  about  thirty  years  old. 
Half  of  them  are  Austrian  pines,  the  rest  White  and  Scotch  pines.  Coni- 
ferous trees  do  not  bear  fruit  every  year,  but  last  winter  the  Austrian 
pines  were  full  of  cones,  getting  ready  to  drop  the  seeds  in  early  spring. 
Besides  the  maturing  pine  seeds  our  section  had  another  attraction  for 
erratic  fruit  eaters  in  the  orchards.  The  apple  trees  had  yielded  an  enor- 
mous crop  and  the  demand  not  being  sufficiently  great  to  gather  them  in 
time,  thousands  of  apples  were  still  hangiDg  in  the  trees  when  the  Cross- 
bills appeared  on  the  scene.  It  was  in  the  orchard  that  they  made  their 
appearance  on  November  13— the  day  after  the  first '  blizzard '  had  visited 
the  upper  Missouri  valley.  From  this  day  on,  the  Crossbills  remained  in 
the  neighborhood  until  the  end  of  the  month  but  none  were  here  in  De- 
cember and  January — at  least  I  did  not  notice  any  until  they  began  to 


69 

visit  my  pine  trees  in  February.  They  were  daily  visitors  all  through 
March  and  until  the  17th  of  April.  From  that  day  until  May  8th  none 
were  seen,  but  from  the  8th  to  the  14th  they  were  again  daily  callers. 
After  this  date  they  were  noticed  twice  ;  a  party  of  six  on  June  5th,  and 
two  birds  a  male  and  female,  in  one  of  my  pines  on  July  21st.  I  looked 
for  their  nest  in  the  tree  but,  unfortunately  it  was  not  there !  I  think 
now  that  I  have  met  with  the  species  on  several  occasions  in  former  years 
but  did  not  know  them.  Frequenters  of  private  gardens  they  were  only 
seen  when  on  wing  or  distant  tree  tops,  and  evaded  identification.  With 
us  it  is  a  shy  and  restless  bird,  easily  alarmed  and  flying  a  great  distance. 
Before  taking  wing  and  while  in  the  air  they  are  quite  noisy  with  a  note 
closely  resembling  the  parent  call  of  Progne ;  but  when  feeding  in  a  pine 
tree  the  whole  troop  keeps  perfectly  silent,  and  nothing  is  heard  but  the 
noise  made  by  breaking  the  cone  scales.  When  present  in  May  they  are 
also  feeding  in  elms."  Mr.  W.  S.  Blatchley  gives  me  the  following  notes  : 
•'  While  sitting  on  the  porch  of  a  farm  house  in  Putnam  county,  Indiana, 
July  11,  1892,  I  saw  a  single  Cjofsbih,  Loxia  cur  cirosir a  minor,  alight  in  the 
top  of  a  pine  tree  in  the  yard  and  begin  searching  the  cones  for  seeds.  I 
watched  it  for  almost  ten  minutes  and  then,  that  there  might  be  no  pos- 
sibility of  mistake  in  the  identification,  procured  a  gun  and  shot  it.  It 
proved  to  be  a  young  male.  On  July  15  another  young  male,  i.  e.  a  male 
presumably  of  the  previous  year's  hatching,  was  secured  from  the  same 
tree  and  kept  in  confinement  for  several  days,  but  was  finally  allowed  its 
liberty." 

The  American  Crossbills  have,  as  has  been  shown,  been  noted  within 
the  region  between  the  great  lakes  and  the  Ohio  river  in  the  follow- 
ing winters:  1868-9;  1869-70;  1874-5;  1882-3;  1883-4;  1884-5;  1885-6; 
1887-8;  1888-9;  1889-90;  1890-91;  1891-2.  From  1882  to  1892  they  were 
only  absent  one  year;  1886-7.  In  the  winters  of  1882-3,  1884-5,  1887-8 
the  area  of  dispersal  was  wide  anil  the  birds  seem  to  have  been  generally 
distributed.  Other  years  as  1868-9,  1869-70,  1883-4,  they  appeared,  or  at 
least  were  observed,  in  but  few  localities  but  where  noted  they  were 
abundant. 

The  results  of  the  inquiries  concerning  its  summer  ran»e,  particularly 
with  relation  to  the  Ohio  valley  and  the  territory  adjacent  thereto,  have 
been  wholly  unexpected.  Summing  up  the  occurrence  in  summer  and 
the  evidence  of  its  breeding  in  the  region  last  referred  to  we  note  as  fol- 
lows:    In  the  summer  of  1869  they  were  abundant  in  the  vicinity  of 


70 

Chicago,  both  in  Illinois  and  Indiana.  In  the  summer  of  1878  they  were 
found  at  Columbus,  O.,  and  abundantly  at  Cleveland,  where  it  was  re- 
ported to  have  bred.  Dr.  Wheaton  refers  to  their  having  nested  in  In- 
diana as  a  fact  well  known  to  him.  Dr.  H.  A.  Atkins  is  said  to  have  taken 
nests  of  this  species  near  Locke,  Michigan,  in  1880.  The  spring  of  1885 
they  were  common  at  Michigan  City,  lad.,  and  Mr.  Byrkit  thought  they 
might  have  nested.  In  the  summer  of  1885  they  were  reported  to  have 
nested  in  Tippecanoe  county,  Ind.  The  same  summer  they  are  reported 
to  have  nested  at  Bloomington,  Ind.  They  were  reported  from  Monroe 
county,  Ind.,  three  different  dates  in  July  188u.  They  were  reported  from 
Putnam  county,  Ind.,  in  the  summers  of  1891  and  1892.  They  remained 
throughout  a  part  of  the  summer  of  1892  at  Lafayette,  Ind.  They  re- 
mained even  later  at  Old  Orchard,  Mo.,  in  1892. 

These  notes  but  serve  to  bring  more  clearly  to  mind  the  peculiar,  erra- 
tic character  of  the  bird,  of  which  we  have  known,  to  some  degree,  before. 
The  notes  would  also  seem  to  indicate  that  much  of  our  lack  of  data  is 
due  to  the  scarcity  of  observers  in  years  past.  A  few  years  ago  the  col- 
lection of  data  regarding  almost  any  species  of  bird  from  Indiana,  or  al- 
most any  other  state,  would  have  been  impossible.  It  is  not  improbable, 
could  we  begin  with  the  abundance  of  Crossbills  at  Cincinnati  in  1868-9, 
with  a  number  of  intelligent  observers  equal  to  that  available  now,  we  could 
have  a  collection  of  observations  covering  its  whole  range  between  the 
<  >hio  river  and  the  lakes  and  perhaps  including  its  movements  for  almost 
every  year.  Those  blank  years  do  not  necessarily  signify  that  it  was 
wanting  in  the  territory  studied,  but  that  for  some  one  of  a  great  many 
reasons,  it  was  not  observed.  The  erratic  distribution  of  the  species  ap- 
plies as  well  to  its  summer  range  as  to  that  in  winter.  It  seems  very  prob- 
able that  the  species  breeds  to  some  extent  throughout  the  <  )hio  Valley 
It  is  true  that  no  specimens  representing  either  the  nest  or  eggs  have 
been,  so  far  as  I  know,  preserved.  Yet  the  evidence  presented  indicates 
that  the  breeding  range  of  the  species  in  the  United  States  is  not  confined 
to  the  coniferous  forests  of  the  mountain  ranges. 

Loxia  lencoptera,  White-winged  Ckosstull.  This  species  is  not  met  with 
in  the  Ohio  valley  so  often  as  the  last  mentioned  form.  Its  range  lies  far- 
ther to  the  northward.  Its  distribution  within  the  Cnited  kStates,  both 
in  winter  and  summer,  is  much  less  extensive  than  is  that  of  the  Ameri- 
can Crossbill.  Audubon  mentions  its  breeding  in  Pennsylvania  in  sum- 
mer, but  this  is  probably  an  exceptional  case.     Dr.  .1.  M.  Wheaton  gave 


71 

it  in  his  catalogue  of  Birds  of  Ohio,  in  1861.  Mr.  Charles  Dury  found 
them  abundant  in  the  vicinity  of  Cincinnati,  <>.,  in  the  winter  of  1868-9, 
in  company  with  the  last  mentioned  species,  lie  says,  ''they  were  in 
large  flocks  containing  both  species  in  the  proportion  of  two  of  the  for- 
mer to  one  of  the  latter"  (the  present)  "  species."  Mr.  C.  E.  Aiken  in- 
forms me  that  this  species  was  in  company  with  the  American  Crossbill 
when  they  were  so  common  in  the  vicinity  of  Chicago  in  the  summer  of 
1869.  He  also  noted  them  in  Lake  county,  Ind.,  the  latter  part  of  August 
of  that  year.  He  says  they  displayed  the  same  habits  as  the  preceding 
species.  His  recollection  is  that  the  White  winged  form  was  less  abund- 
ant, a  little  later  in  their  arrival,  and  more  wary.  They  remained  through 
the  winter.  Prof.  A.  J.  Cook  informs  me  that  one  was  killed  by  Dr.  H.  A. 
Atkins,  at  Locke,  Mich.,  Aug.  9,  1875.  A  pair  of  White- winged  Crossbills 
were  taken  at  Fort  Wayne,  Ind.,  about  1878.  The  female  is  now  in  the 
collection  of  Mr.  C.  A.  Stockbridge  of  that  city.  Mr.  W.  L.  Scott  notes 
the  occurrence  of  a  flock  of  White-winged  Crossbills  near  Ottawa,  Canada, 
towards  the  latter  part  of  June  1882  (The  Auk.,  Vol.  I.,  p.  159).  Mr. 
Fletcher  M.  Noe  notes  the  occurrence  of  this  species  near  Indianapolis, 
Ind.,  in  the  early  part  of  1883.  February  li,  188:!,  Prof.  B.  W.  Evermann 
shot  two  males  from  a  flock  of  iifteen  of  these  birds  in  a  yard  at  Bloom- 
ington,  In<l.  February  10  he  secured  a  female,  and  a  few  days  later,  two 
other  specimens  near  the  same  place.  Miss  H.  E.  Colfax  reports  it  from 
Michigan  City,  Ind.,  June  26,  1884.  Mr.  J.  A\T.  Byrkit  found  both  species 
together  in  large  docks  near  Michigan  City,  Ind.,  the  winter  of  1883-4. 
Mr.  Charles  Dury  reports  it  from  Michigan  City,  Ind.,  he  thinks  in  1885. 
Faxon  and  Allen  report  seeing  a  few  in  the  White  Mountains,  N.  II., 
June  1886.  (The  Auk.,  Vol.  V..  p.  152.)  Hun.  P.  Wes  McBride  has  noted 
it  as  a  winter  visitor  in  DeKalb  county,  Ind.  Dr.  C.  Hart  Merriam  gives 
it  as  a  resident  in  the  Adirondack  region  but  adds,  comparing  it  with  the 
American  Crossbill,  'not  nearly  so  common  as  the  last."  (Bull.  Nutt. 
Orn.  Club,  Vol.  VI.,  p.  229).  Prof.  B.  W.  Evermann  informs  me  that  he 
saw  one  in  his  brother's  yard  at  Burlington,  Ind.  He  says,  "  after  watch- 
ing it  for  a  while  I  struck  it  with  a  stick,  killing  it."  March  16  he  saw 
another  specimen  of  this  species  at  Camden,  Ind. 

The  only  instance  I  know  of  its  occurring  in  the  Ohio  valley  in  summer 
is  that  given  by  the  late  Mr.  C.  H.  Bollman.  He  wrote  me  that  he  saw 
eleven  on  a  fir  tree  in  Bloomington,  Ind.,  June  24th,  1886.  A  few  days 
later  he  several  times  noted  specimens  of  the  other  species. 


72 

Everywhere  in  the  Ohio  valley  this  species  seems  to  be  quite  rare  and 
exceedingly  irregular  in  its  occurrence.  Mr.  E.  W.  Nelson  and  Mr.  Otto 
Poling  note  it  as  much  less  common  in  Illinois  than  formerly.  With 
the  exception  of  the  winter  of  1868-9  and  the  succeeding  summer  I  do  not 
know  of  its  having  appeared  in  any  considerable  numbers  in  any  of  the 
tier  of  states  just  north  of  the  Ohio  river. 


Notice  of  a  terrapin  to  be  restored  to  the  fauna  of  Indiana.     By  0.  P. 
Hay. 


ration  of  birds  and  one  of  insects.     I >y  T.  B.  Redding 


The  South  American  cat  fishes  belonging  to.  Cornell  University.     I'.y 

E.  M.  Kindle. 

[Abstract.  | 

Some  years  ago,  the  late  Charles  Frederick  Hartt  made  a  collection  of 
fishes  in  South  America,  which  he  gave  to  Cornell  University.  This  col- 
lection had  never  been  studied  until  last  spring,  when  it  was  sent  to  Dr. 
Eigenmann.  The  cat  fishes  in  it  were  turned  over  to  me  to  identify.  In 
the  identification  of  these  I  have  used  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Eigenmann's  "  Re- 
vision of  the  South  American  Nematognathi."  I  have  also  had  the  use 
of  Dr.  Eigenmann's  private  library,  which  contains  nearly  all  of  the  pub- 
lished literature  on  South  American  fishes.  In  the  identification  of  doubt- 
ful species  I  have  had  the  assistance  of  Dr.  Eigenmann. 

The  collection  contains  nineteen  genera  and  twenty-seven  species,  dis- 
tributed among  the  three  families,  Loricariidse,  Siluridrc.  and  Callich- 
thyida,and  their  sub-families. 

Two  new  species  have  been  found  in  the  collection.  One  of  these  be- 
longs to  the  genus  Ilassar.  The  name  vrilderi  is  proposed  for  it  in  honor  of 
Prof.  Wilder,  of  Cornell  University.  It  is  represented  by  four  specimens 
from  the  Tocontins  river.  The  other  new  species  belongs  to  the  genus 
Hemiancistrus,  all  of  whose  species  are  apparently  rare.  It  has  been  named 
longipinnis  in  reference  to  the  long  dorsal. 


73 

The  collection  is  mainly  from  the  Amazon  and  the  LaPlata,  and  their 
tributaries.  The  waters  of  the  Amazon,  the  LaPlata,  and  the  Orinoco  are 
united  through  their  tributaries,  and  so  far  as  their  fish  fauna  is  concerned 
form  but  one  river  system.  The  fish  fauna  of  any  one  of  these  rivers  is 
therefore  very  similar  to  that  of  the  others.  The  only  genus  which  was 
considered  peculiar  to  the  LaPlata  fauna  is  Cochliodon.  This  genus  I  find 
represented  in  the  collection  by  four  specimens  from  Marajo,  near  the 
mouth  of  the  Amazon;  so  there  is  now  no  genus  from  the  LaPlata  which 
is  not  also  found  in  the  Amazon's  system.  These  specimens,  which  be- 
long to  the  species  Cochliodon  cochliodon,  are  of  further  interest  inasmuch 
as  the  genus  and  species  has  heretofore  been  known  only  from  the  types 
in  the  Museum  of  Vienna. 

From  the  Rio  San  Francisco  there  are  but  four  specimens,  all  of  a  species 
common  to  the  mouths  of  the  east  coast  rivers  of  Brazil.  The  rivers  of 
southeast  Brazil,  which  Dr.  Eigenmann  has  shown  to  have  a  fish  fauna 
distinct  from  that  of  the  Amazon  to  the  north  and  the  LaPlata  to  the 
south,  are  not  represented  in  the  collection.  Lake  Titicaca  is  represented 
by  a  single  specimen,  Pygidium  rivulatura.  This  species,  with  Rhamdia 
quelen,  are  the  only  cat  fishes  found  in  Lake  Titicaca.  Both  of  these  are 
alpine  forms  characteristic  of  the  mountain  streams  of  the  Peruvian  Andes. 


HOW  THE  COLLEGES  COULD    AID    THE     PUBLIC    SCHOOLS    IN    TEACHING    BIOLOGICAL 

subjects.     By  W.  W.  Norman. 


The  Ichthyologjc  features  of  the  Black  Hills  region.*     By  B.  W.  Ever- 

MANN. 

[  ABSTRACT.! 

Last  September  I  was  directed  by  the  U.  S.  Commissioner  of  Fish  and 
Fisheries  to  make  certain  investigations  in  Iowa,  Nebraska,  South  Dakota 
and  Wyoming  lor  the  purpose  of  determining  the  advisability  of  estab- 
lishing one  or  more  fish-cultural  stations  in  those  states,  and  if  it  should 
be  found  desirable  to  establish  stations  in  that  region,  to  determine  the 
most  suitable  places  for  their  location. 

Investigations  of  this  kind  require  a  more  or  less  careful  study  of  the 


-Published  by  permission  of  Hon.  Marshall  McDonald,  U.  S.  Commissioner  of  Fish 
;»nd  Fisheries. 


74 

physical,  chemical  and  biological  features  of  the  streams  and  lakes  of  the 
region  under  consideration,  for  these  in  their  various  phases  are  the  forces 
or  conditions  which  constitute  the  fish- environment,  and  which  determine 
the  abundance,  condition  and  distribution  of  the  fish  life  of  each  hydro- 
graphic  basin. 

While  carrying  on  these  investigations,  I  spent  the  greater  part  of  the 
month  of  October  in  and  about  the  Black  Hills,  and  it  is  to  some  of  the 
biologic  characteristics  of  that  region  that  I  desire  to  call  your  attention. 

The  Black  Hills  are,  as  you  are  aware,  an  isolated  mountain  group  lying 
in  southwestern  South  Dakota  and  eastern  Wyoming.  These  Hills  lie 
wholly  within  the  basin  of  the  Cheyenne  River,  which  is  formed  by  the 
union  of  the  North  and  South  Forks.  The  North  Fork  of  the  Cheyenne, 
or  the  Belle  Fourche,  as  it  is  usually  called,  has  its  rise  west  of  the  Hills, 
flows  around  them  on  the  north  side,  and  to  the  eastward  joins  the  South 
Fork  which  also  rises  west  of  the  Hills  and  sweeps  around  them  to  the 
southward  in  a  wide  curve  very  much  like  that  of  the  Belle  Fourche  on 
the  north. 

The  immediate  drainage  of  the  Hills  is  by  means  of  numerous  smaller 
streams,  nearly  all  of  which  flow  eastward  in  approximately  parallel 
courses  to  one  or  the  other  of  the  two  Forks,  those  flowing  into  the  Belle 
Fourche  doing  so  from  the  right  bank,  while  those  reaching  the  South 
Fork  flow  into  it  from  the  left  bank.  During  our  stay  in  this  region  we 
made  collections  of  fishes  in  the  following  streams  :  Middle,  Sand,  Red- 
water,  Crow,  Chicken,  Spearfish.  Whitewood,  Beaver,  Rapid,  Flk,  Fall, 
Warm.  Cold,  Minnekahta,  and  Cottonwood  creeks,  the  Belle  Fourche  and 
the  South  Fork  of  the  Cheyenne,  and  in  Montana  and  Cox's  lakes,  nearly 
all  of  which  are  well  supplied  with  certain  species  of  fishes.  The  study  of 
these  collections  has  opened  up  a  number  of  interesting  questions  in  geo- 
graphic distribution. 

The  fish  fauna  of  that  portion  of  the  Missouri  system  lying  in  and  about 
the  Black  Hills  is  peculiarly  restricted  in  its  character.  The  fifteen 
species  contained  in  this  collection, — and  no  other  species  has  ever  been 
reported  from  any  definite  locality  of  this  region, — represent  but  four 
families,  viz.:  two  catfishes,  four  suckers,  eight  minnows,  and  one  member 
of  the  codfish  family.  Fight  of  the  fifteen  species  belong  to  one  family, 
the  Cyprinidx.  Not  a  single  species  of  spiny-rayed  fish  has  been  found  in 
the  streams  about  the  Hills,  and  it  is  not  likely  that  any  will  be  found 
there.     Many  of  the  streams  in  or  near  the  Hills  would  apparently  turn- 


ish  congenial  homes  for  sunfishes,  bass,  and  even  several  species  of  dart- 
ers. That  these  are  not  there  must  be  due  to  the  nature  of  the  lower 
courses  of  the  streams  draining  the  hills,  and  that  of  the  Cheyenne,  to 
which  they  are  all  tributary.  The  Cheyenne  is  ordinarily  a  shallow 
stream  whose  waters  are  always  more  or  less  alkaline  and  filled  with  solid 
matter  in  suspension  from  the  extremely  easily  eroded  country  through 
which  it  flows.  The  lower  courses  of  the  streams  flowing  from  the  Hills 
are  through  the  same  Cretaceous  beds  and  partake  of  the  same  character. 
Only  those  species  with  which  the  struggle  has  become  most  severe  will 
be  driven  to  seek  protection  and  food  in  the  muddy,  alkaline  streams,  and 
they  alone  would  eventually  find  their  way  into  the  purer,  clearer  waters 
above.  This,  of  course,  means  the  soft-rayed,  non-rapacious  lishes,  the 
suckers  and  minnows  and  other  mud-loving  forms. 

The  spiny-rayed  species  are  aggressive,  extending  their  attacks  to  all 
weaker  forms  about  them,  while  the  soft  rayed  species  are  defensive,  and 
seek  protection  in  retreat.  A  spiny  rayed  fish  has  no  occasion  to  ascend 
into  the  muddy,  alkaline  and  uncongenial  portions  of  these  streams  ;  the 
only  thing  which  would  cause  him  to  do  so  would  be  a  quest  for  foo  1,  but 
he  finds  it  easier  and  more  agreeable  to  get  food  of  sufficient  quantity  and 
quality  where  he  is.  Not  so  with  the  soft-rayed  fish  ;  he  must  not  only 
search  for  suitable  food,  but  he  must  also  see  that  his  enemy,  the  spiny- 
rayed  fish,  does  not  catch  him.  The  attacks  of  his  enemies  were  proba- 
bly the  first  cause  impelling  him  to  take  refuge  in  the  turbid  water.  Find- 
ing suitable  and  sufficient  food  in  this  new  environment,  and  total  relief 
from  the  persecutions  of  his  old  enemies,  he  finds  the  struggle  for  exist- 
ence easy,  the  surroundings  in  time  become  bearable  and  perhaps  agree- 
able, he  moves  about  at  will  through  all  parts  of  the  muddy  stream  and 
even  into  the  headwaters  where,  still  finding  an  abundant  food  supply 
and  none  of  his  old  enemies,  he  is  content  to  make  his  home. 

Before  mining  began  in  the  Hills  in  1875  and  1870,  nearly  every  stream 
possessed  all  the  natural  conditions  necessary  to  make  it  an  excellent 
trout  stream.  The  waters  were  clear  and  cold,  not  subject  to  contamina- 
tion from  any  gource,  and  suitable  food,  such  as  insects  and  insect  larva. 
and  the  smaller  Crustacea  and  mollusca,  was  undoubtedly  found  then,  as 
now,  in  abundance.  With  the  exception  of  a  few  streams  which  are  now 
ruined  by  mining  operations,  the  creeks  of  this  region  are  yet  excellent 
lor  trout. 

The  explanation  for  their  absence  is  practically  the  same  as  that  which 


account*  for  the  absence  of  spiny-rayed  fishes.  Land  barriers  have  evi- 
dently proved  competent  to  prevent  trout  getting  in  from  the  headwaters 
of  the  trout  streams  to  the  westward,  and  the  mud  and  alkali  which 
they  encountered  in  the  lower  portion  of  the  Yellowstone,  the  Missouri 
and  the  Big  Cheyenne  have  as  certainly  proved  an  impassable  barrier 
from  that  direction.  Among  the  many  regions  of  the  United  States 
which  possess  the  necessary  natural  conditions  for  trout,  the  Black  Hills 
district  is  the  only  one  of  any  considerable  area,  if  we  except  portions  of 
the  Yellowstone  National  Park,  in  which  one  or  more  species  of  Salmon- 
idee  are  not  or  have  not  been  indigenous.  The  absence  of  trout  and  all 
other  species  of  fish  from  the  various  lakes  and  streams  of  the  Yellow- 
stone National  Park  (e.  g.  Lewis  and  Shoshone  lakes,  Gibbon,  Firehole 
and  Little  Firehole  rivers,  and  Indian,  Glen,  Nez  Perce1  and  Sentinel 
creeks)  is  undoubtedly  accounted  for  by  the  presence  of  impassable  falls 
where  these  waters  leave  the  great  rhyolite  sheet  which  covers  the  Park, 
as  shown  by  the  investigations  made  by  Dr.  Jordan  in  1889.  The  presence 
of  trout  in  Yellowstone  Lake  and  tributary  streams,  notwithstanding  the 
fact  that  the  outlet  of  Yellowstone  lake  (Yellowstone  River)  has  two  enor- 
mous falls  which  wholly  prevent  the  ascent  of  fish,  is  quite  evidently  due 
to  the  most  interesting  and  curious  fact  that  there  is  a  continuous  water- 
way furnishing  easy  passage  for  trout  from  the  upper  tributaries  of  Snake 
River,  by  way  of  Two-Ocean  Pass,  into  the  upper  Yellowstone  River.  That 
Yellowstone  Lake  could  have  been,  and  almost  certainly  way,  stocked  in 
this  way  from  the  Columbia  basin,  was  demonstrated  by  the  investiga- 
tions which  I  made  during  my  visit  to  Two-Ocean  Pass  in  August,  1891. 

The  presence  of  trout  in  the  upper  tributaries  of  the  Colorado,  Rio 
Grande,  Arkansas,  and  Platte,  whose  lower  courses  are,  in  some  cases  at 
least,  not  unlike  those  of  the  Cheyenne  and  Missouri,  is  a  matter  whose 
explanation  is  not  without  some  difficulties.  The  relationships  of  the 
various  species  or  sub-species  of  Salmo  found  in  these  different  basins 
are  very  close  and  indicate  a  common  origin  at  no  remote  date.  Whether 
they  are  all  descended  from  a  form  which  came  up  from  the  Pacific  coast  or 
one  from  the  Atlantic  cannot  be  certainly  known,  though  the  bulk  of  the 
evidence  points  to  the  former  view.  But  whatever  may  have  been  the 
fact,  it  is  certain  that  the  headwaters  of  the  Columbia,  Colorado,  Rio 
Grande,  Arkansas,  and  Platte  have  been  connected  in  some  way  at  some 
time  or  other,  thus  permitting  the  trout  to  spread  into  these  various  basins. 
That  there  are  no  trout  in  the  Chevenne  basin  would  seem  to  indicate  that 


the  streams  of  this  system  became  separated  and  differentiated  as  a  dis- 
tinct drainage  system  earlier  than  did  those  of  the  Platte,  Arkansas,  Rio 
Grande,  Colorado,  or  Columbia,  or  else  that  they  are  streams  of  more  re- 
cent origin  and  have  never  been  connected  at  any  time  with  any  of  the 
streams  containing  trout.  Such  a  history  as  this  for  the  Cheyenne,  to- 
gether with  the  shallow,  muddy,  alkaline  character  of  its  lower  portion, 
seems  to  be  a  reasonable  explanation  of  the  absence  of  trout  from  the 
Black  Hills  * 

The  effect  of  the  peculiar  alkali  water  of  the  Cheyenne  and  the  lower 
course  of  the  streams  flowing  from  the  Black  Hills  has  been  to  reduce  the 
fishes  to  a  nearly  uniform  pale,  faded  or  bleached  appearance.  Except 
those  found  above  the  alkali  water,  they  are  almost  wholly  without  pig- 
ment cells  of  any  kind.  Perhaps  the  most  extreme  case  of  bleaching  is 
that  of  the  flat-headed  minnow,  Platygobio  gracilis,  which,  of  all  American 
fishes,  seems  to  be  the  one  most  perfectly  adapted  to  these  alkali  streams. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  species  of  fishes  obtained  in  the  Black 
Hills  and  vicinity : 

SILCRID/K,  OR  CATFISHES. 

1 .  Noturus  jiaviis  Rafinesque.  Yellow  Cat.  South  Fork  of  Cheyenne 
River  at  Cheyenne  Falls,  and  Belle  Fourche  River  at  Belle  Fourche. 

2.  Ictalurus  punctalus  (Raf.)  Channel  Cat.  Middle  Creek  at  Belle 
Fourche. 

CATOSTOMIDJE,  OH  SUCKERS. 

o.  Carpiodes  car j no  (Raf.)  Carp  Sucker.  Found  by  us  only  in  the  Belle 
Fourche. 

4.  Pantosttux  jordani  Evermann.  This  species  recently  described  by 
me  as  new  (Bull.  IT.  S.  Fish  Com.,  XII.,  Art.  2,  51-56,  January  27,  1893,) 
was  found  by  us  in  most  of  the  streams  of  the  Black  Hills,  viz  :  White- 
wood,  Spearfish,  Crow,  Rapid  and  Hat  creeks,  and  in  the  Belle  Fourche. 
For  full  description,  see  the  Bulletin  mentioned  above. 

5.  Catostomus  teres  sucklii  Girard.  Common  Western  Sucker.  Found  in 
Middle,  Crow,  Chicken,  Rapid,  Cottonwood  and  Hat  creeks,  and  in  the 
Belle  Fourche. 

6.  Moxostoma  macrolepidotum  duquesnii  (Le  Sueur.)  The  Belle  Fourche 
and  South  Fork  of  the  Cheyenne,  and  in  Redwater  Creek. 


*In  his  paper  on  "  The  North  American  Species  of  Salmon  and  Trout,"  printed  in  the 
U.  S.  Fish  Commission  Report  for  1872-1873,  Dr.  Suckley,  in  giving  the  habitat  of  Salnm 
leivisi(S.  mi/kiss),  credits  it  to  the  "  Black  Hills,  Nebraska,  Dr.  Hayden."  I  have  been  un- 
able to  verify  this  reference,  and  I  believe  it  to  be  an  error. 


I'VPRINID.K,  OR  MINNOWS. 

7.  Hybognathas  nuchalis  placita  Grd.  Western  Silvery  Minnow.  Cot- 
tonwood, Hat,  and  Middle  creeks,  and  South  Fork  of  Cheyenne  and  Belle 
Fourche  rivers. 

8.  Pimephales  promelas  Raf.  Black-headed  Minnow.  Middle,  Rapid, 
Cottonwood,  and  Hat  creeks. 

9.  Notropis  deliciosus  (Grd.)  Middle,  Rapid,  Cottonwood,  and  Hat  creeks, 
and  Belle  Fourche  River. 

10.  Rhinichthys  dulcis  (Grd.)  Western  Dace.  Whitewood,  Chicken, 
Crow,  Rapid,  Cottonwood,  and  Hat  Creeks,  Cook's  Pond,  near  Spearfish, 
and  Fall  River. 

11.  Couesius  dissimilis  (Grd.)     Found  only  in  Rapid  Creek. 

12.  Platygobio  gracilis  (Rich.)  Flat-headed  Minnow.  Middle,  Cotton- 
wood, and  Hat  creeks,  and  Belle  Fourche  and  South  Fork  of  Cheyenne 
rivers,  in  all  of  which  it  is  abundant. 

13.  Semotilus  atromaculalus  (Mitch.)  Chub.  Found  only  in  Chicken, 
Crow,  and  Rapid  Creeks.  These  are  the  most  western  localities  from  which 
this  fish  has  been  reported. 

14.  Leuciscus  neog.rus  (Cope.)  Found  by  us  only  in  Cox's  Lake  and 
Chicken  Creek,  near  Gammon's  ranch,  S.  D. 

GADID.K,  OK    COD-FISHES. 

15.  Lota  lota  maculosa  (Le  Sueur. )  One  specimen  obtained  at  Cheyenne 
Falls.     This  is  the  only  fresh  water  representative  of  the  codfish  family. 

These  fifteen  species  are,  so  far  as  known,  the  odIv  fishes  found  native  to 
the  Black  Hills.  It  is  the  intention  to  continue  the  investigations  in  that 
region  during  a  portion  of  the  coming  summer,  when  it  is  expected  that 
the  exact  limits  in  the  range  of  at  least  some  of  these  species  may  be 
made  out.  It  is  especially  desirable  to  determine  in  what  streams  the 
spiny- rayed  fishes  make  their  nearest  approach  to  this  region. 


The  ptarmigan  of  the  Aleutian  islands.     By  B.  W.  Evermann. 
[Abstract.] 
It  was  my  good  fortune  to  spend  the  six  months  from  March  to  Septem- 
ber, 1892,  on  board  the  U.  S.  Fish   Commission  steamer  Albatross,  which 
was  engaged  during  that  time  investigating  the  habits,  abundance  and 
distribution  of  the  fur-seal  in  the  North  Pacific  and  Bering  sea.     While 


carrying  on  these  investigations  we  touched  at  a  number  of  places  on  the 
mainland  of  Alaska,  and  while  cruising  along  the  Aleutian  chain  of 
islands  we  visited  most  of  those  which  are  inhabited. 

While  the  study  of  the  birds  of  these  regions  was  only  an  incidental 
part  of  my  work,  nevertheless  I  had  opportunity  to  make  considerable 
collections  at  Alexandrovsks  and  Saldovoi  in  Cook's  Inlet,  at  Nuchek  in 
Prince  William  Sound,  on  Kadiak  Island,  TJnalaska,  Amaknak,  Atka  and 
Attu  islands,  also  upon  Bering  Island  of  the  Commander  group. 
Among  these  is  a  series  of  ptarmigan  that  is  of  much  interest. 

The  species  represented  are  the  following  :  Willow  Ptarmigan  (Lagopus 
lagopus)  and  Rock  Ptarmigan  (L.  rupestris)  from  Kadiak  Island,  Nelson's 
Ptarmigan  (L.  rupestris  nelsoni)  from  Amaknak  and  Unalaska  islands, 
Turner's  Ptarmigan  (L.  rupestris  atkensis)  from  Atka  Island,  and  an  undes- 
cribed  species  from  the  island  of  Attu,  the  most  westerly  of  the  Aleutian 
chain. 

The  two  species  from  Kadiak  Island  were  collected  April  loand  14,  and 
are  interesting  as  showing  the  plumage  at  that  season.  The  Willow 
Ptarmigan  ranges  near  the  bases  of  the  mountains  and  amoD.ir  the  sparse 
willow  growth  of  the  lower  portions  of  the  island.  At  the  time  of  our 
visit  the  snow  had  melted  from  considerable  areas  frequented  by  this 
species,  while  higher  up  the  mountains,  where  we  found  the  Rock 
Ptarmigan,  and  where  there  is  little  or  no  woody  vegetation,  the  snow 
covering  everything  completely. 

The  principle  of  adaptation  to  environment  was  clearly  illustrated  by 
these  two  species.  The  one  whose  range  was  in  the  region  still  covered 
entirely  with  snow  had  not  yet  begun  to  change  from  winter  to  summer 
plumage,  not  one  of  the  sixty  odd  specimens  collected  showing  a  single 
brown  feather ;  the  plumage  of  every  one  was  a  solid  white.  Not  so, 
however,  with  the  Willow  Ptarmigan.  Their  plumage  had  already  begun 
to  change  gradually  with  the  slowly  melting  snow,  and  in  most  cases  the 
head  and  neck  had  almost  completely  changed  to  the  summer  brown, 
while  brown  feathers  were  scattered  here  and  there  through  the  rest  of 
the  plumage. 

It  is  easy  to  see  that  it  is  greatly  to  the  advantage  of  each  of  these 
species  to  change  from  winter  to  summer  plumage  synchronously  with 
the  melting  snows  ;  too  rapid  or  premature  change  as  well  as  change  too 
long  delayed  would  defeat  the  object  of  protective  coloraiion. 

Specimens  of   Nelson's  Ptarmigan  were  obtained  May  10  and  20,  and 


80 

others  in  June.  Those  obtained  in  May  had  changed  considerably 
toward  the  summer  dress,  while  those  taken  in  June  were  in  complete 
breeding  plumage.  On  May  24  I  spent  the  day  on  Atka  Island,  and  se- 
cured a  dozen  good  specimens  of  Turner's  Ptarmigan.  They  were  usually 
found  low  down,  either  in  the  lowest  heather  or  among  the  tall  dead 
grass  of  the  lowest  hills.  They  were  always  seen  in  pairs,  and  were 
evidently  mated.  When  flushed  the  male  utters  a  coarse,  gutteral  note, 
not  distinguishable  by  me  from  that  of  Nelson's.  Most  of  their  crops 
were  empty,  but  some  were  filled  with  leaves  of  Empetrum  nigrum.  While 
the  higher  parts  of  the  island  were  still  covered  with  snow,  the  portions 
where  we  found  the  ptarmigan  wrere  almost  wholly  free  of  snow,  and 
these  birds  were,  as  might  be  expected,  in  almost  complete  summer 
plumage. 

The  various  species  of  ptarmigan  are,  as  you  know,  non-migratory,  in 
this  respect  resembling  our  native  quail  of  Indiana;  and  the  individuals 
found  upon  any  particular  island  are,  of  course,  practically  limited  to 
that  one  island.  That  ptarmigan  are  found  upon  several  islands  of  the 
Aleutian  chain  is  due  either  to  the  fact  that  the  different  islands  were  at 
one  time  connected,  thus  permitting  the  ptarmigan  to  spread  over  the 
entire  area,  or  else  that  individual  birds  now  and  then  found  their  way  to 
other  islands  by  being  carried  across  by  strong  winds.  Individuals  thus 
carried  to  a  new  island  remained  there,  of  course,  and,  adapting  themselves 
to  the  new  conditions,  became  well  established.  In  time,  the  new  condi- 
tions, differing  h  :>v>  ever  slightly  from  those  upon  the  island  from  which 
they  came,  reacted  upon  these  birds  and  modified  them  more  or  less, 
until  finally  they  became  sufficiently  differentiated  to  be  easily  distin- 
guished from  the  ptarmigan  of  any  other  island.  That  differentiation  of 
this  character  does  take  place  is  a  well  known  fact  to  every  student  of 
insular  faunas,  and  the  ptarmigan  of  the  Alaskan  islands  afford  excellent 
illustrations  of  this  important  principle.  The  investigations  made  by  Dr. 
Stejneger  and  Prof.  Ridgway,  some  years  ago,  showed  that  the  ptarmigan 
of  Unalaska  Island,  of  Atka  Island,  and  of  Bering  Island  must  be  re- 
garded as  three  distinct  species,  or  sub-species. 

Unalaska  is  about  500  miles  from  Kadiak ;  Atka  is  nearly  400  miles 
further  west ;  Attu  is  500  miles  west  of  Atka,  and  about  300  miles  south- 
east of  Nikolski  on  Bering  Island.  It  will  thus  be  seen  that  the  island 
of  Attu  is  quite  as  much  isolated  as  are  the  others  named,  and  I  was 
therefore  very  anxious  to  secure  specimens  of  ptarmigan  from  that  island 


81 

if  possible.  That  ptarmigan  were  to  be  found  upon  Attu  Island  I  knew 
from  the  report  of  Mr.  L.  M.  Turner,  who  visited  the  island  in  1880-81 , 
but  who  appears  not  to  have  collected  any  specimens. 

The  Albatross  anchored  in  Chichagof  harbor,  Attu  Island,  on  the  evening 
of  May  28,  and  I  spent  the  next  day  on  shore  climbing  over  the  snowy 
mountain  slopes  in  search  of  the  ptarmigan ;  and  the  search  was  re- 
warded by  our  securing  live  fine  specimens,  four  males  and  one  female. 
A  comparison  of  these  with  the  specimens  which  I  had  from  Unalaska 
iind  Atka  indicated  that  there  are  some  well  marked  differences,  and  that 
the  Attu  Ptarmigan  is  worthy  of  at  least  sub-specific  rank.  Upon  re- 
turning to  Washington  I  turned  the  specimens  over  to  the  U.  S.  National 
Museum,  where  they  have  been  examined  by  Doctors  Ridgway,  Stejneger, 
and  Merriam,  all  of  whom  pronounce  it  a  new  and  well-marked  variety. 


Local  VARIATIONS.  By  C.  H.  ElGENMANN. 
[Abstuact.] 
A  detailed  comparison  of  about  400  specimens  of  Lenciscus  from  the 
•Columbia  basin  and  the  Fraser  basin  showed  that  each  locality  has  a 
variety  which  in  the  aggregate  was  different  from  the  varieties  of  every 
other  locality.  The  fin  rays  were  found  to  decrease  with  the  altitude,  and 
in  a  general  way  it  was  noticed  that  the  variation  between  the  specimens 
of  the  same  species  also  decreased  with  the  altitude.  These  facts  were 
demonstrated  by  diagrams. 


Modern  geographical  distribution  of  insects  in  Indiana.  By  F.  M. 
Webster. 

He  who  studies  geographical  distribution  is,  at  the  very  beginning, 
"brought  to  understand  that  the  area  of  any  one  state,  or,  indeed,  any 
single  country,  is  far  too  limited  in  which  to  work  out  his  problem,  as  in 
the  majority  of  cases  the  influences  which  make  the  presence  of  a  species 
possible  lie,  largely,  outside  the  boundaries  of  such  state.  The  ento- 
mology of  Indiana  is  only  a  fragment  of  the  world's  entomology  and  must 
be  studied  in  connection  with  its  closely  related  factors.  You  will  there- 
fore, 1  hope,  pardon  me  for  beginning  my  subject  at  a  long  distance  from 
home  and  with  elements  seeming  at  first  to  have  little  to  do  with  Indiana 
insects. 

6 


82 


There  are  currents  of  air  in  the  heavens  and  currents  of  water  in  both 
the  oceans  and  inland  streams,  and  all  these  have  their  iniiuence  on  in- 
sect distribution.  The  influences  of  the  Gulf  stream  of  the  Atlantic  are 
far  reaching  in  their  effects,  as  will  be  further  explained,  while  the  cor- 
responding current,  sweeping  northward  along  the  coast  of  eastern  Asia 
and  south  along  the  west  coast  of  North  America,  is  at  present  less  im- 
portant in  its  effects,  owing  largely,  perhaps,  to  the  Rocky  Mountains  and 
the  Great  American  Desert.  There  also  seem  to  be  currents  of  insect 
migration.    These,  three  in  number,  may  be  designated  as  follows  :     The 


Map  milica  mg,  approximately,  the  natural  divide  between  the  northern  and  southern 
insect  faunas,  east  of  the  Kocky  Mountains. 

Pacific  coast,  Northwestern  and  Southwestern.  With  the  first  we  at  pres- 
ent have  little  to  do,  as  owing,  possibly,  to  the  combined  influences  of  the 
mountains  and  desert  intervening  between  us  and  the  area  directly  in- 
fluenced by  it,  we  see  little  of  the  insect  fauna  of  the  Pacific  coast.  To  the 
influence  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  I  attribute  the  extension  of  Alaskan 
forms  southward  to  New  Mexico.  "Whether,  with  the  barriers  withdrawn, 
these  trans  Pacific  and  sub-arctic  species  would  drift  eastward,  is  a  problem 
which  will  likely  only  be  solved  when  some  gigantic  system  of  irrigation 


shall  cause  these  desert  wastes  to  cover  themselves  with  vegetation.  The 
other  two  have  an  influence  on  the  insect  fauna  of  Indiana  which  we  can 
as  yet  but  vaguely  understand.  In  a  paper  on  "  Some  Insect  Immigrants 
in  Ohio,"  read  before  the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science,  and,  later,  published 
in  "Science,"  Vol.  XXII.,  pp.  57-59,  and  from  which  notice  the  map 
is  extracted,  we  indicated  the  dividing  line  between  these  two  currents  of 
insect  migrations  in  the  following  terms  : 

"  There  are,  seemingly,  two  what  we  may  term  gateways  through  which 
the  majority  of  species  that  have  come  to  us  from  the  east,  have  made 
entrance  into  the  state  of  Ohio,  and,  later,  spread  out  over  the  northwest. 
The  first,  and  apparently  the  most  important  one  of  these,  being  at  the 
extreme  northeastern  part,  adjoining  Lake  Erie,  and  which  we  might 
term  the  north  gate,  and,  second,  the  valley  of  the  Ohio  river,  from  a 
point  where  it  begins  to  form  the  eastern  boundary  of  the  state,  south- 
ward— perhaps  to  Wheeling,  W.  Va.  Now,  there  also  appear  to  be  two 
great  national  avenues  or  highways  which  insect  migrations  follow;  pro- 
gressing more  rapidly  along  either  one  or  the  other,  but  not  equally  so 
along  both,  and  often  following  only  one:  the  more  sub-tropical  species, 
whether  American  or  introduced,  taking  the  southern  or  what  I  would 
call  the  Great  Southwestern  route,  while  the  sub  arctic,  including,  besides 
American,  such  species  as  have  come  to  us  from  England  or  Europe  north 
of  latitude  45°  north,  take  what  I  would  term  the  Great  Northwestern 
route.  The  division  between  these  two  great  thoroughfares  will  be  indi- 
cated, approximately,  by  a  line  drawn  from  New  York  City,  latitude 
40°  43'  north,  to  St.  Louis,  Missouri,  latitude  38°  38'  north,  thence  to 
Pueblo,  Colorado,  latitude  38°  17'  north  (about),  the  line  of  separation 
trending  northward,  east  of  St.  Louis,  under  the  influence  of  the  Gulf 
Stream  and  the  Great  Lakes,  chiefly  the  former.  Of  course  it  is  not  to  be 
understood  that  this  line  is  direct,  as  it  is  doubtless  more  or  less  irregular, 
and,  from  its  very  nature,  to  some  extent  unstable,  nor  is  it  to  be  sup- 
posed to  form  a  radical  boundary,  as  some  northern  forms  gradually  work 
their  way  south  of  it,  and  vice  versa.  Yet  it  will,  I  think,  be  found  ap- 
proximately correct." 

From  the  foregoing  it  will  be  clearly  observed  that  Indiana  is  itself  but 
a  single  factor  in  the  determination  of  the  nature  of  its  insect  fauna,  and, 
while  the  extent  of  its  area  covered  by  a  species  may  be  largely  a  matter 
of  local  influences,  these  are  not  by  any  means  important  factors  in  deter- 
mining the  exact  locality  where  such  species  shall  first  appear  within  its 


84 

borders.  This  is  quite  aptly  illustrated  by  Phytonomus  punctatus,  Fab.,  and 
Hyksinus  trifolii  Muel.*  These  entered  Ohio  first  at  the  extreme  northeast 
corner  of  the  state,  and  there  seems  to  have  been  a  later  introduction  by 
the  southeast  gateway,  the  current  of  the  Ohio  river  carrying  them  down 
and  landing  a  colony  of  each  in  southeast  Indiana  and  southwest  Ohio, 
thus  completely  disarranging  what  had  previously  seemed  very  probable, 
viz  :  that  both  of  these  species  would  cross  northern  Ohio  and  make  their 
first  entrance  into  the  state  from  the  northeast.  As  it  is,  they  will  proba- 
bly not  do  so,  but  work  to  the  north  and  west,  the  two  invasions  (a  second 
will  probably  occur  in  the  northeast)  meeting  somewhere  north  of  the 
center,  west  or  southwest  of  Ft.  Wayne.  Strange  as  it  may  appear,  an 
invasion  of  foreign  or  American  species  starting  from  Quebec,  New 
England  or  New  York,  makes  its  way  westward  to  the  south  of  the  Great 
Lakes  instead  of  to  the  north.  Therefore,  species  entering  Indiana  from 
Michigan  are  of  rare  occurrence.  Indeed,  I  do  not  know  of  a  single  one 
whose  advance  can  be  with  certainty  traced  to  such  a  course.  Aphodiw 
fossor,  Linn.,  may  perhaps  be  an  exception,  as  it  is  known  to  have  worked 
southward  to  Massachusetts  from  Canada.  It  was  next  found  at  Detroit, 
Michigan,  and  I  have  seen  specimens  collected  about  Chicago,  while  Prof. 
Wickham  reports  it  from  Iowa,  he  having  found  it  in  1887.  There  are, 
however,  at  present  no  good  collectors  in  northern  Ohio,  and  it  might 
have  followed  the  usual  route  along  to  the  south  of  Lake  Erie. 

Invasions  have  also  swept  over  the  state  from  the  west,  though  not 
many  of  these  are  recorded.  Boryphora  10-lineata,  Say,  an  American  species, 
will  amply  illustrate  the  fact  of  there  being  a  current  of  insect  migration 
from  west  to  east,  as  well  as  one  taking  the  reverse  course. 

For  anything  we  can  now  see,  this  system  of  currents  and  counter  cur- 
rents may  have  thus  been  going  on  for  ages,  and  it  is  fruitless  to  attempt 


*  Note.— Since  the  above  was  written,  I  learn  that  this  species  has  been  reported  from 
northeast  Iowa  by  Mr.  Wallace,  of  Des  Moines.  Investigation,  however,  develops  the 
fact  tbat  this  report  is  based  on  an  injury  to  clover,  supposed  to  have  been  done  by  this 
beetle.  There  is  no  evidence  showing  that  it  has  been  observed  in  Iowa.  Mr.  E.  A. 
Schwarz,  of  Washington,  reports  it  from  Df  troit,  Michigan,  and  the  report  is  doubtless 
correct;  therefore,  it  may  now  occur  in  extreme  northeast  Indiana,  in  accordance  with 
our  previous  anticipations.  I  wish  also  to  call  attention  to  the  fact  that  this  iDsect,  in 
European  catalogues,  is  placed  in  the  genus  Hylastcs,  and,  so  far  as  known  to  the  writer, 
has  never  bee  n  considered  as  belonging  else  whir  re.  If  it  belongs  to  this  genus  in  Europe, 
it  should  in  the  United  States,  since  no  striking  anatomical  changes  would  follow  its 
transportation  from  that  country  to  this.  If  our  genera  are  not  in  conformity  with  those 
of  the  same  name  in  other  countries,  then  why  use  a  preoccupied  name?  The  idea  that 
this  species  shall  be  a  Hylasinus  in  America  and  a  Hyktstcs  in  Europe,  is  sheer  nonsense 
and  should  be  corrected,  either  in  one  country  or  the  other. 


85 

to  show  how  many  of  our  now  thoroughly  established  species  may  have 
been  brought  to  the  state  in  this  manner.  This  much  for  the  insect  cur- 
rent of  migration  that  has  passed  over  our  great  northwestern  route. 

In  regard  to  the  southwestern  route,  while  it  may  be  said  to  cover  a 
smaller  area  of  the  State,  it  has,  probably,  brought  a  less  number  of  species 
of  foreign  origin,  while  of  American  species,  it  may  have  supplied  the 
state  fauna  with  nearly  an  equal  number.  Any  one  who  will  take  the 
pains  to  look  into  the  matter  will  be  surprised  at  the  number  of  southern 
species  that  are  hovering  about  in  the  vicinity  of  our  dividing  line,  which 
marks  either  their  approximate  northern  limit  of  occurrence,  or  else  their 
northern  limit  of  normal  abundance.  Among  the  Lepidoptera,  Agraulis 
vanillse,  Linn.,  is  a  good  illustration,  as  it  covers  almost  exactly  the  south- 
ern area  and  is  found  in  Indiana  only  in  one  of  the  extreme  southern 
counties.  Argi/nnis  diana,  Cram.,  is  probably  another  example.  On  the 
other  hand,  Papilio  aja.r,  Linn.,  and  P.  crespliontes,  Cram.,  both  southern 
species,  have  pushed  over  and  far  beyond  our  line  of  demarkation.  Indeed, 
it  seems  probable  that  the  former  has  reached  farther  north  in  western 
New  York  than  it  has  along  the  Atlantic.  The  same  might  be  said  of  one  of 
the  Orthoptera,  Acridium  americanum,  IScudd.  I  have  observed  this  rarely 
in  southern  DeKalb  county,  northern  Illinois,  and  quite  abundantly  in 
southern  Illinois,  and  know  it  to  occur  sometimes  in  exceedingly  great 
numbers  in  southeast  Indiana.  It  pushes  far  north  of  our  dividing  line, 
but  is  abundant  only  near  or  to  the  south  of  it.  The  following  from 
"  Field  and  Forest,"  Vol.  II.,  p.  145,  Feb.,  1877,  will  prove  interesting  in 
this  connection: 

"Acridium  americanum. — Two  correspondents,  of  the  Department  of 
Agriculture,  writing  from  Vevay,  Indiana,  about  the  middle  of  last  Novem- 
ber, reported  the  visitation  in  that  place  of  an  immense  cloud  of  grass- 
hoppers that  literally  covered  the  streets  of  the  town.  One  of  the  gentle- 
men observed,  about  5  P.  M.,  dense  cumulo  stratus  clouds  in  the  south- 
west, gradually  overspreading  the  sky  ;  at  G  o'clock  the  wind  had  risen  to 
moderate  gusts,  and  within  half  an  hour  a  rattling  noise  was  heard  against 
the  windows,  like  that  of  light  hail.  On  opening  the  doors,  grasshoppers 
entered  in  immense  numbers,  covering  the  floors,  furniture,  clothing,  &c. 
The  shower  continued  till  8  o'clock  P.  M.,  when  the  ground  was  thickly 
covered,  and  the  boys  began  to  burn  them,  shoveling  them  into  bonfires. 
The  specimen  sent  shows  the  insect  to  have  been  the  Acridium  americanum, 
one  of  our  largest  American  grasshoppers." 


86 

Stagmomantis  Carolina,  Burm.,  is  an  inhabitant  of  southern  Indiana,  and 
breeds  in  the  extreme  southern  portion,  and,  at  least,  as  far  north  as  Jef- 
ferson county.  I  learn  that  a  female  was  captured  in  Indianapolis  last 
year.  The  line  given,  however,  marks  its  northern  limit  of  usual  occur- 
rence. In  Coleoptera,  Di/nasles  lityus,  Linn.,  is  a  good  example.  It  is  a 
southern  species,  occurring  from  Central  America  northeast  to  southern 
New  York.  Its  northern  limit  in  Indiana  is  near  the  line  given  on  the 
accompanying  map.  It  breeds  in  the  vicinity  of  Bloomington,  and  I  have 
seen  a  specimen  taken  at  Columbus.  Tetracha  virginica,  Linn.,  whose  dis- 
tribution Schaupp  gives  as  "Texas,  Louisiana,  Florida,  Nebraska  and 
Pennsylvania,"  I  have  taken  at  LaFayette. 

In  Hemiptera,  Murgantia  histrioniea,  Hahan,  whose  southern  home  is 
Gautemala  and  Mexico,  began  its  northward  march  from  Texas  about 
1866,  and  has  now  reached  northern  New  Jersey  on  the  east,  occurring  in 
southern  Ohio,  where  it  appeared  about  1889.  It  has  for  quite  a  number 
of  years  been  observed  in  southern  Illinois,  but  seems  not  to  have  appeared 
in  Indiana  until  1890,  when  it  was  observed  in  Perry  county.  It  also  occurs 
commonly  over  the  southern  half  of  Missouri,  and,  in  fact,  covering  the 
whole  area  south  of  our  dividing  line,  and,  as  shown,  crowding  closely  up 
to  it  in  Ohio,  Indiana  and  Illinois,  though  it  is  not  likely  to  extend  far 
beyond  this  in  either  of  these  states.  Its  slow  progress  and  scanty  num- 
bers show  it  to  have  nearly  reached  its  northern  limit.  There  are  two 
other  members  of  this  order  of  whose  local  distribution  I  wish  to  speak, 
the  origin  of  both  being  enveloped  in  an  obscurity  altogether  too  dense  to 
offer  any  hope  of  our  ever  being  able  to  solve  the  mysteries  of  their  diffu- 
sion. I  refer  to  the  Chinch  bug,  Bliss"*  h  ucopU  rus,  Say,  and  Cicada  septen- 
decim,  Linn. 

The  Chinch  bug  was  described  by  Say  from  a  specimen  from  the  east 
shore  of  Virginia,  though  it  is  now  known  to  have  at  that  time  occurred 
in  destructive  numbers  in  Illinois,  and  at  no  great  distance  from  New  Har- 
mony, Indiana.  In  fact,  Illinois  seems  to  have  been  the  central  point  of 
its  greatest  abundance— the  storm  center,  so  to  speak.  In  Indiana,  its 
destructive  area  may  be  approximately  included  by  a  line  drawn  from  the 
northwest  corner,  near  Chicago,  to  New  Albany,  and  its  area  of  occurrence 
in  noticeable  numbers  by  a  line  drawn  from  the  same  point  to  Ft.  Wayne 
and  the  eastern  border  of  Ohio.  North  of  this  line,  especially  in  the 
northern  row  of  counties,  the  insect  can  only  be  found  by  close  collecting. 
I  myself  spent  a  half  a  day  in  LaGrange  county  during  a  season  of  great 


abundance  elsewhere,  and  found  but  a  single  specimen,  and  this  of  the 
short-winged  form,  which  occurs  also  in  New  York,  being  variety  (e)  of 
Fitch.  I  have  spent  a  great  deal  of  time  and  investigation  in  trying  to 
unravel  the  mystery  of  this  distribution,  but  can  now  give  no  reason  for 
the  almost  total  absence  of  the  species  in  the  northeastern  portion  of  the 
state,  while  they  are  overabundant  in  the  opposite  direction. 

While  located  in  Indiana,  an  opportunity  was  offered  me  to  study  the 
distribution  of  three  broods  of  Cicada  septendecim,  Linn.,  very  carefully. 
These  were  Brood  XXII.,  1885;  Brood  V.,  1888;  Brood  VIII.,  1889.  The 
first  of  these  covered  the  whole  area  of  the  state  except  a  narrow  strip  of 
country  around  the  southern  extremity  of  Lake  Michigan,  the  outlines 
being  approximately  described  by  a  line  commencing  at  the  northern 
boundary  of  the  state,  nearly  or  quite  due  north  of  the  city  of  LaPorte, 
and  extending  nearly  south- southwest,  running  a  short  distance  east  of 
Westville,  on  the  L.,  N.  A.  &  C.  R.  R.,  and  crossing  this  railway  near 
Wanatah ;  then  sweeping  southwest  to  the  western  boundary  of  the  state. 
This  brood  probably  occupied  the  territory  along  the  Kankakee  river,  and 
extending  a  short  distance  northward  into  Lake  and  Porter  counties. 

Brood  V.,  1888,  so  far  as  I  have  been  able  to  learn,  covered  almost  ex- 
actly the  area  not  visited  by  Brood  XXII.,  and  was  not  observed  else- 
where in  the  state. 

Brood  VIII.,  I  have  definitely  recorded  from  the  counties  of  Brown, 
Clark,  Crawford,  Daviess,  Dearborn,  Floyd,  Gibson,  Harrison,  Johnson, 
Knox,  Lawrence,  Monroe,  Morgan,  Orange,  Scott,  Tippecanoe,  Warwick 
and  Washington.  In  Harrison  county,  only,  were  the  insects  abundant, 
and  in  Tippecanoe  county  the  invasion  was  only  known  from  a  single 
female  captured  by  the  young  sons  of  Dr.  E.  Test.  Broods  XXII.  and  V. 
are  both  strong  ones,  while  Brood  VIII.  is  apparently  very  weak,  and, 
owing  to  the  clearing  up  of  the  forests  and  the  attacks  of  the  English  spar- 
row, it  will  not  be  surprising  if  it  becomes  nearly  or  quite  extinct  in 
Indiana  during  the  next  century. 

Of  the  Diptera  very  little  is  really  known.  I  am  quite  sure  the  two 
species  of  Simulium,  S.  pecuarium,  Riley,  and  S.  meredi&nale,  Riley,  both 
inhabit  the  southwestern  portion  of  the  state.  How  far  northward  they 
may  occur  I  am  not  able  to  say.  The  species  found  in  Franklin  county 
I  am  sure  is  different,  but  it  may  not  be  a  northern  form. 

I  have  thus  gone  over  the  subject  in  a  general  way,  without  going  int«» 
a  detailed  account  of  a  greater  number  of  species  than  necessary  to  illus- 


88 

trate  my  points.  To  have  done  so  would  have  required  a  greater  knowledge 
of  local  distribution  of  species  than  we  now  possess.  What  is  at  present 
especially  needed  is  intelligent,  continuous,  persistent  local  collecting, 
such  as  is  heing  done  by  Mr.  Evans,  of  Evansville,  Profs.  Blatchley,  of 
Terre  Haute,  and  W.  P.  Shannon,  of  Greensburg,  and  Judge  McBride  and 
sons,  of  Elkhart.  It  is  only  by  long  acquaintance  with  a  locality  that 
we  become  familiar  with  its  fluctuating  insect  fauna — species  that  do  not 
occur  every  year,  and  when  they  do  appear  are  present  only  in  scant 
numbers  and  over  a  limited  area. 

A  careful  study  of  species,  other  than  those  here  given,  may  throw  much 
light  on  the  problem  of  general  geographical  distribution,  and  our  divid- 
ing line  is  supposed  to  be  correct  in  a  general  way,  as,  of  course,  there  can 
be  no  such  thing  as  an  exact  or  continuous  line  of  demarkation.  This 
will  of  necessity  be  more  or  less  irregular.  Again,  a  species  spreads  over 
an  area  particularly  adapted  for  its  occupancy.  But,  no  sooner  is  this 
done  than  the  individuals  along  the  frontier  begin  to  adapt  themselves  to 
an  environment  but  slightly  unfavorable,  and,  as  their  adaptation  changes, 
so  do  they  slowly  advance  outward  from  the  territory  originally  occupied. 
A  series  of  to  them  favorable  seasons  might  occasion  the  occupation  of  a 
wide  margin  of  adjoining  country,  while  a  series  of  unfavorable  seasons 
might  sweep  this  tide  of  advance  back  nearly  or  quite  to  the  place  of  its 
origin.  But,  as  the  receding  tide  of  the  ocean  leaves  many  pools  of  water 
in  the  depressions  of  rock,  so  will  there  be  left,  in  especially  favorable 
nooks,  a  few  of  the  insects  which  will  retain  their  hold  and  form  small, 
local  colonies,  of  perhaps  not  more  than  a  few  individuals,  and  the  off- 
spring of  these  will  meet  the  investigator  long  distances  from  the  real 
habitat  of  the  species.  There  is  scarcely  a  collector  who  does  not  know 
of  one  or  more  small,  secluded  areas,  in  his  neighborhood,  that  are  rich  in 
varieties,  and  which  he  seldom  visits  without  satisfaction,  and  frequently 
he  is  astonished  at  his  success.  How  long  this  ebb  and  flow  has  been 
going  on,  and  how  many  species  have  been  brought  to  us  in  this  way,  are 
problems  we  are  yet  unable  to  solve.  Therefore,  these  facts  have  been 
brought  together,  and  are  here  presented,  not  as  a  finished,  or,  indeed,  as 
an  advanced  study,  but  rather  as  a  primary  outline,  to  be  revised  and 
modified  as  our  knowledge  of  the  geographical  distribution  of  our  species 
shall  be  enlarged  by  additional  study  and  research. 


89 

An  extreme  case  of  parasitism.     By  Robert  Hkssi.hk.     Published  in  Amer- 
ican Naturalist. 


A      PARTIAL     LIST     OF     NEW      SPECIES    OF     PARASITIC     II  YMKNOl'TEU  A      REARED     IN 

Indiana.  By  F.  M.  Webster. 
In  the  fallowing  list  it  is  my  intention  to  include  only  such  species  as 
were  undescribed  at  the  time  they  were  reared  by  myself  during  an  eight 
years  residence  in  the  State.  These  have  nearly  all  been  since  described 
and,  with  but  few  exceptions,  from  types  furnished  by  my  rearings.  The 
object  in  presenting  this  matter  is  to  place  it  in  a  form  convenient  for 
reference  by  the  future  investigator,  reference  in  all  cases  being- given  to 
the  original  description.  I  have  not  as  yet  been  able  to  complete  the  list 
of  those  now  described,  and  still  others  remain  to  be  described,  but  I 
hope  to  include  all  or  nearly  all  of  them  in  a  future  paper: 

1.  Bracon  agrili  Ashm.  From  larvae  of  Agri'us  fulgens  Lee,  burrowing 
in  trunks  of  maple.  La  Fayette,  April  and  May.  (Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus., 
1888,  p.  612.) 

2.  Bracon  diastolic  Ashm.  From  Dipterous  leaf  miner,  Diastata  n.  sp.  in 
corn.    La  Fayette,  June  28,  1886.     (Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1S88,  p.  617.) 

i5.  Bracon  phycidis  Riley,  MS.  From  Phycis  indiginella  Zell.  Oxford, 
July  9,  1884. 

4.  Bracon  n.  sp.  From  Trypeta  gibba  Loew,  in  galls  on  Ambrosia 
artrmimefolia.     La  Fayette,  May  3,  1889. 

5.  Bracon  n.  sp.  From  larvse  of  Bhyssematus  lineaticollis  Say,  in  seed 
pods  of  Asclepiits  corymbosa.     La  Fayette,  March  29,  1889. 

Mr.  Frederick  Blanchard,  of  Lowell,  Mass.,  in  a  letter  to  me,  says  he 
has  reared  R.  lineaticollis  from  Asclepius  in  Massachusetts,  and  that  it  is 
there  attacked  by  a  Hymenopterous  parasite. 

(i.     Dimeris  rufipts  Aahva.    Host  unknown.     La  Fayette. 

7.  Rhyssalm  loxotenice  Ashm.  From  Loxotenia  clemensiana  Fern.  La 
Fayette.     (Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1888,  p.  629.) 

s.  Aphidius  obtcuripe%  Ashm.  Host  unknown.  La  Fayette.  (Proc.  U. 
S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1888,  p.  660.) 

9.  Aphidius  pallidus  Ashm.  Host  not  known.  La  Fayette.  (Proc.  U. 
S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1888,  p.  661.) 

10.  LysiphleMis  multiarticulatus  Ashm.  Host  some  species  of  Aphides. 
La  Fayette.     (Proc.  XL  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  188S,  p.  664  i 


90 

11.  Lysiphlebus  ribaphidis  Ashm.  From  Aphis  ribes  on  currant.  La 
Grange  county,  July  12,  1886.     (Proc.  17.  S:  Nat.  Mus.,  1888,  p.  664.) 

12.  Lysiphlebus  cucurbitaphidis  Ashm.  From  Siphonopliora  cucurbits 
Middleton.    La  Fayette.     (Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1888,  p.  665.) 

13.  Lysiphlebus  eragroslaphidis  Ashm.  Swept  from  Eragrostis.  La  Fay- 
ette, October  4,  1885.  The  host  is  probably  Glyphina  eragrostidis  Mid- 
dleton.    (Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1888,  p.  665. 1 

14.  Lysiphl  bux  mysi  Ashm.  From  Mysus  ribis  L.  La  Fayette,  See  Insect 
Life,  Vol.  3,  p.  6.     (Proc.  V.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1888,  p.  666.) 

15.  Lysiphlebus  tritici  Ashm.  Host  Aphis  mali  Fab.  La  Fayette. 
October  14,  1888.  See  Insect  Life,  Vol.  3,  p.  61.  (Proc.  IT.  S.  Nat.  Mus.. 
1888,  p.  668. ) 

16.  Dhrretus  americanus  Ashm.  From  Siphonopliora  avena  Fabr.  Prob- 
ably Southern  Indiana.     (Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1888,  p.  669.) 

17.  Dhrretus  brunnivenlris  Ashm.  From  .Siphonopliora  aren:< .  Southern 
Indiana.     (Proc.  U.  S  Nat.  Mus.,  1888,  p.  670. 1 

18.  Dhrretus  websteri  Ashm.  From  Siphonopliora  avena. .  Southern  In- 
diana.    (Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1888,  p.  669.) 

19.  Pcichyneuron  micans  Howard.  From  Siphonophora  avena?  Fab. 
Goshen.  Have  also  reared  it  at  Wooster,  Ohio,  from  Aphis  or  grass, 
probably  Aphis  mali  Fab.     (Insect  Life,  3,  p.  246.) 

20.  Megaspilus  nigrr  Howard.  From  Siphonophora  arena  Fab.  La 
Fayette.     (Insect  Life,  3,  p.  247.) 

21.  Encyitus  websteri  Howard.  From  Siphonopliora  "ren:<  Fab.  La 
Fayette.     (Insect  Life,  3,  p.  247.) 

22.  Enci/rtus  clisiocampse  Ashm.  From  eggs  of  Clidocampi  disstri  Hub. 
Franklin,  Ind.     (Ohio  Agr'l.  Exp.  Sta.  Bull.  3,  Vol.  I.,  Technical  Series.) 

23.  Herpestomns  plutelhe  Ashm.  From  Plufrlla  cruciferarum.  La  Fay- 
ette ;  also  at  Columbus,  Ohio.     (Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1880,  p.  306. ) 

24.  Ortlwpelma  bimaculatum  Ashm.  Host  not  known.  La  Fayette. 
(Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1889,  p.  416.) 

25.  Limnera  flavicincta  Ashm.  Host  not  known.  La  Fayette.  (Proc. 
U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1889,  p.  436.) 

26.  Zela  nigrirep*  Riley,  MS.  From  Omnibus  zedJus  Fern.  Cass,  Sulli- 
van county,  July  11,  1886. 

27.  Acoloides  saitidis  Howard.  From  eggs  of  spider,  Saiti-  pulex.  The 
types  were  reared  in  Nebraska  by  Prof.  Lawrence  Bruner,  but  specimens 


91 

were  several  years  previously   reared  by  me  at  Oxford,   October,  1884. 
See  Insect  Life,  Vol.  2,  p.  359.     (Insect  Life,  2,  p.  269. 1 

28.  Meraporm  bruchivorus  Ashm.  From  Bruchus  exiguus  Horn.  La 
Fayette.     (Obio  Agr'l.  Exp.  Sta.  Bull.  3,  Vol.  I.,  Technical  Series.) 

29.  Catolaccus  tyloderrnn'  Ashm.  From  Tylnderma  foveolatvm  Say.  La 
Fayette.     (Ohio  Agr'l.  Exp.  Sta.  Bull.  3,  Vol.  I.,  Technical  Series.) 

30.  Glypta  sp.  ?  From  cocoon  on  red  cedar.  La  Fayette.  See  Insect 
Life,  Vol.  3,  p.  464. 

31.  Wesmaelia  Rileyi  Ashmead.  Although  the  specimens,  six  in  num- 
ber, from  which  the  description  was  drawn,  were  in  the  Riley  collection 
and  the  species  named  in  honor  of  the  possessor,  they  were  reared  by 
me  at  Oxford,  Ind.,  July  24-August  1,  1884,  and  sent  to  the  U.  S.  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture,  in  whose  employ  I  was  at  that  time.  These  appeared 
in  a  breeding  cage  in  which  I  was  rearing  Toxoptrra  graminum,  and  as 
there  was  no  other  inhabitant  of  this  cage,  that  species  must  have  been 
the  host.  This  was  the  first  time  the  species  had  been  observed.  It  is 
not,  however,  a  true  Wesmaelid,  and  represents  a  rare  family  not  as  yet 
included  in  our  lists.     (Proc.  IT.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1888,  p.  641.) 

32.  Pygostotus  americanus  Ashmead.  (MS.)  Reared  at  LaFayette,  Ind., 
Aug.,  1889,  from  wheat  stubble.  As  this  stubble  was  infested  by  the  Hes- 
sian fly  and  its  various  parasites,  including  EupeJmus  allynii  French,  and 
as  I  also  reared  from  the  same  lot  of  stubble,  Acoloides  howard ii  Ashmead, 
a  spider  parasite,  Labes  hyphlocylm  Ashmead,  Encyrtus  tarsalis  Ashmead, 
an  undetermined  species  of  Bcetomus  and  a  Homoporus  sp.,  it  is  useless  to 
theorize  in  regard  to  which  of  these  might  have  been  the  host. 

33.  Encyrtus  tarsalis  Ashmead.  (MS.)  This  was  reared  with  the  pre- 
ceding, and  also  at  LaPorte,  Ind. 

34.  Encyrtus  brunnipennis  Ashmead.  i  MS.  I  Keared  from  wheat  stubble 
from  LaPorte,  Ind.,  August,  1889. 

35.  Atekopterus  tarsalis  Ashmead.  Reared  at  LaFayette,  Ind.,  from  Sil- 
vanus  surinamensis,  infesting  stored  grain.  This  had  previously  been  reared 
at  Washington,  D.  C,  by  Mr.  Ashmead,  from  the  same  insect  infesting 
raisins.     (Bull.  V.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  No.  45,  p.  45,  1X93.) 

30.  Cacus  wcanthi  Riley,  Nov.  Gen.,  et.  sp.  Reared  from  the  eggs  of 
QZcarttlius  nirens  at  LaFayette,  Ind.  This  species  is  the  type  of  the  genus, 
and  the  only  onee  whose  parasitism  is  known.  (Bull.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus., 
No.  45.,  pp.  223-4,  1893.) 

Platygaster  error  Fitch.     Reared   June   14,   1N84,  at  Oxford.  Ind.,  from 


larvee  of  Diplosis  tritici.  The  original  describer  was  in  doubt  as  to  whether 
this  was  really  a  parasite  of  this  species,  the  wheat  midge,  or  not.  Re- 
described  by  Mr.  Ashmead  from  specimens  reared  by  myself  as  above. 
(Bull.  IT.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  No.  45,  p.  291,  1893.) 


A  MITE,   PROBABLY    HYPODERAS    COI.l'MH.K,   PARASITIC    IX    THE    PIGEON.       By  W 
W.  NORMAX. 


The  LorusTiD.K  of  Indiana.    By  W.  S.  Blatchxey,  Terre  Haute,  Indiana. 

The  order  of  insects  known  as  the  Orthoptera  comprises  seven  families, 
three  of  which  are  alike  in  having  the  posterior  femora  more  or  less  en 
larged  for  leaping ;  the  three  being  therefore  classed  together  in  a  sub- 
order called  the  Saltatoria,  or  jumpers. 

In  the  present  paper  we  have  to  deal  with  that  family  of  this  suborder 
known  as  the  Locustichr,  which  comprises  those  insects  commonly  called 
katydids,  green  grasshoppers,  and  stone  or  camel  crickets. 

The  distinguishing  characters  of  the  members  of  the  family  Locustidiv 
are  the  long,  slender,  tapering,  many-jointed  antenna1;  the  almost  uni- 
versal absence  of  ocelli  or  simple  eyes;  the  four  jointed  i:  tarsi  or  feet; 
and  the  ensiform  or  falcate  ovipositor  of  the  females  which  is  made  of  four 
Flattened  plates;  the  males  having,  in  many  instances,  abdominal  ap- 
pendages corresponding  to  the  parts  of  the  ovipositor,  which  are  used  as 
clasping  organs.  The  tegmina  or  wing  covers,  when  present,  slope  obliquely 
downwards,  instead  of  being  bent  abruptly,  as  in  the  GryUidn- ;  and  in 
most  cases  the  wings  are  longer  than  the  tegmina. 

The  stridulating  or  musical  organ  of  the  males  is  quite  similar  in  struc- 
ture to  that  of  the  male  cricket,  being  found  at  the  base  of  the  overlap- 
ping dorsal  surface  of  the  tegmina  and  usually  consisting  of  a  transparent 
membrane,  of  a  more  or  less  ruunded  form,  which  is  crossed  by  a  promi- 
nent curved  vein,  which  on  the  under  side  bears  a  single  row  of  minute 
file  like  teeth.  In  stridulating  the  wing  covers  are  moved  apart  and  then 
shuffled  together  again  when  these  teeth  are  rubbed  over  a  vein  on  the 

*  The  members  of  the  genus  Daihinia,  no  one  of  which  occurs  in  Indiana,  nave  the 
fore  and  hind  tarsi  three-jointed. 


93 

upper  surface  of  the  other  wing  cover,  producing  the  familiar,  so  called 
"katydid"  sound.  Each  of  the  different  species  makes  a  distinct  call  or 
note  of  its  own,  and  mauy  of  them  have  two  calls,  one  which  they  use  by 
night  and  the  other  by  day.  Any  one  who  will  pay  close]  attention  to 
these  different  calls  can  soon  learn  to  distinguish  each  species  by  its  note 
as  readily  as  the  ornithologist  can  recognize  different  species  of  birds  in 
the  same  manner.  The  ear  of  these  insects,  when  present,  is  also  similar 
in  structure  and  position  to  that  of  the  cricket's,  being  an  oblong  or  oval 
cavity  covered  with  a  transparent  or  whitish  membrane,  and  situated  near 
the  basal  end  of  the  front  tibiae. 

The  young  of  Locustidse,  like  those  of  the  other  families  of  the  order, 
when  hatched  from  the  egg  resemble  the  adults  in  form  but  are  wholly 
wingless.  As  they  increase  in  size  they  moult  or  shed  the  skin  five  times, 
the  wings  each  time  becoming  more  apparent,  until  after  the  fifth  moult 
when  they  appear  fully  developed,  and  the  insect  is  mature,  or  lull  grown, 
never  increasing  in  size  thereafter.  Throughout  their  entire  lives  they 
are  active,  greedy  feeders,  mostly  herbivorous  in  habit ;  and  where  pres- 
ent in  numbers  necessarily  do  much  harm  to  growing  vegetation. 

Among  the  families  of  Orthoptera  the  Locustidse  take  a  rank  .second  only 
to  the  Gryllidie.  The  high  specialization  of  the  ovipositor  of  the  female 
and  the  perfection  of  structure  of  the  stridulating  organ  of  the  male  place 
these  two  families  above  all  others  in  the  scale  of  Orthopteron  life.  That 
the  two  are  very  closely  related  can  be  readily  seen  by  any  one  who  will 
carefully  compare  them,  organ  with  organ.  The  Gryllidie  are  placed  first, 
however,  by  most  entomologists,  as  the  great  variety  of  form  of  almost 
any  given  organ  among  them,  when  compared  with  its  relative  uniformity 
of  structure  among  the  Locustidse,  seems  to  indicate  the  higher  rank  of  the 
former." 

In  the  number  of  species  in  any  given  locality  the  Locustidse  far  outrank 
the  Gryllidie,  being  excelled  in  this  respect  among  the  other  Orthopteron 
families  only  by  the  Acrididie  or  locusts.  In  Indiana  thirty-nine  species 
of  Locustidse  are  known  to  occur  and  are  listed  in  the  present  paper,  speci- 
mens of  all  being  in  my  private  collection.  This  is  eleven  more  than  are 
known  in  any  other  state  from  which  lists  have  been  published ;  McNeill 
having  listed  twenty-seven  from  Illinois;  Smith,  twenty- eight  from  New 
Jersey ;  Odborne,  twenty- four  from  Iowa,  and  Fernald  sixteen  from  all  New 
England. 


Scudder,  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XII ,  jstis,  2:.:;. 


«)4 

Undoubtedly  other  species  occur  in  Indiana,  especially  in  the  southern 
half  of  the  state,  but  having  had  to  rely  almost  wholly  upon  my  own  col- 
lecting, which  has  been  done  in  Putnam,  Vigo,  Montgomery,  Wabash, 
Marshall  and  Fulton  counties,  the  eastern  and  southern  parts  of  the  state 
are  wholly  unrepresented  in  the  list.  Three  persons,  Prof.  E.  E.  Slick,  of 
Michigan  City;  Prof.  W.  P.  Hay,  formerly  of  Irvington,  and  Mr.  W.  A. 
Riley,  of  Greencastle,  have  sent  me  small  collections  from  their  respective 
localities  which  have  aided  me  much  in  recording  the  distribution  of  cer- 
tain species. 

To  Mr.  S.  H.  Scudder,  of  Cambridge,  Mass.,  I  am  indebted  for  the  loan 
of  typical  specimens  of  the  genus  Ceulhophilus  for  comparison ;  and  to  Prof. 
Lawrence  Bruner,  of  Lincoln,  Nebraska,  for  aid  in  identifying  and  verifying 
certain  species.  Prof.  Bruner  also  furnished  me  some  valuable  notes  con- 
cerning the  general  distribution  of  a  number  of  the  species,  which  are  in- 
corporated under  their  respective  species  in  the  list  below. 

The  descriptions  of  such  species  of  Locustidx  as  occur  in  the  eastern 
United  States  are  scattered  through  many  scientific  books  and  papers 
which  are  for  the  most  part  inaccessible  to  beginners  in  entomology.  I 
have  thought  it  best,  therefore,  to  prepare  a  synopsis  of  tbe  sub-families 
and  of  the  genera  under  each  sub-family,  which  are  represented  in  the 
state.  A  short  description  of  each  species,  with  such  notes  concerning  its 
distribution,  food,  habits,  and  comparative  abundance,  as  have  been  gath- 
ered during  my  collecting,  is  also  given,  together  with  a  synonymy  of  the 
species,  as  far  as  obtainable  from  the  works  at  hand. 

The  following  is  a  bibliography  of  authors  and  works  to  which  reference 
is  made  in  this  synonymy: 

Bruner,  Lawrence. — First  Contribution  to  a  Knowledge  of  the  Orthop- 
tera  of  Kansas.  (Bulletin  of  the  Washburne  College  Laboratory  of  Nat- 
ural History,  Volume  I.,  Xo.  4.,  1885.)  Second  Contribution  to  a  Knowl- 
edge of  the  Orthoptera  of  Kansas.  (Loc.  tit.,  Vol.  I.,  No.  7,  188G.)  Ten 
New  Species  of  Orthoptera  from  Nebraska.  (Canadian  Entomologist, 
XX  III.,  1891.) 

Brunner,  C.  von  Wattenwyl.— Monographic  der  Phaneropteriden.  (Ver- 
handlungen  der  K.  K.  Zoologisch-botanischen  Gesellschaft  in  Wien,  1878.) 
Monographie  der  Stenopelmat;den  und  Gryllacriden.    (Loc.  tit.,  1888.) 

Burmeister,  Hermann. — Handbuch  der  Eotomologie,  II.,  1838. 

Comstock,  J.  H. — Report  of  U.  S.  Entomologist.  (U.  S.  Agricultural  Re- 
port, 1880.)     An  Introduction  to  Entomology,  I.,  1888. 


95 

Davis,  W.  T.— The  Song  of  Thyreonotus.  (Canadian  Entomologist,  X XV., 
1893.) 

Fernald,  C.  H.—  The  Orthoptera  of  New  England,  1888. 

Harris,  Dr.  T.  W. —A  Treatise  on  Some  Insects  Injurious  to  Vegetation. 
Third  edition,  1862. 

McNeill,  Jerome.— A  List  of  the  Orthoptera  of  Illinois.  (Psyche, VI.,  1891.) 

Osborn,  Herbert.— On  the  <  >rthopterous  Fauna  of  Iowa.  (Proceedings 
of  the  Iowa  Academy  of  Science,  I.,  Part  II.,  1892.) 

Packard,  A.  S.,  Jun. — Guide  to  the  Study  of  Insects.  Eighth  edition, 
1883. 

Rathvon,  S.  S. — In  the  U.  S.  Agricultural  Report,  1862. 

Redtenbaeher,  Josef. — Monographic  der  Conocephaliden.  (Verhand- 
lungen  der.  K.  K.  Zoologisch-botanischen  Gesellschaft  in  Wien,  1891.) 

Riley,  Dr.  C.  V. — Katydids.  (Sixth  Annual  Report  on  the  Noxious, 
Beneficial,  and  other  Insects  of  the  State  of  Missouri,  1874.)  Orthoptera. 
(Standard  Natural  History,  II.,  1884.) 

Scudder,  Samuel  II. — On  the  Genus  Raphidophora,  Serville.  (Proceed- 
ings Boston  Society  Nalural  History,  VIII.,  1861.)  Materials  for  a  Mono- 
graph of  the  North  American  Orthoptera.  (Boston  Journal  of  Natural 
History,  VII.,  1862.)  Notes  on  the  Stridulation  of  some  New  England 
Orthoptera.  (Proceedings  Boston  Society,  Natural  History,  XL,  1868.)  The 
Songs  of  the  Grasshoppers.  (American  Naturalist,  II.,  1868.)  Descriptions 
of  New  Species  of  Orthoptera  in  the  Collections  of  the  American  Ento- 
mological Society.  (Transactions  of  the  American  Entomological  Society, 
II.,  1869.)  The  Distribution  of  Insec  s  in  New  Hampshire.  (First  Volume 
of  the  Final  Report  upon  the  Geology  of  New  Hampshire,  1874.)  Ento- 
mological Notes,  IV.,  (Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVII.,  1874-5.)  Ento- 
mological Notes,  VI.,  (Loc.  tit.,  XIX.,  1878).  A  Century  of  Orthoptera, 
1879.  Locustidse.  (American  Encyclopaedia,  Edition  1881).  The  Songs  of 
Our  Grasshoppers  and  Crickets.  (Twenty-third  Annual  Report  of  the  En- 
tomological Society  of  Ontario,  1892.) 

Serville,  M.  Audinet. — Histoire  Naturelle  des  Insectes.  Orthopteres, 
1839. 

Smith,  Sidney  I.— On  the  Orthoptera  of  the  State  of  Maine.  (Proceed- 
ings of  the  Portland  Society  of  Natural  History,  1868.) 

Smith,  John  B. — A  Catalogue  of  the  Insects  Found  in  New  Jersey.  (Final 
Report  of   the  State  Geologist,  II.,  1890.)     Grasshoppers,  Locusts  and 


96 

Crickets.  (Bulletin  90,  New  Jersey  Agricultural  College  Experiment  Sta- 
tions, 1892.) 

Thomas,  Cyrus  H. — Insects  Injurious  to  Vegetation  in  Illinois.  (Trans- 
actions of  the  Illinois  State  Agricultural  Society,  V.,  1865.)  A  List  of 
<  )rthoptera  collected  by  J.  Duncan  Putnam  of  Davenport,  Iowa,  in  Colo- 
rado, Utah,  and  Wyoming  Territories.  (Proceedings  of  the  Davenport 
Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  I.,  1876.) 

TJhler,  Philip  R. — In  Harris'  Report  on  Insects  Injurious  to  Vegetation, 
third  edition,  1862. 

Walsh,  B.  D. — On  Certain  Entomological  Speculations  of  the  New  Eng- 
land School  of  Naturalists.  (Proceedings  of  the  Entomological  Society  of 
Philadelphia,  III.,  1864.) 

Wheeler,  Wm.  M. — Notes  on  the  Oviposition  and  Embryonic  Develop- 
ment of  Xiphidium  cnsifentm,  Scud.  (Insect  Life,  II.,  1890.) 

Blatchley,  W.  s.— Some  New  Locustida^  from  Indiana.  (Canadian  Ento- 
mologist, XXV.,  1893.) 

A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  SUB  FAMILIES  OF  I.OOSTII)  1.  FOUND  IX  INDIANA. 

o.     Tegmina  and  wings  present. 
b.     Prosternal  spines  absent;  vertex  rounded  or  deflexed 
without  spine,   tubercle  or  cone ;    tegmina  always 

shorter  than  the  wings Piiaxeroi'terix.k.       p.  97 

bb.  Prosternal  spines  present ;  vertex  either  terminating  in 
a  sharp  flat  spine  or  produced  upwards  and  forwards 
in  a  rounded  tubercle  or  prominent  cone. 

c.  AVing  covers  leaf  like,  broadly  expanded  in  the  mid- 

dle, concave  within,  longer  than  the  wings  ;  vertex 

terminating  in  a  sharp  flat  spine  .    .    .  P.seidophyllin.e.     p.  109 

<■<•.     Wing  covers  narrow,  not  expanded  in  the  middle, 

of  en  shorter  than  the  wings  ;  vertex  terminating  in 

a  rounded  tubercle  or  prominent  cone  .  Conocephalin^e.     p.  Ill 

<ia.     Tegmina  and  wings  absent,  or  the  former  rudimentary. 

d.  Pronotum  short,  not  covering  the  whole  top  of  the 

thorax  ;  prosternal  spines  absent    .    .  Stenopelmatinje.     p.  140 
dd.    Pronotum  extending  back  to  the  abdomen ;  proster- 
nal spines  present Decticidix.e.     p.  149 


LO(   USTIDJE. 
PHANEROPTERIJJJE. 

The  species  of  this  sub-family  are  among  the  largest  of  our  Locustidce, 
and,  with  those  of  the  next,  are  commonly  known  as  "  Katydids,"  The 
apex  of  the  head  is  obtuse  or  rounded,  without  cone  or  spine,  and  the 
prosternum  is  unarmed.  The  wing  covers  are  shorter  than  the  wings, 
usually  expanded  in  the  middle,  and  of  a  bright,  uniform  green  color.  The 
wings  are  folded,  like  a  fan  and  are  long  and  strong,  the  insects  being  fly- 
ers rather  than  leapers.  The  hind  limbs,  being  seldom  used  except  to 
give  themselves  an  upward  impetus  at  the  beginning  of  flight,  while  long 
and  slender,  are  proportionally  much  smaller  in  diameter  than  in  the 
sub-family  Gmocepfialinx,  whose  members  leap  rather  than  fly. 

The  "  Katydids"  are  the  most  arboreal  of  all  the  Locustidse,  the  great 
majority  of  them  passing  their  entire  lives  on  shrubs  and  trees  where 
they  feed  upon  the  leaves  and  tender  twigs,  and  when  present  in  num- 
bers often  do  excessive  injury.  The  color  and  form  of  their  wings  serve 
admirably  to  protect  them  against  their  worst  foes,  the  birds  ;  and  as  they 
live  a  solitary  life,  i.  e.,  do  not  flock  together  in  numbers  as  do  the  green 
grasshoppers,  they  are  but  seldom  noticed  by  man.  Their  love  calls,  or 
songs,  however,  make  the  welkin  ring  at  night  from  mid-August  until 
after  heavy  frost,  and  though  but  one  or  two  of  the  eight  species  found 
in  the  State  make  a  note  in  any  way  resembling  the  syllables  "  Katy  did, 
she  did,"  yet  all  are  accredited  with  this  sound  by  the  casual  observer, 
and  hence  the  common  name  usually  given  to  the  members  of  this  sub- 
family. Their  call  is  seldom  made  by  day  for  the  obvious  reason  that  it 
might  attract  the  attention  of  the  birds  and  so  lead  to  the  destruction  of 
the  songster.  As  twilight  approaches,  however,  the  male  of  each  species 
begins  his  peculiar  note  which  is  kept  up  with  little  or  no  intermission 
until  the  approach  of  day  warns  him  that  his  feathered  enemies  will  soon 
be  on  the  alert,  and  that  silence  will  be,  for  a  time,  the  best  policy  to 
pursue. 

From  the  other  Locustida\  the  Katydids  differ  widely  in  their  habits  of 
oviposition,  the  eggs  not  being  deposited  in  the  earth  or  in  twigs,  but  are 
usually  glued  fast  in  double  rows  to  the  outer  surface  of  slender  twigs  or 
on  the  edges  of  leaves.  The  eggs  of  the  most  common  species  appear  like 
small  flattened  hemp  seeds,  and  usually  overlap  one  another  in  the  row  in 
which  they  are  placed.  On  account  of  this  method  of  oviposition,  the 
ovipositors  of  the  "  Katydids"  are  broader,  more  curved,  and  more  obtuse 
7 


98 

at  the  end  than  in  the  other  sub-families  whose  members  oviposit  in  the 
earth  or  in  stems  of  grass.  This  sub-family  is  represented  in  Indiana,  so 
far  as  known,  by  three  genera  and  eight  species. 

Key  to  Genera  of  Phaneropterinje. 
a.     Wing  covers  of   equal  breadth  throughout ;    supra-anal 
plate  of  male  with  a  long  decurved  spine  which  is 

notched  at  the  end I.     Scudderia. 

mi.     Wing  covers  widest  in  the  middle  ;  supra-anal  plate 
of  male  not  as  above. 
h.     Hind  femora  but  little  if  any  shorter  than  wing 
covers  ;  ovipositor  well  developed,  curved  grad- 
ually upwards II.     Amblycorypha. 

bb.  Hind  femora  much  shorter  than  wing  covers; 
ovipositor  very  short,  turned  abruptly  up- 
wards    III.      MlCROCENTRUJI. 

1.  Scudderia,  Stal  (1873). 
This  genus  includes  Katydids  of  medium  size,  with  the  wing  covers 
long,  narrow,  of  nearly  equal  width  throughout,  and  rounded  at  the  ends. 
The  vertex  is  deflexed,  compressed,  and  hollowed  out  on  either  side  for 
the  better  accomodation  of  the  eyes,  which  are  nearly  hemispherical. 
The  hind  femora  are  long  and  slender,  almost  equalling  the  length  of  the 
wing  covers  in  some  of  the  species.  The  ovipositor  is  short,  broad,  curved 
sharply  upwards,  and  has  the  apical  third  finely  crenate  on  both  margins. 
The  males  are  readily  distinguished  from  those  of  other  genera  by  having 
both  anal  plates  projected  into  long  curved  processes;  the  one  from  the 
supra-anal  plate  curving  downwards  and  notched  or  forked  at  the  end, 
that  from  the  sub-anal  curving  upwards,  and  likewise  notched.  The 
form  of  these  processes,  together  with  that  of  the  notches  serve  as  valu- 
able characters  in  distinguishing  the  species.  Six  species  have  been 
described  from  the  United  States,  four  of  which  occur  in  Indiana. 

«.     Length  of  posterior  femora  28  or  more  mm. * 
b.    Notch  of  supra-anal  spine  of  male  square  with  a  slight  median 
tooth,  almost  as'  wide  as  the  middle,  of  the  upturned  sub-anal 
spine ;  the  lateral  processes  slender  and  compressed. 


Note.— The  measurements  in  this  paper  are  given  in  millimeters,  an  inch  being 
equal  to  very  nearly  twenty-five  millimeters.  The  measurements  given  arc,  when  pos- 
sible, the  average  of  a  number  of  specimens,  and  the  "length  of  body"  does  not  in- 
clude the  sexual  appendages  of  male  nor  the  ovipositor  of  female. 


99 

1.    Scudderia  curvicauda,  (DeGeer.)* 

"Locusta  curvicauda,  DeGeer,  Mem.,  III.,  1773,  44(i,  PI.  38,  fig.  3.'' 
Phaneroptera  curvicauda,  Burmeister,  Handbuch  der  Ent.,  II.,  1838,690. 
Scudder,  Bost.  Journ.  Xat.  Hist.,  VII.,  1862,  448. 

(In  part.) 
Thler,    in    Harris'   Ins.    Inj.    to  Veg.,  1862,   L61. 
(Xote. — In  part.) 
Scudderia  curvicauda,  Brunner,  Monogr.  der  Phanerop.,  1878. 
Riley,  Stand.  Nat.  Hist.,  II.,  1884,  191. 
Comstock,  Int.  to  Ent.,  I.,  1888,  118. 
Fernald,  Orth.  X.  EDg.,  1888,  22.     (In  part.) 
McNeill,  Psyche,  VI.,  1891,  21.     (Song  of.) 
Scudder,   Rep.   Ent.   Soc.   Ont.,  XXIIL,  1892,  68. 

(Song  of.)  , 

Smith,  Bull.  Ag.  Exp.  Stat,  of  N.  J.,  No.  90,  1892, 
24. 
Phaneroptera  septentrionalis,  Serville,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Orth.,  1839.,  416. 
Tegmina,  wings  and  legs  bright  grass  green;  body  and  face  somewhat 
paler,  approaching  a  whitish  in  dried  specimens.     Lateral  carinse  of  the 
pronotum  with  a  yellowish  line.     Posterior  femora  very  slender,  armed 
beneath  on  inner  carina  with  three  or  four  minute  spines. 

Measurements:  Male — Length  of  body,  22  mm.;  of  tegmina,  37. o  mm.; 
of  wings  beyond  the  tegmina,  6  mm.;  of  posterior  femora,  30  mm.;  of 
pronotum,  6.5  mm.  Female— Length  of  body  25  mm.;  of  posterior  femora, 
32  mm.;  of  ovipositor,  7  mm.     Width  of  tegmina,  6.5  mm. 

Curvicauda  is  a  common  insect  in  the  central  and  southern  half  of  In- 
diana, but  northward  seems  to  be  replaced  by  S.  furculaia.  The  former  is 
probably  less  arboreal  than  any  other  species  of  Katydid,  as  it  is  often 
found  clinging  to  the  tall,  coarse  grasses  and  sedges  which  grow  near  the 
borders  of  ponds  and  in  damp  ravines,  and  to  the  coarse  weeds  along  the 
margins  of  prairies  and  meadows.  When  approached  it  flies  readily  in  a 
zigzag,  noiseless  manner  for  a  long  distance  to  another  clump  of  grass  or 
weeds,  or  to  the  lower  branches  of  an  oak,  a  tree  in  which  it  delights  to 
dwell. 

The  eggs  are  laid  in  the  margins  of  leaves  between  the  upper  and  lower 
epidermis,  and  are  so  thin  that  they  are  not  noticeable  except  when  the 
leaf  is  held  between  one's  self  and  the  light.  Of  the  song  or  note  made 
by  the  male  of  curvicauda  McNeill  {he.  cit.)  says:     "The  note  cannot  be 

*When  the  author  of  a  species  referred  it  to  a  different  genus  from  that  in  which  it  is 
now  included,  his  name  is  put  in  parenthesis. 


100 

supposed  to  represent  more  than  the  first  two  syllables  of  the  '  Katy  did  ' 
or  '  Katy  didn't '  of  its  congeners.  It  is  made  but  once,  and  the  rasp- 
ing, jerky  sound  has  been  very  well  represented  as  bzrwi." 

Curvicauda  is  a  species  of  wide  distribution,  occurring  throughout  the 
eastern  United  States,  and  as  far  west  as  the  Rocky  Mountains.  In  Cen- 
tral Indiana  it  reaches  maturity  about  the  25th  of  July. 

bb.  Notch  of  supra-anal  spine  of  male  acute  and  much  narrower  than 
the  middle  of  the  upcurved  sub-anal  spine ;  the  lateral  processes 
(at  side  of  notch)  broadly  rounded  with  the  lower  margin  thinner. 

2.    Scudderia  furculata,  Brunner. 

Scudderia  furculata,  Brunner,  Monog.  der  Phanerop.,  1878. 

Smith,  Cat.,  Insects  found  in  N.  J.,  1890,  410. 
Id.,  Bull.  Agr.  Exp.  Stat,  of  N.  J.,  No.  90,  24,  pi. 
II.,  Fig.  4. 

Somewhat  larger  than  curvicauda  and  closely  resembling  that  species  in 
general  appearance,  the  females  of  the  two  being  difficult  to  distinguish 
except  by  the  measurements  ;  the  males  readily  separated  by  the  different 
form  of  the  notch  of  the  supra-anal  spine.  The  general  color  is  the  same, 
but  the  yellow  carinal  line  of  the  pronotum  is  less  distinct  or  wholly 
wanting  in  furmlata,  and  the  apical  third  of  wings  is  usually  a  transpar- 
ent reddish  'brown.  The  wing  covers  of  the  latter  are  broader  and  the 
posterior  femora  proportionally  a  little  shorter. 

Measurements  :  Male  Length  of  body,  23  mm.;  of  tegmina,  37.5  nun.. 
of  posterior  femora,  30  mm.;  of  pronotum,  6  mm.  Width  of  tegmina  8 
mm.  Female— Length  of  body,  25  mm.;  of  tegmina,  38  mm  ;  of  posterior 
femora,  33  mm.;  of  ovipositor,  7  mm.     Width  of  tegmina,  8.5  mm. 

According  to  Bruner*  furculata  is  usually  more  southern  in  its  distri- 
bution than  curvicauda,  but  in  Indiana  this  distribution  seems  reversed, 
as  the  latter  is  much  the  more  common  in  Vigo  and  Putnam  counties, 
while  in  Marshall  and  Fulton  counties,  150  miles  further  north,  it  is  very 
scarce  and  furculata  very  common.  A  single  male  was  taken  from  an 
oak  grove  on  the  border  of  Lake  Maxinkuckee  in  Marshall  county,  on 
August  1st,  and  on  the  26th  of  the  same  month  it  was  found  in  numbers 
at  the  same  place,  and  also  about  the  borders  of  a  large  tamarack  swamp 
in  Fulton  county.  Its  habits  of  flight  and  song,  as  far  as  noted,  are  essen- 
tially the  same  as  those  of  curvicauda,  noted  above. 


101 

In  New  Jersey,  according  to  Smith  (loc.  cit.),furculata  is  very  common  on 
cranberry  bogs,  and  destroys  many  of  the  berries.  It  will  probably  be 
found  to  occur  throughout  Indiana  near  the  borders  of  the  larger  ponds, 
lakes  and  marshes. 

aa.     Length  of  posterior  femora  22  or  23  mm. 

3.     Scuwdehia  fukcata,  Brunner.     The  Fork-tailed  Katydid. 
Scudderiafurcata,  Brunner,  Monog.  der  Phanerop.,  1878. 

Bruner,  Bull.  Washb.  Coll.  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.,  I., 

1885,  127. 
McNeill,  Psyche,  VI.,  1891,  21. 
Smith,  Bull.  Agr.  Exp.  Stat,  of  N.  J.,  No.  90,  1892, 
31. 
PlKinewptera  curvkauda,  Riley,  Sixth  Rep.  St.  Ent.  Mo.,  1874,  164,  rig. 
51.     (Text  in  part.     Not  fig.  50.) 
This  is  one  'of  the  smallest,  and  at  the  same  time,  our  most  common 
species  of  the  genus.    The  general  color  is  a  dark  leaf  green,  the  head  and 
pronotum  paler;  the  latter  without  trace  of  yellow  on  its  carina?.    The 
anterior  margin  of  the  pronotum  is  but  slightly  narrower  than  the  pos- 
terior, whereas  in  the  two  preceding  species  the  difference  in  width  is 
plainly  perceptible.    The  notch  of  the  supra- anal  spine  of  the  male  is 
deep  and  rounded,  forming  a  curious  fork-like  appendage,  the  lateral  pro- 
cesses of  which  are  much  swollen. 

Measurements:  Male— Length  of  body,  16  mm.;  of  tegmina,  31  mm.; 
of  posteria  femora,  23  mm.;  of  pronotum,  5  mm.  Width  of  tegmina,  6 
mm.  Female— Length  of  body,  20  mm.,  of  tegmina,  30  mm.;  of  posterior 
femora,  22  mm.;  of  ovipositor,  5  mm. 

In  Central  and  Southern  Indiana  the  Fork-tailed  Katydid  is  most  fre- 
quently seen  on  the  low  bushes  and  trees  about  the  margin  of  thickets 
and  along  fence  rows,  but  in  the  prairie  country  north  it  frequents  coarse 
gi-asses  and  weeds  in  company  with  the  preceding  species.  Its  flight  is 
noisless  and  seemingly  without  direction,  and  is  not  so  prolonged  as  that 
of  S.  curvkauda.  Dr.  C.  V.  Riley  (loc.  tit.)  gives  the  following  account  of 
the  egg  laying  habits  otfurcata  :  "  The  female  stations  herself  firmly  by  the 
middle  and  hind  legs  on  twigs  or  leaves  contiguous  to  the  one  selected  to 
receive  the  eggs.  This  leaf  is  then  grasped  by  the  front  feet  and  held  in 
a  vertical  position,  while  the  edge  is  slightly  gnawed  or  pared  off  by  the 
jaws  to  facilitate  the  entrance  of  the  point  of  the  ovipositor.     AVhen  thi 


102 

is  done  the  abdomen  is  curved  under  and  brought  forward,  and  the  ovi- 
positor is  seized  on  its  convex  edge  by  the  mandibles  and  maxilla? ,  which, 
with  the  aid  of  the  palpi,  guide  the  point  to  that  portion  of  the  leaf  pre- 
pared to  receive  it.  After  gentle,  but  repeated  efforts,  the  point  of  the 
instrument  is  finally  inserted  between  the  tissues  of  the  leaf,  and  gradu- 
ally pushed  in  to  more  than  half  its  length.  As  soon  as  the  cavity  is 
formed,  the  egg  is  extruded,  and  passed  slowly  between  the  semi-trans- 
parent blades  of  the  ovipositor.  As  the  egg  leaves  the  ovipositor  the  latter 
is  gradually  withdrawn,  while  the  egg  remains  in  the  leaf,  retained  in  its 
place,  probably,  by  a  viscid  fluid  that  is  exuded  with  it.  As  many  as 
five  of  the  eggs  are  sometimes  deposited  in  one  row  in  the  same  leaf  but 
more  often  they  are  single." 

This  is  the  most  common  species  of  the  genus,  in  the  United  States,  and 
is  quite  widely  distributed  over  the  country  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pa- 
cific. In  Indiana  it  has  been  found  in  numbers  in  every  county  in  which 
collections  have  been  made.  The  first  mature  specimens  appear  about 
August  5th  but  it  does  not  become  plentiful  before  the  middle  of  the 
month. 

acta.     Length  of  posterior  femora  less  than  20  mm. 
4.     Scudderu  angustifolia  i  Harris).    The  Narrow-winged  Katydid. 
Phaneroptera  angustifolia  Harris'  Ins.  Inj.  to  Veg.,  1862,  161,  hg.  76. 
Scudderia  angustifolia,  Brunner,  Monog.  der  Phanerop.,1878. 
Smith,  Cat.  Ins.  N.  J.,  1890,  410. 
Scudder,  Pep.  Ent.  Soc.  I  >nt.  X  X  III.,  1892.  (Note 
of  set  to  music.) 
Phaneroptera  curvicauda,  Uhler  in  Harris' Ins.  Inj.  to  Veg.,  1862,  L61. 
(Note.    In  part.) 
Scudder,  Bost.  Journ.  Nat  Hist.,  VII.,  1862,  \\s. 

(In  part.) 
Id.,  Am.  Nat.  II.,  1868,  117,  (Song  of.) 
Id.,  Distrib.  Ins.  N.  Hamp.,  1874,  366.     (Son-  of 

set  to  music.) 
Eiley,  Sixth  Rep.  St.   Ent.  Mo.  1874,  164,  fig.  :.(). 
(Not  text  nor  fig.  51.) 
Scudderia  curvicauda  Fernakl,  Orth.  N.  Eng.,  1888,  22.     (In  part.) 
(Not  Scudderia  curvicauda),  (DeGeer.) 


108 

This  Katydid  occurs  in  abundance  in  New  England  and  the  Middle  At- 
lantic states,  and  in  the  past  has  been  confounded  by  many  writers  both 
with  S.  curvicauda  and  with  S.  furcata.  In  size,  general  appearance  and 
structure  of  anal  spines  of  male  it  is  very  similar  to  furcata,  but  may 
readily  be  known  by  its  shorter  posterior  femora,  and  by  its  narrower 
wing  covers. 

Measurements:  Male— Length  of  body,  H  mm.,  of  tegmina,  2G  mm.; 
of  posterior  femora,  19  mm.;  of  pronotum,  4  mm.  Width  of  tegmina,  5 
mm.  Female— Length  of  body,  19  mm.;  of  tegmina,  25  mm.;  of  ovipos- 
itor, 5.5  mm. 

The  male  of  angustifolia  is  our  smallest  member  of  the  genus.  In  Indi- 
ana it  is  known  only  from  Fulton  county,  several  specimens  of  both  sexes 
having  been  taken  on  October  7th,  from  the  borders  of  a  peat  bog  in  a 
tamarack  swamp,  near  Kewanna.  This,  as  far  as  known,  is  its  first  record 
west  of  Xew  Jersey.  It  will  probably  be  found  to  occur  only  about  the 
bogs  and  swamps  of  the  northern  half  of  the  State. 

Mr.  S.  H.  Seudder,  who  has  studied  carefully  the  songs  of  many  species 
of  Orthoptera  and  has  even  set  a  number  of  them,  including  that  of  angus- 
tifolia, to  music,  has  given  a  pleasing  account  of  its  song®  from  which  I  give 
the  following  extract:  "It  is  more  noisy  by  night  than  by  day;  and 
the  songs  differ  considerably  at  these  two  times.  The  day  song  is  given 
only  during  sunshine,  the  other  by  night  and  in  cloudy  weather.  I  first 
noticed  this  while  watching  one  of  the  little  creatures  close  beside  me  ;  as 
a  cloud  passed  over  the  sun  he  suddenly  changed  his  note  to  one  with 
which  I  was  already  familiar,  but  without  knowing  to  what  insect  it  be- 
longed. At  the  same  time  all  the  individuals  around  me,  whose  similar 
day  song  I  had  heard,  began  to  respond  with  the  night  cry ;  the  cloud 
passed  away,  and  the  original  note  was  resumed  on  all  sides.  Judging 
that  they  preferred  the  night  eong  to  that  of  the  day,  from  their  increased 
stridulation  during  the  former  period,  I  imitated  the  night  song  during 
sunshine,  and  obtained  an  immediate  response  in  the  same  language.  The 
experiment  proved  that  the  insects  could  hear  as  well  as  sing. 
The  note  by  day  is  6  :  r  w  i  and  lasts  for  one-third  of  a  second.  The  night 
song  consists  of  a  repetition,  ordinarily  eight  times,  of  a  note  which  sounds 
like  t  c  h  "'.  It  is  repeated  at  the  rate  of  five  times  in  three  quarters  of  a 
second,  making  each  note  half  the  length  of  the  day  note." 


"Distribution  of  Insects  in  Xew  Hampshire,  L87 


104 

II.      AMBLYCORYPHA,  Stal  (1ST.'!.) 

size  medium  ;  wing  covers  slightly  expanded  in  the  middle,  regularly 
rounded  at  the  ends,  a  little  shorter  than,  or  but  slightly  exceeding,  the 
posterior  femora;  vertex  broad,  deflexed  but  not  compressed,  without 
spines;  eyes  elliptical ;  stridulating  organ  of  male,  brownish,  opaque,  trav- 
ersed by  a  strong  green  cross  vein  ;  ovipositor  broad,  of  medium  length, 
curved  gradually  upwards  from  the  middle,  obtuse  or  rounded  at  the  end, 
and  with  the  apical  half  sharply  and  strongly  serrate  on  both  edges ;  anal 
plates  of  male  not  prolonged. 

Seven  species  of  this  genus,  which  is  confined  to  North  America,  have 
been  described  from  the  United  States.  <  )f  these,  three  have  been  found 
in  Indiana. 

a.     Tegmina  about  37  mm:  in  length;  exceeding  the  tip  of  posterior 
femora. 

5.     Amblycorypha    oblongifqlia,    iDeGeer.i     The   Oblong    Leaf-winged 
Katy-did. 
Locusta  oblongifolia,  DeGeer,  "  Mem.,  III.,  1873,  445,  pi.  38,  fig.  2." 
PhyUoptera  oblongifolia,  Burmeister,  Handbuch  der  Eat.,  II.,  1838,  693. 
Harris,  Ins.  Inj.  to  Veg.,  1862,  159.  (Text  only.) 
Scudder,  Bost.  Journ.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII.,  1862,  444. 
Id.,  Distb.  Ins.  in  N.  Hamp.,  1874,  366. 
Id.,  Am.  Encyc.  Ed.,  1881, VIIL,  170.(Text  only.) 
Bath  von,  l*.  S.  Agr.  Bep.,  18(12,  382. 
Thomas,  Trans.  111.  St.  Agr.  Soc,  V.,  18(>5.  445. 
Amblycorypha  oblongifolia,  Biley,  Stand.  Nat.  Hist.,  II.,  1884,  188. 

Bruner,  Bull.  Washb.  Coll.  Lab.  Nat.  Hist., 

I.,  1886,  195. 
Comstock,  Int.  to  Entom.,  I.,  1888,  116. 
Fernald,  Orth.  N.  Eng.,  1888,  21. 
McNeill,  Bsyche.  VI.,  1891,  21. 
Scudder,  Bep.  Ent.  Soc.  Ont.,  NNIIL,  1892, 
68.  (Song  of.) 
The  largest  of  the  three  species  occurring  in  the  state,  measuring  about 
45  mm.  to  the  end  of  the  wing  covers,  which  are  3.3  times  as  long  as  wide. 
Wings  exceeding  the  wing  covers  by  6.5  mm.     Anterior  margin  of  prono- 
tum  much  narrower  than  the  posterior,  the  lateral  carinas  sharply  defined. 
Inner,  lower  carina  of  posterior  femora  armed  with  ten  or  more  rather 


105 

strong  teeth.  General  color  a  bright  pea-green,  the  shrilling  organ  of 
male  brownish  with  a  heavy  green  cross  vein.  The  abdomen  yellowish 
or  brownish  green. 

Measurements :  Male — Length  of  body,  21  mm.;  of  tegmina,  38  mm.;  of 
posterior  femora,  30  mm.;  of  pronotum  6.5  mm.  Female — Length  of  body, 
23  mm.;  of  tegmina,  36  mm.,  of  posterior  femora,  31  mm.;  of  ovipositor, 
11.5  mm.    Width  of  tegmina  of  male,  11.5  mm. 

This  species  is  rather  common  throughout  the  state  from  August  1st  to 
October,  frequenting  the  shrubbery  along  fence  rows  and  the  edges  of 
thickets  and  woods,  especially  in  damp  localities  ;  and  when  flushed,  flies 
with  a  kind  of  whirring  noise,  alighting  on  fence  or  the  lower  branch  of 
tree.  I  have  not  distinguished  the  note  made  by  the  male,  but  McNeill 
(he.  cit.),  says  that  it  is  a  "  quick,  shuttling  sound  which  resembles  "  Katy  " 
or  "  Katydid  "  very  slightly." 

aa.     Tegmina  less  than  30  mm.  in  length  ;  sometimes  reaching  but  not 
exceeding  the  tip  of  posterior  femora. 
b.     Greatest  breadth  of  tegmina  contained  less  than  three  times  in 
their  length  ;  ovipositor  strongly  curved. 
6.     Amklycorypha  rotundifolia,  (Seudder.)     The  Round- winged  Katydid. 
Phylloptera  rofimdifolia,  Seudder,  Bost.  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII.,  18(12,  445. 
Amblycorypha  rotund  if olia,  Brunner,  Monogr.  der  Phanerop.,  1878. 

Seudder,  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  NIX., 

1877,  83. 
Id.,  Am.  Encyc,  VIII.,  Ed.  1881,   170.  (Fig. 

only.) 
Id.,  Rep.  Ent.  Soc.  Ont.,  XNIIL,  1802,  (18. 

(Song  of.) 
Riley,  Stand.  Nat.  Hist.,  II.,  1884, 188,  fig.  265. 
Comstock,  Int.  Ent.,  I.,  1888,  116. 
Fernald,  Orth.,  N.  Eng.,  1888,  21. 
McNeill,  Psyche,  VI.,  1891,  22. 
Phylloptera  oblongifolia,  Harris,  Ins.  Inj.  to  Veg,  1862,  fig.  75.  (Not  text.) 
Riley,  Sixth  Rep.  St.  Ent.  Mo.,  1874,  169,  fig,  55. 
(Text  in  part.) 
Length  about  32  mm.  to  end  of  tegmina,  which  are  proportionally  much 
broader  than  those  of  oblongifolia.     Posterior  femora  reaching  tip  of  teg- 
mina in  male,  a  little  longer  in  the  female ;  armed  on  the  lower,  inner 
carina  with  four  or  five  minute  teeth.     Anterior  margin  of  pronotum,  es- 


106 

pecially  in  the  female,  but  little  narrower  than  posterior  ;  the  lateral 
carinse  somewhat  rounded.  The  ovipositor  is  more  curved  and  more 
strongly  serrate  than  in  either  the  preceding  or  the  following  species. 
The  color  is  essentially  the  same  as  that  of  dbhngifolia. 

Measurements  :  Male — Length  of  body,  19  mm.;  of  tegmina,  27  mm.;  of 
posterior  femora,  25  mm.;  of  pronotum,  5  mm.;  width  of  tegmina.  10  mm. 
Female — Length  of  body,  20  mm.;  of  tegmina,  27  mm.;  of  pronotum,  6  mm.; 
of  ovipositor,  10  mm.;  width  of  tegmina,  11  mm. 

As  far  as  my  observation  goes,  rotundifolia  is,  by  far,  the  most  common 
member  of  Amblycorypha  found  in  Indiana.  It  is  more  of  a  terrestrial 
species  than  the  preceding,  being  often  seen  on  the  ground,  or  on  the 
clumps  of  tall  grass  and  weeds,  which  grow  in  damp  ravines.  Its  flight  is 
comparatively  noiseless  and  less  prolonged  than  that  of  dblongifolia.  In 
Central  Indiana  it  makes  its  first  appearance  about  the  fifth  of  August. 
Of  its  note,  Mr.  Scudder  says:  "  This  insect  stridulates  both  by  day  and 
by  night,  and  without  variation.  The  song  consists  of  from  two  to  four 
notes— sounding  like  chic-a-chee,  repeated  rapidly  so  as  to  be  almost  con- 
founded, and  when  three  requiring  just  one  third  of  a  second  ;  the  song  is 
repeated  at  will, 'generally  once  in  about  five  seconds,  for  an  indefinite 
length  of  time." 

//'/.     (rreatest  breadth  of  wing  covers  contained  from  '.)\  to  3a  times  in 
their  length  ;  ovipositor  but  moderately  curved. 
7.     Amblycorypha  uhleri,  Brunner.     Lhler's  Katydid. 

Amblycoryplia  uhleri,  Brunner,  Monogr.  der  Phanerop,  1878. 

Comstock,  Int.  to  Ent.,  L,  1888,  11(1. 
Smith,  Cat.  Ins.  of  X.  Jer.,  1890,  409. 

Our  smallest  species  of  the  genus  measuring  but  about  27  mm.  to  end 
of  tegmina.  Posterior  femora  armed  as  in  rotundifolia,  slightly  exceeding 
the  tegmina  in  both  sexes.  Pronotum  narrower  in  front,  the  anterior 
half  of  lateral  carina'  rounded,  the  posterior,  rather  sharp.  The  male 
with  longer  wings  and  narrower  tegmina  than  the  female.  Ovipositor 
less  curved  than  in  either  of  the  other  species,  the  apical  half  with  com- 
paratively strong  serrations  on  both  margins.  General  color, alight,  grass 
green. 

Measurements  :  Male — Length  of  body,  14  mm.;  of  tegmina,  23.5  mm.;  of 
hind  femora,  20  mm.;  of  wings  beyond  tegmina,  5  mm.  Female — Length  of 
body,  17.5  mm.;  of  tegmina  20.5  mm.;  of  hind  femora,  21.5  mm.;  of  wings 
beyond  tegmina,  3  mm.;  of  ovipositor,  8.5  mm. 


in; 

Much  less  common  than  either  of  the  preceding,  having  been  noted,  as 
far  as  known,  only  in  Vigo  county,  where  it  frequents  the  tall  sedges  and 
willows  bordering  the  large  ponds  in  the  W abash  River  bottoms.  The 
young  feed  upon  the  leaves  of  the  scarlet  oak,  Quercus  coccinea,  Wang.,  and 
the  perfect  insect  is  often  found  on  or  beneath  this  tree.  It  has  been  re- 
corded before  from  New  Jersey,  Maryland,  and  the  District  of  Colum- 
bia.    August  12  and  27th* 

III.  Microcentrum,  Scudder  (1862.) 
Size  large.  Wing  covers  moderately  expanded  in  the  middle,  much 
longer  than  the  posterior  femora,  and  with  the  outer  border  sloping  off 
quite  sharply,  thus  causing  the  tip  to  be  more  pointed  than  in  Amblycory- 
pha  Vertex  much  as  in  that  genus,  slightly  furrowed.  Eyes  broadly 
oval,  very  prominent.  Hind  legs  slender  and  very  short,  the  femora  but 
little  more  than  half  as  long  as  the  tegmina.  Ovipositor  very  short,  bent 
abruptly  upwards,  bluntly  pointed,  and  with  the  apical  third  finely  ser- 
rate above.     Anal  plates  of  male  not  prolonged. 

"This  genus  differs  from  Amblycorypha,  to  which  it  is  most  nearly  allied, 
especially  by  the  cut  of  the  wing  covers  and  the  shortness  of  the  hind  legs 
and  ovipositor."— Scudder. 

But  one  species  is  known  to  occur  in  Indiana. 
8.     Microcentrum  latjrifolium,  (L.)    The  Larger  Angular-winged  Katy- 
did.   The  Oblique-winged  Katydid. 
^Gryllus  lanr ifolius  L.,  Syst.  Nat.  II.,  1767,  695,  No.  17." 
Phylloptera  laurifolia,  Burmeister,  Handb.  d.  Ent.,  II.,  183S,  693. 

Serville,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Orth.,  1839,  404. 
Microcentrum  laurifolium,  Bruner,  Bull.  Washb.  Coll.  Nat.  Hist.,  I.,  1885, 
127. 
Fernald,  Orth.  N.  Eng.,  1888,  21. 
McNeill,  Psyche,  VI.,  1891,  22. 
Smith,  Cat.  Ins.  N.  J.,  1890,  409. 
Microcentrum  affiliatum,  Scudder.  Boat.  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII.,  1S62,  447,, 

ag  5. 

Riley,  Stand.  Nat.  Hist.,  II.,  1884,  191. 
Comstock,  Int.  to  Ent.,  I.,  1888,  116. 
Microcentru$  retinervis,  Riley,  Sixth  Rep.  Stat.  Ent.  Mo.,  1874,  155,  figs. 
43-47. 


*  Unless  otherwise  stated,  the  dates  given  in  this  paper  are  those  on  which  the  first 
mature  insects  have  been  taken  in  Central  Indiana. 


108 

Microcentrum  retinervis,  Id.,  Stand.  Xat.  Hist.,  II.,  1884, 188.  fig.  266,  (Not 
Microcentrum  retinervis,  Burm.) 

This  is  the  largest  species  of  "  Katydid"  found  in  the  State,  both  sexes 
measuring  two  inches  and  more  to  the  end  of  the  wings.  The  general 
color  is  light,  grass  green,  the  body  yellowish  green,  lighter  beneath.  The 
vertex  is  quite  broad,  with  its  center  hollowed  out  so  as  to  form  a  shallow 
pit,  which  is  more  prominent  in  the  male.  The  pronotum  is  about  as 
broad  as  long,  its  anterior  margin  a  little  concave  and  usually  possessing  a 
slight  median  tooth,  though  this  is  sometimes  obsolete,  or  is  replaced  with 
a  shallow  notch.  The  overlapping  dorsal  surface  of  the  wing  covers  form 
a  sharp  and  prominent  angle  with  the  lateral  portions,  whence  the  com- 
mon name. 

Measurements :  Male — Length  of  body,  25  mm.;  of  tegmina,  42  mm.;  of 
posterior  femora,  22.5  mm.;  of  pronotum,  b'  mm.;  width  of  tegmina,  13  mm. 
Female — Length  of  body,  30  mm.;  of  tegmina  4(>  mm.;  of  posterior  femora, 
24  mm.;  of  ovipositor,  5  mm.;  width  of  tegmina,  14  mm. 

In  the  country  it  is  this  insect  which  is  most  commonly  called  "  the 
Katydid,"  and  the  note  of  Cyrtophyllug  concavus  is  usually  attributed  to  it 
but  its  true  note  may  be  represented  "  by  the  syllable  'tic,''  repeated  from 
eight  to  twenty  times  at  the  rate  of  about  four  to  the  second."*  It  is 
evidently  attracted  by  light,  being  often  found  in  the  gutters  beneath  the 
electric  lights  in  the  larger  cities  and  towns.  It  occurs,  probably,  through- 
out the  State,  but  is  more  common  southward  and  is  nowhere  found  in 
sufficient  numbers  to  be  injurious.  The  eggs  are  usually  glued  in  double 
rows  on  the  sides  of  slender  twigs,  which  have  been  previously  roughened 
with  the  jaws  and  otherwise  prepared  for  a  place  of  deposit.  The  two 
rows  are  contiguous  and  the  eggs  of  one  alternate  with  those  of  the  other. 
Those  of  the  same  row  overlap  about  one-fourth  of  their  length.  They 
are  of  a  grayish  brown  color,  long  oval  in  shape,  very  flat,  and  measure 
5.5x3  mm.  They  are  usually  deposited  in  September,  hatch  the  following 
May,  and  the  young,  in  Central  Indiana,  reach  maturity  during  the  first 
half  of  August. 

The  insect  whose  life  history  was  so  well  written  up  by  Dr.  C.  V.  Riley, 
in  his  Sixth  Missouri  Report,  under  the  name  of  Microcentrum  retinervis,  is, 
in  my  opinion,  the  present  species,  since  the  measurements  of  the  figures 
there  given  correspond  exactly  with  those  given  above  of  laurifolium.  The 
true  M.  retinervis  of  Burmeister  is  found  in  the  eastern  T'nited  States  and 


109 

probably  occurs  in  Indiana,  but  has  not,  as  yet,  been  noted.  It  is  con- 
siderably smaller*  than  laurifoliurn,  and  with  the  general  color  more  of  a 
yellowish  green. 

PSEUDOPHYLLINJE. 

This  sub-family  is  represented  in  Indiana  by  the  single  genus  Cyrtophyl- 
lus  the  leading  characters  of  which  are  given  below. 

IV.     Cyetophyllus,  Burmeister  (1838). 

The  members  of  this  genus  are  at  once  distinguished  from  all  other 
Locustidte  by  the  broad  leaf-like  form  of  the  tegmina  which  are  longer 
than  the  wings,  obtuse  and  rounded  at  the  end,  and  concave  or  hollowed 
within.  The  vertex  extends  forward  between  the  eyes  in  the  form  of  a 
small  flat  spine  and  the  prosternum  is  armed  with  two  sharp  spines.  Eyes 
small,  globose.  The  "shrilling"  organ  of  the  male  is  brown  in  color, 
with  the  central  portion  as  transparent  as  glass,  and  is  set  in  a  strong 
half  oval  frame.  Ovipositor  broad,  with  the  apical  half  up-curved  and 
denticulate  below ;  apex  rather  sharply  pointed.  Sub-anal  plate  of  male 
produced  into  a  long  paddle  shaped  appendage  which  is  grooved  on  the 
upper  side. 

But  two  species  occur  in  the  Ignited  States  only  one  of  which  is  rather 
common  in  Indiana. 

9.     Cyrtophyllus  coxcAvrs,  (Harris.)     The  True   Katydid.     The  Broad- 
winged  Katydid. 
Ptewphylla  concava,  Harris,  Encyclopedia  Americana,  VIII.,  1831,  42. 
Pktlyphyllum  amcavum,  Harris,  Ins.  Inj.  to  Yeg.,  1862,  158,  fig.  74. 

Walsh,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phil.,  III.,  1864,  233. 
Thomas,  Trans.  111.  St.  Ag.  Soc,  V.,  1865,  445. 
Riley,  Sixth  Rep.  St.  Ent.  Mo.,  1874,  167,  figs. 
52-54. 
Cyrtophyllas  concavus,  Scudder,  Bost.  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII.,  1862,  444. 
Id.,  Encyc.  Americ.  Ed.,  1881,  IX.,  772,  fig. 
Id.,  Rep.  Ent.  Soc.  Ont.,  XXIIL,  1892,  70,  fig.  46. 

(Note  of  set  to  musicl. 
Thomas,  Trans.  Dav.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  I.,  1876,  267. 
Packard,  Guide  to  Stud.  Ins.,  1883,  566,  fig.  563. 
Riley,  Stand.  Nat.  Hist.,  II.,  1884,  187,  fig.  264. 


*The  measurements  given  by  Burmeister  are  :  length  of  body,  5-6  of  an  in.;  of  teg- 
mina, 1 '  ^  in. 


no 

Conistock,  Int.  to  Ent.,  I.,  1888,  115. 
Fernald,  Orth.,  N.  Eng.,  1888,  20,  fig.  10. 
McNeill,  Psyche,  VI.,  1891,  24. 
Smith,  Ins.  N.  J.  1S90,  409. 
Platyphyllum  perspicUJaimn,  Uhler,  in  Harris  Ins.   Inj.   to  Veg.,  18<>"?, 
15S.     (Note.) 
Rathvon,  U.  S.  Ag.  Rep.,  1862,  382,  figs.  19, 
20.     (Not  Cyrtophyllus  perspicillattis,  Fab.) 
The  true  Katydid  is  readily  known  by  the  characters  of  this  genus. 
The  wing  covers  and  wings  of  living  specimens  are  dark  green ;  the  body, 
pronotum  and  head  lighter,  with  a  tendency  to  turn  yellowish  when  dried 
Harris  says  the  pronotum  is  "  rough  like  shagreen,  and  has  somewhat 
the  form  of  a  saddle,  being  curved  downward  on  each  side,  and  rounded 
and  slightly  elevated  behind  and  is  marked  by  two  slight  transverse  fur- 
rows."   The  main  veins  of  the  wing  cover  are  very  prominent  with  many 
reticulating  branches,  giving  that  organ  much  the  appearance  of  a  leaf. 
Posterior  femora  short,  slender,  and  armed  on  apical  half  of  lower  outer 
carina  with  about  six  small  spines.     The  ovipositor  is  almost  as  long  as 
the  abdomen,  cimeter-shaped,  sharp-pointed,  and  with  but  slight  serra- 
tions on  the  lower  edge  of  apical  third.    Below  the  curved  anal  cerci  of  the 
male  is  a  spine,  resembling  in  appearance  the  cerci,  which  curves  beneath 
the  projecting  sub-anal  plate. 

Measurements:  Male — Length  of  body,  30  mm.  ;  of  tegmina,  37  mm.  ; 
of  posterior  femora,  21  mm.  ;  of  sub-anal  spine,  11  mm.  Width  of  teg- 
mina, 18  mm.  Female — Length  of  body,  29  mm.  ;  of  tegmina,  36  mm.; 
of  posterior  femora,  22  mm.  ;  of  ovipositor,  14  mm.  Width  of  tegmina, 
16  mm. 

The  Broad-winged  Katydid  is  found  in  considerable  numbers  through- 
out the  State  but  is  much  more  commonly  heard  than  seen,  as  it  dwells 
singly  or  in  pairs  in  the  densest  foliage  which  it  can  find  such  as  the  tops 
of  shade  trees  and  the  entwining  vines  of  the  grape  arbor.  It  is  more 
domestic  in  its  habits  than  any  other  species  of  the  "  Katydid  "  group, 
frequenting,  for  the  most  part,  the  shrubbery  of  yards  and  orchards  and 
the  trees  along  fence  rows,  being  seldom,  if  ever,  heard  in  extensive 
wooded  tracts.  Its  note  is  the  loudest  made  by  any  member  of  the 
family,  the  male  having  the  musical  organ  larger  and  better  developed 
than  in  any  other.  The  call  is  almost  always  begun  soon  after  dusk  with 
a  single  note  uttered  at  intervals  of  about  five  seconds  for  a  half  dozen  or 


Ill 

more  times.  This  preliminary  note  gives  the  listener  the  impression  that 
the  musician  is  tuning  his  instrument,  preparatory  to  the  well  known 
double  call  which  is  soon  begun  and  kept  up  almost  continuously  from 
dark  till  dawn. 

Of  this  call  Mr.  Scudder,  says:  "The  note,  which  sounds  like  xr, 
has  a  shocking  lack  of  melody:  the  poets  who  have  sung  its  praises 
must  have  heard  it  at  the  distance  that  lends  enchantment.  In  close 
proximity  the  sound  is  excessively  rasping  and  grating,  louder  and 
hoarser  than  I  have  heard  from  any  other  of  the  Locustarians  in  Amer- 
ica or  in  Europe,  and  the  Locustarians  are  the  noisiest  of  all  Orthop- 
tera.  Since  these  creatures  are  abundant  wherever  they  occur,  the  noise 
produced  by  them,  on  an  evening  specially  favorable  to  their  song,  is 
most  discordant.  Usually  the  notes  are  two  in  number,  rapidly  re- 
peated at  short  intervals.  Perhaps  nine  out  of  ten  will  ordinarily  give 
this  number;  but  occasionally  a  stubborn  insect  persists  in  sounding  the 
triple  note — ( '  Katy-she-did')  ;  and  as  Katydids  appear  desirous  of  de- 
fiantly answering  their  neighbors  in  the  same  measure,  the  proximity  of 
a  treble-voiced  songster  demoralizes  a  whole  neighborhood,  and  a  curious 
medley  results  ;  notes  from  some  individuals  may  then  be  heard  all  the 
while,  scarcely  a  moment's  time  intervening  between  their  stridulations, 
some  nearer,  others  at  a  greater  distance  ;  so  that  the  air  is  filled  by  these 
noisy  troubadours  with  an  indescribably  confused  and  grating  clatter." 

According  to  Eiley  the  eggs  are  thrust,  by  means  of  the  sharp  oviposi- 
tor, into  crevices  and  soft  substances,  and  probably,  in  a  state  of  nature, 
into  the  crevices  of  loose  bark,  or  into  the  soft  stems  of  woody  plants. 
They  are  of  a  dark  slate  color,  about  6.5x2  mm.  in  size,  very  flat,  pointed 
at  each  end,  and  with  the  edges  beveled  off  or  emarginate;  The  song  has 
been  heard  in  Putnam  county  as  early  as  August  5th,  and  a  single  female 
was  captured  in  Lake  county  on  October  15th,  so  that  the  species  proba- 
bly exists  more  than  two  months  in  the  mature  state. 

It  was  to  this  species  that  Oliver  Wendell  Holmes  addressed  the  well 
known  lines : 

"  I  love  to  hear  thine  earnest  voice 
Wherever  thou  art  hid, 
Thou  testy  little  dogmatist, 
Thou  pretty  Katydid." 

Coxocei'halin.i:. 
Vertex  projecting  forward  and  upward  in  the  form  of  a  tubercle  or 
cone,  sometimes  blunt,  sometimes  much  prolonged.     Presternum  toothed 


Ill' 

or  with  two  slender  spines.  Front  coxse  (in  our  genera)  with  a  spine  on 
the  outside.  Wing  covers  seldom  expanded  in  the  middle,  often  shorter 
than  the  abdomen,  and  in  color  either  green  or  brown.  Shrilling  organ 
of  male  well  developed,  the  cross  vein  prominent,  the  color  light  brown, 
with  the  central  portion  transparent  (except  in  the  genus  Conocephalus). 
The  hind  legs  are  usually  stout  and  much  thickened  at  the  base  as  the 
insects  seldom  fly,  but  are  active  leapers,  and  very  difficult  to  capture. 

The  eggs  are  deposited  within  the  stems  or  root  leaves  of  grass,  the  pith 
of  twigs,  or  sometimes  in  the  turnip-shaped  galls  so  common  on  certain 
species  of  willow.  The  ovipositor  being  thus  used  as  a  piercer,  has  in 
time  developed  into  a  slender  and  sharp  pointed  instrument  which  is  but 
little  curved  and  is  frequently  of  excessive  length,  in  some  species  being 
over  twice  as  long  as  the  remainder  of  the  body. 

To  this  sub-family  belong  those  slender-bodied  green  grasshoppers,  with 
long,  tapering  antenmi-  which  are  so  common  in  summer  and  early  au- 
tumn in  damp  meadows  and  prairies  and  along  the  margins  of  streams, 
ditches  and  ponds.  They  are  mostly  terrestrial  in  their  habits,  but  one  or 
two  of  the  larger  ones  ever  being  found  in  trees. 

The  color  of  their  bodies  corresponds  closely  to  that  of  the  stems  and 
leaves  of  the  sedges  and  grasses  among  which  they  dwell,  and  so  protects 
them  from  the  sight  of  the  few  birds  which  frequent  a  like  locality.  Their 
songs,  produced  in  the  same  manner  as  those  of  their  larger  cousins,  the 
katydids,  are  as  frequent  by  day  as  by  night,  but  are  usually  soft  and  low 
in  comparison  with  those  of  the  former.  Their  day  songs  differs  from  that 
of  the  night,  and,  says  Scudder,  "  It  is  curious  to  observe  these  little  crea- 
tures suddenly  changing  from  the  day  to  the  night  song  at  the  mere  pass- 
ing of  a  cloud  and  returning  to  the  old  note  when  the  sky  is  clear.  By 
imitating  the  two  songs  in  the  daytime  the  grasshoppers  can  be  made  to 
represent  either  at  will ;  at  night  they  have  but  one  note.":: 

Twenty-one  species  of  this  sub-family,  representing  three  genera,  are 
known  to  occur  in  the  state. 

Key  to  Genera  of  Conocephalin^e. 

a.     Vertex  produced  forwards  into  a  long  sharp  cone; 

stridulating  organ  of  male  green  and  opaque  .    .  V.  Conocephalus. 
<ia.     Vertex  terminating  in  a  rounded  tubercle  which 
is  hollowed  out  on  the  sides ;  stridulating  organ 
of  male  light  brown  and  partly  transparent. 

-American  Naturalist,  II.,  1868,  116. 


113 

h.    Prosternal  spines  very  short ;  ovipositor  slender, 

straight,  or  very  nearly  so  ;  insect  small     .    .    .  ,VI.   Xiimiidium. 
bb.     Prosternal  spines  long  and  slender  ;  ovipositor 

stout,  usually  upcurved ;  insect  large  .    .  VII.  Okchelimum. 

V.     Conocephalus,  Thunbergh  (1815.) 
The  Cone  headed  Grasshoppers. 

The  members  of  this  genus  are  readily  known  by  having  the  vertex 
prolonged  forward  and  upward  into  a  cone  which  much  exceeds  in  length 
the  first  segment  of  the  antenna*.  Face  very  oblique.  Eyes  subrotund, 
rather  prominent.  Spines  of  pronotum  long  and  slender.  Wing  covers 
long,  narrow,  rounded  at  the  end,  much  exceeding  the  abdomen  and 
slightly  exceeding  the  wings  in  all  our  species.  The  stridulating  organ  of 
the  male  is  opaque  and  of  a  coarse  texture  in  the  left  wing  cover,  but 
transparent  at  the  center  of  the  right.  Hind  femora  of  moderate  length, 
rather  slender,  the  insects  often  using  the  wings  as  locomotors.  Ovipos- 
itor rather  narrow,  nearly  straight,  oftentimes  of  excessive  length;  the 
eggs  of  those  species  in  which  the  oviposition  has  been  noted,  being  de- 
posited between  the  stem  and  the  root  leaves  of  plants.  Anal  plates  of 
male  not  produced;  the  cerci  much  swollen,  recurved  and  toothed. 

Although  these  insects  are  said  to  be  rather  common  by  those  writers 
who  have  prepared  lists  of  Orthoptera  from  other  States,  yet  in  Central 
and  Western  Indiana  they  are  the  least  abundant  of  all  the  Locustidse,  five- 
years'  collecting  having  yielded  less  than  twenty  specimens.  In  the 
northern  part  of  the  State,  however,  they  appear  to  be  much  more  com- 
mon. Of  the  habits  of  the  species  found  in  Illinois,  McNeill  has  written  : 
"All  the  species  of  Conocephalus  seem  to  possess  more  intelligence  than 
is  usual  in  Orthoptera,  and  they  are  about  the  most  difficult  of  the  order 
to  approach.  In  escaping  they  usually  slip  or  fall  into  the  grass  in- 
stead of  jumping  or  flying ;  but  they  seem  to  fully  understand  that  they 
are  very  well  protected  by  their  color  and  form.  If  approached  very 
cautiously  they  often  remain  quite  still  upon  the  stem  of  grass  upon 
which  you  have  surprised  them  with  the  usually  well  founded  expecta- 
tion that  you  will  not  be  able  to  distinguish  them  from  the  green  herbage 
around.  If  they  think  it  worth  while  to  make  some  active  movement  to 
escape  they  will  frequently  slip  around  on  the  other  side  of  the  stem  and 
walk  down  the  stem  to  the  ground  or  off  upon  another  plant.  Unlike 
most  Orthoptera  they  do  not  use  their  front  legs  in  holding  to  the  mouth 

8 


114 

the  thing  upon  which  they  feed.     Instead  of  biting  they  seem  to  wrench 
or  tear  away  pieces  from  the  stems  or  leaves." ;> 

The  genus  is  a  large  one,  101  species  being  included  by  Eedtenbacher  in 
his  monograph.  About  one  dozen  are  known  to  occur  in  the  Eastern 
United  States,  and  four  have,  up  to  the  present,  been  taken  in  Indiana. 

a.    Cone  of  vertex  slender,  about  3.5  mm.  in  length,  and  with  either 
the  margin  or  lower  face  black. 
b.     A  black  line  on  each  margin  of  cone  extending  from  the  apex 
half  way  or  more  to  base ;  inner,  lower  carina  of  posterior 
femora  with  four  or  five  minute  spines. 
10.     Conocephalus  ensiger,  Harris.     The  Sword-bearer. 

Conocephalus  ensiger,  Harris,  Ins.  Inj.  to  ATeg.,  1862,  L63,  fig.79. 

Scudder,  Boat.  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII.,  1802,  441). 
Id.,  Dist.  Ins.  in  New  Hamp.,  1874,  367.     (Note  of 

to  music.) 
Id.,  Am.  Ency.,  Ed.  1881,  VIII.,  170,  fig.  — . 
Id.,  Rep.  Ent.  Soc.  Ont.,  XXIII.,  1892,  72.     (Note 

of  to  music.) 
Thomas,  Trans.  111.  St.  Agl.  Soc,  Y.,  1865,  445. 
Smith,  Orthop.  of  Maine,  1868,  145. 
Riley,  Stand.  Nat.  Hist.,  II.,  L884,  187,  fig.  263. 
Comstock,  Int.  to  Ent.,  I.,  1888,  115. 
Eernald,  Orth.  N.  Eng.,  L888,  22. 
Wheeler,  Insect  Life,  II.,  L890,  221. 
McNeill,  Psyche,  VI.,  1891,  23. 
Smith,  Ins.  of  N.  Jersey,  1890,  410. 
Id.,  Bull.  Ag.  Coll.  Ex.  Stat.  N.  Jer.,  No.  90,  1892, 

31,  pi.  II. 
Redtenbacher,  Monogr.  der  Conoceph.,  1891,  <'>7,  89. 
Osborne,  Proc.  la.  Acad.  Sci.,  I.,  1892,  1111. 
A  slender-bodied  species,  the  general  color  of  which  is  grass  green,  the 
body  and  face  paler;  the  posterior  tibiae  and  tip  of  ovipositor  infuscated. 
Lateral  carinte  of  pronotum  sometimes  with  a  faint  yellow  line,  more 
plainly  visible  in  the  dried  specimens.     Tegmina  very  long  and  slender. 
Cone  of  vertex  with  a  small  tooth  projecting  downward  from  the  front  of 
its  base.     Ovipositor  of  excessive  length,  straight,  the  apex  pointed. 


'Psyche,  VI. 


115 

Measurements:  Male— Length  of  body,  26  mm.;  of  tegmina,  42  mm.; 
of  posterior  femora,  21  mm.  Female— Length  of  body,  28  mm.;  of  teg- 
mina 47  mm.;  of  posterior  femora,  23  mm.;  of  cone  of  vertex  3.25  mm.;  of 
pronotum,  7.5  mm.;  of  ovipositor,  31  mm. 

This  is  probably  the  most  widely  distributed  species  occurring  in  the 
Eastern  United  states,  having  been  recorded  from  Maine  to  Nebraska.  It 
is  the  most  common  one  occurring  in  Northern  Indiana,  where  it  frequents 
the  tall  rank  grasses  along  ditches  and  the  borders  of  damp  prairies.  In 
Vigo  and  Putnam  counties  it  is  scarce,  being  replaced  by  C.  nebrascensis, 
Brunei'. 

The  female  has  been  recorded  as  depositing  her  eggs  between  the  stem 
and  root  leaves  of  Andropogon,  a  genus  of  tall,  coarse  grasses  which  grow 
in  dry,  sandy  localities.  The  young,  hatched  in  May,  reach  maturity 
about  the  5th  of  August.  Mr.  Scudder,  who  has  set  the  note  of  the  male  to 
music,  says  of  the  song:  "  This  insect  has  but  a  single  song  and  stridu- 
lates  only  by  night,  or  during  cloudy  weather.  It  begins  its  song  as  soon 
as  the  sky  is  obscured  or  the  sun  is  near  the  horizon.  It  commences  with 
a  note  like  b  r  w,  then  pauses  an  instant  and  immediately  emits  a  rapid 
succession  of  sounds  like  c  h  w  i  at  the  rate  of  about  five  per  second,  and 
continues  them  for  an  unlimited  time.  Another  writer  likens  its  note  to 
the  syllable  '  ik-ik-ih,'  as  if  sharpening  a  saw,  enlivening  low  bushes,  and 
particularly  the  corn  patch,  as  it  seems  to  especially  delight  in  perching 
near  the  top  of  a  cornstalk  and  there  giving  forth  its  rather  impulsive 
song." 

bb.  Cone  of  the  vertex  entirely  black  beneath  ;  posterior  femora  armed 
on  both  of  the  lower  carina'  with  a  number  of  plainly  visible 
spines. 

11.      CoNOCEPHALUS  NEBRASCENSIS,  BrUIier. 

Conoceplialus  nebrascemis,  Bruner,  Canadian  Ent.,  XXIII. ,  1891,  72. 
McNeill,  Psyche,  VI.,  1891,  23.  - 
Osborne,  Proc.  la.  Acad.  Sci.,  I.,  1892,  119. 
Scudder,  Rep.  Ent.  Soc.  Ont..  XXIII.,  1892,  72. 
A  heavier  bodied  and  shorter  winged  species  than  the  preceding.    The 
cone  of  the  vertex  projecting  upward  more  strongly  and  with  the  apical 
half  more  tapering  than  in  ensiger ;  the  basal  tooth  quite  prominent.    "  Anal 
cerci  of  male  stout,  with  strong  internal  hooks.     Ovipositor  long  and  slen- 
der, lanceolate,  a  little  curved  upwards  and  extending  about  one-fourth 
of  an  inch  beyond  the  closed  tegmina." 


116 

"General  colour  bright  grass  green  (rarely  a  yellowish  brown  or  tan) 
with  narrow,  yellowish  lines  along  the  lateral  carina?  of  the  pronotum. 
Posterior  tibia?  together  with  all  the  feet  more  or  less  infuscated."— Bru- 
ner. 

Measurements  :  Male— Length  of  body,  28  mm.;  of  tegmina,  37  mm.;  of 
pronotum,  8  mm.;  of  cone  of  vertex,  3.5  mm.;  of  posterior  femora,  21  mm. 
Female— Length  of  body,  33  mm.;  of  tegmina,  42  mm.;  of  posterior  femora, 
23  mm.;  of  ovipositor,  29  mm. 

The  above  measurements  are  very  nearly  the  same  as  those  given  by 
Mr.  Bruner  in  the  original  description  of  the  species,  and  are  the  average 
of  a  half  dozen  specimens  in  my  collection.  I  have  one  female,  however, 
which  is  so  much  larger  that  at  first  I  was  inclined  to  think  it  a  different 
species,  but  the  color  and  structure,  except  the  measurements,  agree  in 
every  particular  with  those  given  above  of  nebrascensis.  The  following  are 
the  measurements  of  the  specimen  in  question  : 

Length  of  body,  36  mm.;  of  cone,  4.5  mm.;  of  tegmina,  49  mm.;  of  poste- 
rior femora,  30  mm.;  of  ovipositor,  39  mm. 

This  species  has  not  before  been  recorded  east  of  Illinois,  but  in  Central 
Indiana  it  is  the  most  common  of  the  three  species  occurring  there.  A 
number  of  specimens  have  been  taken  in  Putnam  county  by  Mr.  Riley  and 
in  Vigo  and  Fulton  counties  by  myself.  When  approached  it  often  at- 
tempts to  escape  by  burrowing  beneath  the  fallen  grass.  It  frequents 
the  same  localities  as  C.  ensiger  and  is  very  liable  to  be  mistaken  for  that 
species  by  the  casual  observer,  but  may  at  once  be  distinguished  by  the 
characters  given  above. 

aa.    Cone  of  vertex  rather  stout,  less  than  3  mm.  in  length,  devoid  of 
black  markings, 
c.    Lateral  carina?  of  pronotum  with  a  yellow  line ;  wing  covers  with 
irregularly  distributed  black  dots ;  ovipositor  exceeding  2"> 
mm.  in  length. 
12.     Coxocepii Airs  robustus,  Scudder. 

Conocephalus  robustus,  Scudder,  Bost.  Journ.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII.,  L862,  449. 
Id.,   Proc.   Bost.   Soc.   Nat.   Hist.,   XL,    1868,   7. 

(Song  of.) 
Id.,  Am.  Naturalist,  II.,  1868,  117.  (Song  of.) 
Id.,  Distb.  Ins.  in  N.  Hamp.,  1874,  367.  (Song  of.) 
Id.,  Rep.  Ent.  Soc.  Ont.,  XXIIL,  1892,  72.  (Song of.) 


117 

Riley,  Stand.  Xat.  History.,  II.,  1884,  L87. 
Comstock,  Int.  to  Ent.,  I.,  1888,  115. 
Fernald,  Orth.  N.  Eng.,  1888,  23. 
McNeill,  Psyche,  VI.,  1891,  2:;. 
Smith,  Ins.  N.  Jer.,  1890,  410. 
Redtenbacher,  Monog.  der  Conoceph.,  1891,   89. 
PI.  III.,  fig.  3(i. 

A  larger  and  thicker  bodied  species  than  either  of  the  preceding;  and 
the  wing  covers  broader.  Cone  of  the  vertex  more  like  that  of  C.  ensiger 
but  shorter,  with  the  apex  more  obtuse  ;  the  frontal  basal  spine  distinct 
but  blunt.  Posterior  femora  armed  beneath  on  both  carina?  with  a  num- 
ber of  rather  weak  spines.  Wings  of  male  equalling  the  tegmina  in  length, 
in  the  female  a  little  shorter.  Ovipositor  shorter  than  in  either  of  the 
above  species.  General  color  either  pea-green  or  dirty  brown*  or  a  mixture 
of  both.  The  cone  rarely  with  a  black  spot  at  apex,  its  sides  often  with  a 
narrow  yellowish  line. 

Measurements:  Male— Length  of  body,  30  mm.;  of  tegmina,  44  mm.; 
of  hind  femora,  23  mm.;  of  pronotum,  8  mm.;  of  cone,  2  mm.  Female- 
Length  of  body,  31  mm.;  of  tegmina,  48  mm.;  of  hind  femora,  26  mm.;  of 
ovipositor,  26  mm. 

This  species  seems  to  be  an  inhabitant  of  sandy  districts  and  occurs 
only  along  the  Atlantic  sea  coast  and  the  shores  of  the  Great  Lakes.  In 
Indiana  it  has  been  noted  only  in  Lake  county,  where.  Prof.  E.  E.  Slick 
found  it  quite  frequently  along  the  shore  of  Lake  Michigan  during  Sep- 
tember and  October.  Of  the  specimens  sent  to  me — a  half  dozen  males- 
he  wrote :  They  were  caught  off  of  trees,  in  the  dusk  of  the  evening,  aa 
they  were  singing.  They  sang  ("  whetted")  continuously  for  ten  minutes 
or  longer  while  I  watched  them. 

Mr.  Scudder  thus  describes  the  note  as  heard  in  New  England:  "  Ro- 
bustus  is  exceedingly  noisy  and  sings  equally,  and  I  believe  similarly,  by 
day  and  night.  The  song  resembles  that  of  the  harvest  fly,  Cicada  canicu- 
laris.  It  often  lasts  for  many  minutes,  and  seems,  at  a  distance,  to  be 
quite  uniform  ;  on  a  nearer  approach  one  can  hear  it  swelling  and  decreas- 
ing in  volume  and  it  is  accompanied  by  a  buzzing  sound,  quite 
audible  near  at  hand,  which  resembles  the  humming  of  a  bee  or  the  dron- 
ing of  a  bagpipe." 


■■C.  ensiger  is  said  also  to  be  thus  dimorphic  in  coloration,  but  all  that  I  have  seen  from 
this  state  are  of  the  green  variety. 


118 

c.    Lateral  carina-  of  pronotum  without  trace  of  yellow  ;   wing  cov- 
ers a  bright,  grass  green,  immaculate;  ovipositor  less  than  20 
mm.  in  length. 
13.     Conocepiialus  palusteis,  Blatchley. 

Conocepiialus  palustris,  Blatchley,  Canad.  Ent.  XXV.,  1893,  89. 

A  small  but  comparatively  heavy-bodied  species,  having  the  cone  of  the 
vertex  devoid  of  black  markings  and  without  a  basal  tooth ;  ovipositor 
very  short  and  broad;  posterior  femora  armed  beneath  on  both  carin.i . 

Cone  of  the  vertex  short  and  stout,  the  tip  round,  the  dellexed  front 
with  a  dull  median  carina.  Pronotum  short,  broad,  the  posterior  margin 
regularly  rounded,  the  lateral  carina-  well  defined,  the  entire  surface 
thickly  and  rather  deeply  punctate.  Tegmina  long  and  rather  narrow, 
regularly  rounded  to  the  apex  ;  of  a  more  delicate  texture  than  in  either 
C.  ensiger,  Harris,  or  C.  robustus,  Scudder.  Fore  and  middle  femora  with 
two  short  spines  on  the  apical  third  of  the  lower  outer  carina.  Hind  legs 
short,  the  tibia?  but  little  more  than  half  as  long  as  the  closed  tegmina ; 
the  femora  with  plainly  visible  spines  on  both  of  the  inferior  carina,  eight 
on  the  outer  and  six  on  the  inner.  Ovipositor  a  little  shorter  than  the 
hind  tibia',  broadest  at  a  point  about  two-thirds  the  distance  from  the 
base,  thence  tapering  regularly  to  a  sharp  apex. 

General  color  a  very  bright  grass  green.  Fastigium  tipped  with  dull 
yellow,  which  extends  half  way  down  tin-  sides.  Labrum  and  apical  seg- 
ments of  all  the  palpi  a  rose  red  tiDged  with  violet.  Tarsi  somewhat 
infuscated.     Antenna'  and  apical  third  of  ovipositor  reddish-brown. 

Measurements  :  Female— Length  of  body,  27  mm.;  of  fastigium  in  front 
of  eye,  2.75  mm.:  of  pronotum,  7  mm.;  of  tegmina,  37  mm.;  of  hind  femora, 
20  mm.;  of  hind  tibia',  19.5  mm.;  of  ovipositor,  19  mm. 

This  handsome  species  of  Conocepiialus  belongs  to  the  same  group  as  < '. 
robustus  and  C.  crepitans,  Scudder,  but  is  smaller  and  of  a  more  uniform 
and  brighter  green  than  either  of  those  species,  besides  having  shorter 
legs,  ovipositor,  etc.  It  is  described  from  a  single  female  taken  October 
21,  from  the  fallen  grasses  on  the  margins  of  a  large  low-land  pond  in  Vigo 
county.  This  pond  is  surrounded  on  all  sides  by  heavy  timber,  and  its 
margins  have  yielded  a  number  of  interesting  Orthoptera  found  nowhere 
else  in  the  county.  Among  them  are  Leptysma  marginicollis,  Serv.,  Paroxya 
atlantica,  Scudder,  Anaxiphus  pulicarius,  Sauss.,  Ph)/Hoscirtes pulchellus,  Uhler, 
and  Xiphidium  nigropleurum,  Bruner.  The  first  four  mentioned  are  insects 
of  a  southern  range,  and  perhaps  C.  palustris  will  in  time  be  found  to  be 
more  common  southward. 


119 

VI.     Xipiiidium,  Serville  (1831  |. 

This  genus  includes  our  smallest  winged  Locustidse.  The  vertex  pro- 
jects forward  and  slightly  upward  in  the  form  of  a  rounded  tubercle  which 
is  hollowed  out  on  the  sides  for  the  reception  of  the  basal  joint  of  the  an- 
tenrue.  Face  rounded,  somewhat  oblique.  P]yes  rather  large,  sub-globose. 
Spines  of  prosternum  very  short  and  weak ;  often  mere  cone-shaped  protu- 
berances. "Wing  covers  narrow,  straight,  rounded  at  the  end,  often  varying 
much  in  length  in  the  same  species,  but  for  the  most  part  shorter  than 
the  abdomen.  Wings  usually  a  little  shorter  than  the  wing  covers.  Strid- 
ulating  organ  of  male  well  developed,  the  veins  prominent,  light  brown 
in  color,  and  with  the  middle  transparent.  Hind  femora  of  medium 
length,  stout  at  base.  Ovipositor  narrow,  straight,  or  but  slightly  curved, 
oftentimes  of  excessive  length.  Anal  plates  of  male  not  prolonged ;  the 
cerci  usually  much  swollen,  and  toothed  at  base  on  the  inner  margin. 
Eight  species  are  known  to  occur  in  the  State. 

These  insects  are  more  variable  in  color  and  in  the  length  of  wings  than 
those  of  any  other  genus  of  Orthoptera  known  to  me.  The  variations, 
however,  seem  to  be  abrupt  with  no  intervening  forms.  There  are  long- 
winged  and  short- winged  forms  of  the  same  specie*  but  none  with  the 
wings  of  medium  length  ;  and  when  a  brown  form  is  tinged  with  green, 
or  vice  versa,  the  amount  of  the  different  color  varies  but  little.  Five  of 
our  eight  species  are  thus  dimorphic  as  regards  the  length  of  wings,  the 
short-winged  individuals,  as  far  as  my  observation  goes,  far  outnumber- 
ing those  with  the  wings  fully  developed;  and  at  least  three  of  the  eight 
are  variable  with  respect  to  color. 

a.     Ovipositor  shorter  than  the  body. 
b.     Ovipositor  straight. 
c.     Wings  a  little  longer  than  the  wing  covers ;  the  latter  always  fully 
developed. 
14.     Xiphidium  fasciatum:,  (DeGeer.)     The  Slender  Meadow  Grasshopper.- 
Locusta fasciata  DeGeer,  "Mem.,  III.,  1778,  45S,  PI.  XL.,  fig.  4." 
Xiphidium  fasciatum,  Burmeister,  Handb.  der  Ent.,  II. ,  1839,  708. 

Scudder,  Boston  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII.,  1862,  451. 
Id.,  Distr.  of  Ins.  in  N.  Harnp.,  1874,  368. 
Id.,  Rep.  U.  S.  Ent.  Com.,  II.,  Appen.  II.,  L880,  23. 
Id.,  Rep.  Ent.  Soc.Ont.,  XXIII.,  1892,  75.  (Song of.) 
Smith,  Orthop.  of  Maine,  1868,  145. 


120 

Packard,  Guide,  Stud.  Ins.,  1883,  567. 
Riley,  Stand.  Nat.  History.,  II.,  1884,  186. 
Bruner,  Bull.  Washb.  Coll.  Nat.  Hist.,  I.,  1885, 

128. 
Id.,  Ent.  News,  III.,  1892,  265. 
Comstock,  Int.  to  Ent.,  I.,  1888,  114. 
Fernald,  Orth.  N.  Eng.,  1888,  24. 
Smith,  Ins.  of  N.  Jer.,  1890,  411. 
Id.,  Bull.  90,  Ag.  Coll.  Exp.  Stat.  N.  Jer.,  1892,  31, 

pi.  II. 
McNeill,  Psyche,  VI  ,  1891,  24. 
Pedtenbacher,  Monog.  der  Conoceph.,  1891,  192, 

pi.  IV.,  fig.  82. 
Osborne,  Proc.  la.  Acad.  Sci.,  I.,  1892,  lis. 
<  >ne  of  the  most  slender  bodied  species  belonging  to  our  fauna,  and  the 
only  one  whose  wings  are  never  shorter  than  the  body.  Posterior  femora 
reaching  to  or  slightly  beyond  the  tip  of  tegmina  in  the  female,  distinctly 
shorter  in  the  male.  Face,  sides  of  pronotum  and  abdomen,  and  basal 
portion  of  ovipositor  green ;  tegmina  and  apical  third  of  ovipositor  light 
reddish  brown  ;  upper  side  of  abdomen,  and  stripe  on  occiput  and  disk  of 
pronotum  darker  brown  ;  legs  green,  brownish  on  the  knees  and  tarsi. 

Measurements:  Male —Length  of  body,  13.5  mm.;  of  tegmina,  17.5 
mm.;  of  hind  femora,  11.5  mm. ;  of  pronotum,  3.5  mm.  Female — Length 
of  body,  14  mm.;  of  tegmina,  16  mm.;  of  hind  femora,  13  mm.;  of  ovi- 
positor, 8  mm. 

Abundant  everywhere  in  timothy  and  clover  meadows  and  especially 
so  about  small  streams  in  low  ground,  blue-grass  pastures.  One  of  the 
first  of  the  Locustida-  to  reach  maturity,  specimens  having  been  taken  in 
Vigo  county  as  early  as  July  5th.  The  note  of  the  male  is  very  faint — a 
kind  of  zr  r-r-r  long  drawn  out. 

Fasciatum  has,  perhaps,  the  widest  distribution  of  any  of  our  American 
Locustid;e,  its  range,  according  to  Pedtenbacher,  being  from  British 
America  to  Buenos  Ayres.  S.  A. 

The  Orchelimum  graeile  of  Harris,  usually  quoted  as  a  synonym  of  X.fas- 
ciatum,  has  been  shown  by  Bruner  (Ent.  News,  he.  tit.)  to  be  a  distinct  and 
valid  species. 

cc.    Wings  shorter  than  the  wing  covers ;    the  latter  variable  in 
length. 


121 

15.     Xiphidium  brevipennk,  Scudder. 

Xiphidium  brevipennis,  Scudder,  Boston  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII.,  1862,  451. 
Xiphidium  brevipenne,  Id.,  Dist.  Ins.  in  N.  Hamp.,  1874,  368. 

Id.,  Sec.  Rep.  U.  S.  Ent.  Comm.,  1880  Appen., 

II.,  23. 
Smith,  Orth.  of  Maine,  1868,  145. 
Riley,  Stand.  Nat.  Hist.,  II.,  1884,  180. 
Bruner,  Bull.  Washb.  Coll.  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.,  1885, 

I.,  128. 
Coinstock,  Int.  Ent.,  I.,  18S8,  114. 
Fernald,  Orth.  N.  Eng.,  18S8,  24. 
Smith,  Ins.  of  N.  Jer.,  1890,  411. 
Id.,  Bull.  90,  Ag.  Coll.  Exp.  Stat.  N.  Jer.,  1892, 

31,  pi.  II. 
McNeill,  Psyche,  VI.,  1891,  24. 
Redtenbacher,  Monog.  der  Conoceph.,  1891,  206, 

pi.  IV.,  fig.  91. 
Osborne,  Proc.  la.  Acad.  Sci.,  L,  1892,  119. 
Blatchley,  Can.  Ent.,  XXIV.,  1892,  26. 
A  little  shorter  and  thicker  bodied  species  than  X.fasciatum.    Posterior 
femora  rather  short  and  stout,  unarmed  beneath,  or  rarely  with  one  to 
four  minute  spines.    Cerci  of  male  swollen,  the  apex  strongly  compressed 
and  obtuse,  armed  below  the  middle  with  a  rather  flat,  sharp-pointed 
tooth. 

General  color  light  reddish  brown;  the  face  and  sides  of  pronotum 
usually  green ;  stripe  on  occiput  and  disk  of  pronotum  a  very  dark  brown, 
margined  on  each  side  with  a  narrow  yellow  line;  ovipositor  reddish 
brown  throughout. 

Measurements:  Male— Length  of  body,  12  mm.;  of  tegmina,  8  mm.; 
of  posterior  femora,  11.5  mm.;  of  pronotum,  3.5  mm.  Female — Length 
of  body,  13  mm. ;  of  tegmina,  7.5  mm. ;  of  posterior  femora,  11  mm. ;  of 
pronotum,  3  mm. ;  of  ovipositor,  9-10  mm. 

This  is  also  an  abundant  species  throughout  the  State,  frequenting  the 
same  localities  asfasciatim  and  reaching  maturity  about  a  fortnight  later. 
Long- winged  forms  of  it  occasionally  occur,  but  in  Indiana  they  are  very 
scarce,  but  one  or  two  having  come  under  my  notice.  Of  the  variations 
in  the  length  of  the  wing  covers  of  it  and  allied  species  Prof.  Bruner  has 
well  said  :     "  That  in  the  genera  Xiphidium  and  Orchelimum  wing  length  is 


122 

a  character  not  to  be  relied  upon  as  specific  or  even  varietal  difference*  ;  " 
yet  Redtenbacher  in  his  Monographic  der  Conocephaliden  has  separated 
a  number  of  his  species  by  this  character  alone,  and  I  can  find  no  men- 
tion in  his  work  of  the  fact  that  such  a  variation  exists. 

66.  Ovipositor  a  little  curved  ;  tegmina  constant  in  length,  covering 
about  two-thirds  of  the  abdomen  in  the  male ;  shorter  in  the 
female. 

1(1.     Xiphidium  xk.morai.e,  Scudder. 

Xiphidium  nerrCorale,  Scudder,  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVII.,  L875, 
462. 
Id.,  Entom.  Notes,  IV.,  1875,  65. 
Id.,  Cent.  Orth.,  1879,  15. 
Id.,  Rep.  Ent.  Soc.  Ont.,  XXIII.,  L892,  75. 
McNeill,  Psyche,  VI.,  L891,  24. 
Bruner,  Can.  Ent.,  XXIII,  1891,  59. 
Xiphidium  curtipehne,  Redtenbacher,  Monograph  der  Conoceph.,  1891, 
208. 
A  rather  robust  species  with  the  general  color  a  dark,  greenish  brown  ; 
tegmina  light  reddish  brown  with  the  front  or  lower  area  fuscous.     Dor- 
sal stripe  of  occiput  and  pronotum  not  contrasting  so  strongly  with  the 
general  color  as  in  the  preceding  species,  margined  with  a  narrow  yellow 
line  on  each  side.     All  the  femora  punctate  with  reddish  dots,  the  tarsi 
and  tip  of  hind  femora  dusky.    Tegmina  with  the  veins  and  cross  veins 
unusually  prominent  giving  them  a  coarse  and  scabrous  look  ;  the  tympa- 
num of  male  stout  and  elevated.     Cerci  conical,  the  apex  obtuse,  but  lit- 
tle compressed.     Ovipositor  as  long  as  the  abdomen,  the  apical  half  with 
a  gentle  but  evident  upward  curve. 

Measurements :  Male — Length  of  body,  14  mm. ;  of  tegmina,  8  mm.  ; 
of  hind  femora,  12  mm.  ;  of  pronotum,  3.5  m.  Female— Length  of  body, 
15  m.m. ;  of  tegmina,  5.5  mm. ;  of  hind  femora,  13  mm. ;  of  ovipositor,  9 
mm. 

Redtenbacher,  in  his  Monographie,  has  evidently  described  this  species 
as  new  under  the  name  of  curtipemu  .  His  specimens  were  from  Missouri. 
Nemorale  is  a  very  common  insect  in  Vigo  and  Putnam  counties  but  has 
not  as  yet,  been  taken  in  the  northern  part  of  the  State.  It  reaches  ma- 
turity about  August  1 5th  and  from  then  until  after  heavy  frosts  may  be 
found  in  numbers  along  the  borders  of  dry,  upland  woods,  fence  rows,  and 


*  Canadian  Ent . .  XXIII.  59. 


L23 

roadsides  where  it  delights  to  rest  on  the  low  shrubs,  blackberry  bushes, 
or  coarse  weeds  usually  growing  in  such  localities.  On  the  sunny  after- 
noons of  mid-autumn  it  is  especially  abundant  on  the  lower  parts  of  the 
rail  and  board  fences,  the  male  uttering  his  faint  and  monotonous  love 
call— a  sort  of  ch-e-e-e-c — ch-e-e-e-e,  continuously  repeated  the  female  but 
a  short  distance  away,  a  motionless,  patient,  and  apparently  attentive 
listener.  "When  in  coitu  the  male  does  not  mount  the  back  of  the  female, 
but,  with  his  body  reversed,  is  dragged  about  by  her,  this  being  the  com- 
mon practice  of  all  the  species  of  Xiphidium  and  Orchelimum.  Nemorale 
has  been  recorded  only  from  Nebraska,  Iowa,  and  Illinois  and  seems  to  be 
confined  to  the  northern  half  of  the  middle  United  States. 

aa.     Ovipositor  equal  to  fir  longer  than  the  body. 
</.     Length  of  posterior  femora  almost  equal  to  that  of  ovipositor. 
e.     Body  rather  stout;  the  tegmina  always  covering  more  than  half 
the  abdomen. 
/.     Abdomen  with  the  dorsal  surface  light  brown,  the  sides  green, 
or  greenish  yellow. 

17.     Xiphidium  knmfkium,  Scudder. 

Xiphidium  ensifer,  Scudder,  Bost.  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII.,  1862,  451. 
Xiphidium  ensiforme,  Id.,  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geog.  Surv.  Terr.,  1S76, 

II.,  261. 
Xiphidium  ensiferum,  Id.,  Sec.  Rep.  IT.  S.  Ent.  Comm.,  1880,  Appen  II.,  23. 
Riley,  Stand.  Nat.  Hist.,  II.,  1884,  186. 
Comstock,  Int.  to  Ent.,  I.,  1888, 114. 
Wheeler,  Insect  Life,  II.,  1890,  222.  (Oviposition 

of.) 
McNeill,  Psyche,  VI.,  181)1,  24. 
Redtenbacher,  Monog.  der  Conoceph.,  1891,  209. 
Very  similar  in  general  appearance  to  A',  brevipenne,  Scudder,  and  may 
be  only  a  variety  of  that  species.     Typical  examples  are  larger  with  a 
much  longer  ovipositor.     The  general  color  is  also  more  of  a  green  than  in 
brevipenne;  the  face,  sides  of  pronotum  and  abdomen,  and  the  four  an- 
terior femora  being  of  that  hue.    The  tegmina  and  wings  are  light,  red- 
dish brown,  as  are  also  the  tibise  and  ovipositor;  the  latter  becoming  a 
deeper  brown  towards  the  apex.     Cerci  of  male  rather  stout,  with  the 
apical  half  curved  slightly  outward  and  depressed.     Ovipositor  slender, 
straight. 


124 

Measurements:  Male— Length  of  body,  13.5  mm.;  of  tegmina,  9  mm.; 
of  hind  femora,  13  mm.;  of  pronotum,  3.5  mm.  Female— Length  of  body, 
14.5  mm.;  of  tegmina,  8.5  mm.;  of  hind  femora,  14  mm.;  of  ovipositor, 
15  mm. 

Although  found  in  Indiana  wherever  collections  have  been  made,  this 
species  appears  to  be  less  common  than  either fasciatum  or  brevipenne.  It 
differs  from  them  also  in  the  manner  of  oviposition,  as,  instead  of  depositing 
its  eggs  in  the  stems  of  grasses,  it  seeks  the  turnip-shaped  galls  so  common 
on  certain  species  of  Salir  (willow)  and  oviposits  between  their  scales. 
The  gall  is  not  formed  by  the  Locustid,  but  by  a  Dipterous  insect  belong- 
ing to  the  family  of  Cecidomyickr.  Although  I  have  never  seen  the  eggs 
deposited  I  have  on  a  number  of  occasions  found  them  within  the  galls, 
but  did  not  know  to  what  insect  they  belonged  until  Mr.  AVheeler  pub- 
lished (loc.  tit.)  his  excellent  account  of  the  oviposition  of  this  species. 
From  that  I  quote  as  follows:  "  On  September  8th  I  observed  a  female 
in  the  act  of  ovipositon.  She  was  perched  with  her  head  turned  toward 
the  apex  of  the  gall.  Slowly  and  sedately  she  thrust  her  sword-shaped 
ovipositor  down  between  the  leaves,  and,  after  depositing  an  egg,  as  slowly 
withdrew  the  organ  in  order  to  recommence  the  same  loperation,  after 
taking  a  few  steps  to  one  side  of  where  she  had  been  at  work.  She  soon 
observed  me  and  slipped  away  without  completing  her  task.  The  num- 
ber of  eggs  found  in  a  gall  varies  considerably.  Sometimes  but  two  or 
three  will  be  found,  more  frequently  from  fifty  to  one  hundred.  In  one 
small  gall  I  counted  one  hundred  and  seventy."  The  egg  is  cream  colored, 
very  thin,  elongate  oval  in  outline,  and  measures  4x1  mm.*  The  young 
emerge  about  the  middle  of  May  and  reach  maturity  about  August  10th. 
Long-winged  forms  of  this  species  are  occasionally  met  with. 

On  October  21  a  pupa  was  taken  which  had  a  white  hair  worm  ( Gordius) 
8i  inches  long  in  its  abdomen. 

En&iferum  was  first  described  from  Illinois,  and,  as  yet,  has  not  been 
recorded  east  of  the  Alleghany  Mountains. 

ff.    Abdomen  with  the  dorsal  surface  a  fuscous  brown,  the  sides  shining 
black. 


-Mr.  B.  1).  Walsh,  in  the  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phil.,  III.,  18H4,  232,  recorded  the  finding,  on 
numerous  occasions,  of  the  eggs  of  an  Orchclimum  in  the  turnip-shaped  galls  of  Salix 
cordata.  Their  shape  and  proportional  dimensions,  as  given  by  him,  differ  much  from 
those  of  X  ensifcrum,  as  they  were  cylindrical,  .10  to  .17  of  an  inch  long,  and  seven 
times  as  long  as  wide. 


1 25 

is.     Xiphidium  nigropleurum,  Bruner.    The  Black-sided  Grasshopper. 
Xiphidium  nigropJcurum,  Bruner,  Canad.  Entom.,  XXITL,  1891,  58. 
Osborne,  Proc.  la.  Acad.  Sci.,  I.,  1862,  118. 
Blatchley,  Canad.  Ent.,  XXV.,  L893,  90, 

A  medium  sized,  rather  robust  species,  easily  distinguished  from  all 
others  of  the  genus  by  its  peculiar  coloration.  In  Indiana  dimorphic 
forms  occur;  one  having  the  pronotum,  tegmina  and  legs  bright  grass 
green,  the  other  with  these  parts  brownish  yellow,  the  green  wholly  ab- 
sent. Both  forms  have  the  stripe  on  the  occiput  and  the  sides  of  the  ab- 
domen shining  black ;  the  former  narrowing  in  front  to  the  width  of  the 
tubercle,  and  bordered  on  each  side  with  yellowish  white.  In  the  green 
forms  the  usual  brown  stripe  on  the  disk  of  pronotum  is  but  faintly  de- 
fined, in  the  other  it  is  very  evident. 

"  The  tegmina  are  usually  abbreviated,  reaching  only  four-fifths  of  the 
length  of  the  abdomen,  but  an  occasional  specimen  is  to  be  found  in 
which  the  wings  are  fully  developed  and  then  reach  to  the  extremity  of 
the  ovipositor  in  the  female.  Ovipositor  straight,  quite  broad  and  heavy. 
Male  cerci  of  medium  length,  rather  stout,  tapering  gently  toward  the 
apex,  and  with  a  strong  sub-basal  tooth." — Bruner,  (loc.  <-it.  I 

Measurements:  Male — Length  of  body,  14  mm.;  of  tegmina,  9  mm.; 
of  hind  femora,  13.5  mm.;  of  pronotum,  3.5  mm.  Female — Length  of 
body,  15  mm.;  of  tegmina,  8.5  mm.:  of  hind  femora,  14  mm.;  of  ovipos- 
itor, 16  mm. 

In  Indiana  this  handsome  insect  is  known  to  occur  in  the  two  widely 
separated  counties  of  Fulton  and  Vigo,  but  in  restricted  localities  and 
small  numbers,  as  far  as  noted,  in  each.  In  Fulton  county  it  was  found 
only  in  a  broad,  shallow  ditch  by  the  side  of  a  railway  and  near  the  bor- 
der of  a  large  tamarack  swamp,  where  it  inhabited  a  space  not  more  than 
twenty  feet  square,  which  contained  several  dead  willow  branches,  sur- 
rounded by  a  dense  growth  of  sedge  and  Polygonum.  Here,  on  August 
26th,  four  females  were  taken  and  on  September  24th  two  males  and  two 
females.  These  were  all  that  were  seen,  although  a  careful  search  was 
made  over  a  wide  area  in  every  direction  for  others.  The  most  of  those 
secured  were  taken  by  clasping  the  hand  about  the  slender  willow 
branches  which  were  raised  a  few  inches  above  the  ground,  on  the  under 
side  of  which  the  insects  took  refuge  when  pursued.  A  single  male  taken 
from  the  margin  of  the  large  pond  mentioned  under  Conocephaluspalustrix, 
is  the  only  specimen  as  yet  seen  in  Vigo  county.    The  species  has  been 


126 

noted  before  only  in  Iowa  and  Nebraska,  but  probably  occurs  in  suitable 
localities  throughout  northern  Illinois  and  northwestern  Indiana.  ( >f  its 
habits  in  Nebraska,  Bruner  has  written  as  follows  :  "  It  is  quite  plentiful 
among  the  rank  vegetation  on  low  moist  ground,  and  ie  especially  com- 
mon in  wet  places  where  the  "  cut  grass  "  (Leersia  oryzoides,  Swartz)  grows. 
The  supposition  is  that  this  grass  offers  a  better  place  than  usual  for  the 
deposition  of  its  eggs,  which  are  deposited  between  the  leaves  and  stems 
of  grass.  Grape  vines  and  other  creeping  plants  which  form  matted  clus- 
ters that  afford  shelter  from  the  noonday  sun  and  the  bright  light  of  day 
are  favorite  haunts  of  this  and  other  species  of  our  nocturnal  grasshop- 
pers and  a  few  of  the  arboreal  crickets.'' 

-Since  writing  the  above  I  have  received  a  pair  of  this  species  from  Mr. 
A.  P.  Morse,  Wellesly,  Mass.,  which- were  labelled  "Ithaca,  N.  Y.,"  thus 
extending  eastward  its  known  habitat  by  more  than  700  miles. 

ee.     Body  very  slender;  the  tegmina  exceedingly  short,  pad-like,  cover- 
ing only  one-third  of  abdomen. 

19.     Xiphidium  modestum,  Bruner. 

Xiphidium  modestum,  Bruner,  Can.  Ent ,  XXIII.,  1891,56. 

This  is  the  smallest  and  most  slender-bodied  Locustid  found  in  the 
state.  It  is  a  dull,  reddish  brown  in  color,  except  the  stripe  on  the  occi- 
put and  disk  of  pronotum,  which  is  a  dark,  chocolate-brown,  the  two  col- 
ors being  separated  by  a  rather  wide  yellowish  line  which  in  living  speci- 
mens is  very  distinct. 

The  cone  of  vertex  is  short  and  rather  narrow.  Tegmina,  especially 
those  of  the  female,  very  short  and  obtusely  rounded.  Cerci  of  male 
elongate,  tapering,  a  little  curved  outward  and  armed  with  a  rather  long 
sub-basal  tooth.  Ovipositor  equalling  the  body  in  length,  very  slender 
andtaperinsr,  with  its  apical  half  slightly  upcurved. 

Measurements:  Male  Length  of  body,  10mm.;  of  tegmina,  3  mm.;  of 
hind  femora,  !»  mm.:  of  pronotum,  3  mm.  Female — Length  of  body,  11 
mm.;  of  tegmina,  2.5  mm.;  of  hind  femora,  9.5  mm.;  of  ovipositor,  11  mm. 

As  yet  noted  only  at  one  point  in  the  state,  namely,  the  border  of  a  raw 
prairie  near  Heckland,  Vigo  county,  where  it  was  found  in  small  num- 
bers on  October,  L'lst.  It  appears  to  be  less  active  than  any  other  Xiphi- 
dium, leaping  a  shorter  distance  when  disturbed,  and  frequenting  the  sur- 
face of  the  ground  rather  than  the  stems  of  the  tall  prairie  grasses  among 
which  it  makes  it  home.     It  will  probably  be  found  throughout  the  prai- 


127 

rie  region  of  the  state,  but  has  not  bel'ore  been  recorded  east  of  the  Mis- 
sissippi river,  although  it  is  said  by  Brunei-  to  be  very  plentiful  in  Ne- 
braska, Iowa  and  Kansas. 

dd.     Posterior  femora  much  shorter  than  the  ovipositor ;  the  latter  of 
excessive  length. 
g.     The  common  form  with  the  tegmina  very  short,  lees  than  half 
the  length  of  the  abdomen  ;  the  sides  of  the  body  green. 

20.     Xiphidium  strictuji,  Scudder. 

Xiphidium  strictum,  Scudder,  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVII.,  1875,  460. 

Id.,  Entom.  Notes,  IV.,  1875,  63. 

Id.,  Cent,  of  Orthop.,  1879, 13. 

Bruner,  Bull.  Washb.  Coll.  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.,  I.,  1885, 
128. 

McNeill,  Psyche,  VI.,  1891,  24. 

Redtenbacher,  Monog.  der  Conoceph.,  1891,  205. 
This  is  a  species  with  the  body  rather  slender,  of  more  than  average 
length ;  constant  in  color  but  dimorphic  as  respects  the  length  of  wings, 
the  long  winged  forms,  however,  being  very  scarce.  Sides  of  head  and 
body  together  with  all  the  femora  green.  The  usual  reddish  brown  stripes 
on  occiput  and  pronotum  narrowly  edged  with  whitish,  especially  on  the 
fastigium  of  the  vertex.  Tegmina  reddish  brown ;  in  the  females  exceed- 
ingly short  and  pad  like,  or  well  developed  and  reaching  almost  to  knees  ; 
when  the  former,  a  little  longer  than  the  wings  ;  when  the  latter,  5  mm. 
shorter  than  the  wings.  In  the  brachypterous  males  (the  only  ones  I  have 
seen )  the  tegmina  are  somewhat  less  than  half  the  length  of  the  abdomen. 
A  reddish  brown  band  on  dorsal  surface  of  abdomen,  darker  where  it 
meets  the  green  on  sides.  <  >vipositor  pale  red,  straight,  one  and  a  half 
times  the  length  of  the  posterior  femora.  Cerci  of  male,  long,  the  apical 
half  acuminate,  curved  slightly  inward  near  the  tip. 

Measurements  :  Male — Length  of  body,  14  mm.;  of  tegmina,  o.o  mm.; 
of  pronotum,  3.5  mm.;  of  hind  femora,  13.5  mm.  Female — Length  of  body, 
1 7  mm.;  of  tegmina,  short  winded  form,  3.5  mm.;  long  winged  form,  16  mm.; 
of  hind  femora,  15.5  mm.;  of  ovipositor,  23  mm. 

A  common  species  in  the  prairie  country  of  the  western  and  northern 
parts  of  the  state,  where  it  frequents,  for  the  most  part,  dry  upland  mead- 
ows and  prairies  and  reaches  maturity  about  August  5th.  An  active 
leaper  and  tumbler  and,  like  the  next  species,  often  striving  to  escape  de- 


128 

tection  by  burrowing  beneath  fallen  weeds  and  grasses.  Its  general 
range  is  to  the  west  and  southwest,  it  having  first  been  described  from 
Texas,  and  it  has  not  heretofore  been  recorded  east  of  Illinois. 

gg.     The  common  form  with  the  tegmina  covering  three-fourths  or 
more  of  abdomen ;  sides  of  body  dull,  reddish  brown. 

21.     Xiphidium  attenuatum,  Scudder.     The  Lance-tailed  Grasshopper. 
Xiphidium  attenuation,  Scudder,   Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  II.,   L869,   305, 
(Long  winged  form. ) 
Bruner,  Canad.  Entom.,  XXIII. ,  1891,  57. 
Id.,  Entom.  News,  III.,  1892,  265. 
Redtenbacher,  Monog.  der  Conoceph.,  1891,  191. 
(Long winged  form.) 
Xiphidium  scudderi,  Blatchley,  Canad.  Entom.,  XXIV..  L892,  26.  (Short 

winged  form.) 
?  Xiphidium  lanceokUwm,  Osborne,  Proc.  la.  Acad.  Sci.,  I.,  1892,  119. 
A  medium  sized  grasshopper  with  the  sides  of  head  and  body  dull  reddish 
brown.  Vertex,  disk  of  pronotum,  and  tegmina  greenish  brown  in  life, 
the  former  with  the  usual  dark  brown  median  stripe.  Femora  greenish 
brown,  very  rarely  bright  green,  the  tibia'  and  tarsi  darker.  Tegmina  and 
wings  either  abbreviated  or  fully  developed — when  the  former,  covering 
about  three-fourths  of  the  abdomen,  when  the  latter  considerably  surpass- 
ing its  tip  in  both  sexes.  Antenna'  with  the  basal  third  reddish,  the 
remainder  fuscous,  longer  than  in  any  other  member  of  the  genus  belong- 
ing to  our  fauna,  measuring  73  mm.  in  one  specimen  at  hand.  Ovipositor 
also  longer  than  in  any  other ;  slender  and  nearly  straight,  the  apex  very 
acuminate;  cerci  of  male  long,  broad,  with  the  apical  third  gently  taper- 
ing, the  basal  tooth  minute,  slender. 

Measurements:  Male— Length  of  body,  14  mm.;  of  pronotum,  3  mm.; 
of  tegmina,  short  form,  10  mm  ;  of  hind  femora,  14.5  mm.  Female — Length 
of  body,  10  mm.;  of  tegmina,  9.5  mm.;  of  hind  femora,  15  mm.;  of  oviposi- 
tor, 27 — 30  mm. 

In  Indiana  the  "Lance-tailed  Grasehopper"  has,  up  to  the  present,  been 
recorded  only  in  Vigo  county  where  it  is  common  about  the  margins  of 
two  large  ponds  in  the  Wabash  river  bottoms,  but  is  found  nowhere  else. 
The  distance  between  these  two  ponds  is  15  miles  and  the  one  to  the  south 
is  surrounded  on  all  sides  with  heavy  timber.  About  its  margins  on  Sep- 
tember 5th,  1892,  mature  specimens  of  X  attenuatum  were  very  plentiful 


129 

but  no  young  were  seen.  On  the  next  day  the  young  in  all  stages  were 
found  at  the  north  pond,  which  lie*  in  an  open  prairie  region,  while  but 
one  imago  was  noted.  Ten  days  later  the  north  pond  was  again  visited 
and  many  imagoes  secured,  although  the  young  were  still  plentiful. 

The  difference  in  time  of  development  at  the  two  ponds  is  probably 
due  to  the  surrounding  forest  which  shelters  the  one  to  the  southward,  as 
about  its  margins  occur  the  four  southern  species  of  Orthoptera  mention  e<  1 
above  in  the  notes  on  Conocephalus  palustris,  not  one  of  which  hag  been 
found  at  the  north  pond. 

The  males  of  attenuatum  are,  as  far  as  my  experience  goes,  the  most  active 
leapers  among  the  winged, Locustidse,  jumping  a  half  a  dozen  or  more 
times  without  pause  when  flushed,  and  in  the  net  leaping  so  rapidly  from 
side  to  side  as  to  prevent  capture  with  the  lingers.  The  females  are  evi- 
dently handicapped  in  their  leaping  powers  by  the  excessive  length  of  the 
ovipositor,  and  so  more  often  endeavor  to  escape  by  burrowing  beneath 
the  dense  masses  of  fallen  grass  and  reed  stems  which  are  always  found  in 
their  accustomed  haunts. 

I  find  that  the  length  of  the  ovipositor  among  the  different  species  of 
Xiphidium  is  not  at  all  dependent  upon  the  age  of  the  insect.  In  attenuatum 
it  is  almost  as  long  after  the  third,  and  fully  as  long  after  the  fourth  moult 
as  it  is  in  the  imago;  while  on  August  11th  a  female  of  strictum  was  taken 
with  no  vestige  of  tegmina  in  which  the  ovipositor  measured  IS  mm. 
The  eggs  of  attenuatum,  as  the  length  of  the  ovipositor  indicates,  are  laid 
between  the  stems  and  leaves  of  tall,  rank  grasses. 

Only  the  short  winged  form  of  this  species  has  been  noted  in  Indiana, 
but  Prof.  Bruner  has  taken  the  long  winged  form  in  Nebraska,  and  Mr. 
Scudder  described  it  from  the  latter  taken  in  Illinois ;  though  McNeill 
makes  no  mention  of  the  species  in  his  list  of  Orthoptera  from  that  state. 
Kedtenbacher,  in  his  Monographie,  has  copied  Scudder's  description  and 
has  separated  the  species  from  all  others  of  those  from  America  to  which 
it  is  closely  allied,  placing  it  next  to  fasciatum,  with  which  it  has  little  af- 
finity, by  virtue  of  the  wing  characters  alone. 

VII.     Okchelimum,  Serville  (1831). 

Locustida-  of  medium  size,  but  with  a  short  and  stout  body.  Vertex, 
face  and  eyes  much  as  in  Xiphidium.  Spines  of  the  presternum  well  de- 
veloped, cylindrical  and  slender.  Antenna'  slender  and  tapering,  usually 
of  excessive  length.  Wing  covers  narrow,  the  apical  half  often  much 
less  in  width  than  the  basal,  exceeding  the  abdomen  in  all  of  our  species; 

9 


130 

almost  always  shorter  than  the  wings.  Stridulating  organ  of  the  male 
as  in  Xiphidivm,  but  proportionally  larger.  Ovipositor  stout,  broad,  with 
the  apical  half  usually  upcurved ;  when  straight  the  apical  third  tapers 
rather  abruptly  on  the  under  side  to  a  fine  point.  Anal  plates  and  cerci 
of  males  as  in  Xiphidivm. 

Very  close  to  Xiphidivm,  and  by  some  writers  united  with  that  genus, 
liedtenbacher  places  it  as  a  sub-genus  of  Xiphidivm,  separating  its  mem- 
bers from  those  of  Xiphidinm  proper  by  the  same  characters  as  did  Ser- 
ville.  As  scientists  differ  in  opinion  with  respect  to  what  characters  are 
necessary  to  constitute  a  genus,  and  as,  at  the  best,  it  is  but  an  artificial 
and  arbitrary  grouping  of  species  for  the  sake  of  convenience,  I  follow 
Serville,  Scudder  and  Bruner  in  separating  the  two,  believing  that  the 
prime  idea  of  convenience  can  thus  be  better  subserved. 

As  seen  above,  the  larger,  heavier  body,  longer  prosternal  spines,  and 
shorter  and  broader  falcate  ovipositor  are  the  chief  distinguishing  char- 
acters of  Orchelimvm.  The  wing  covers  are  more  uniform  in  length,  and 
the  color,  while  of  slightly  different  shades  of  brown  or  green  in  the  same 
species  according  to  season  and  habitat,  does  not  run  to  the  extremes  of 
variation  as  in  Xiphidivm. 

The  generic  name,  Orchelimvm,  the  literal  meaning  of  which  is  "I  dance 
in  the  meadows,"  is  a  most  appropriate  one,  for  low,  moist  meadows 
everywhere  swarm  with  these  insects  from  July  to  November ;  and  though 
waltzes  and  quadrilles  are  probably  not  indulged  in,  yet  the  music  and 
song,  the  wooing  and  love-making  which  are  the  natural  accompaniments 
of  those  amusements,  are  ever  present,  and  make  the  short  season  of  ma- 
ture life  of  the  participants  a  seemingly  happy  one. 

Nine  species  of  the  genus  have  been  taken  by  the  writer  within  the 
State,  and  probably  several  others  occur  which  have  not  as  yet  been  dis- 
covered. 

a.    Ovipositor  with  a  very  evident  curve;  its  length  less  than  10mm. 
b.     Face  without  a  median  brown  stripe, 
c.     Posterior  femora  unarmed  beneath. 

d.     Tegmina  broadest  at  base ;  the  apical  third  narrower ;  body 
robust. 
e.     Tegmina  and  wings  sub-equal  in  length  ;  size,  medium. 

22.    Obchelimum  vulgabe,  Harris.    The  Common   Meadow  Grasshopper. 
Orchelimvm  vulgare,  Harris,  Ins.  Inj.  to  Veg.,  1802,  1(12,  fig.  77. 


131 

Scudder,  Boat.  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII.,  1862,  452. 
Id.,  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XI.,  18G8.     (Note 

of  set  to  music.) 
Id.,  Am.  Naturalist,  II.,  1808,  117.     (Note  of  set 

to  music.) 
Id.,  Distrib.  Ins.  in  N.  Hamp.,  1874,  368.     (Note  of 

set  to  music.) 
Id.,  Rep.  Ent.  Soc.  Ont.,  XXIII.,  1892,  73.     (Note 

of  set  to  music.) 
Rathvon,  TJ.  S.  Agr.  Rep.,  1862,  382. 
Smith,  Orthop.  Maine,  1868,  145. 
Thomas,  Geol.  Surv.  Wyoming,  1870,  269. 
Packard,  Guide  to  Stud.  Ins.,  1883,  567. 
Riley,  Stand.  Nat.  Hist.,  II.,  1884,  187. 
Bruner,  Bull.  Washb.,  Coll.  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.,  I.,  1885, 

129. 
Comstock,  Int.  Entom.,  I.,  1888,  114. 
Smith,  Ins.  of  N.  Jersey,  1890,  411. 
Id.,  Bull.  Ag.  Coll.  Exp.  Stat.  N.  Jer.,  No.  90, 1892, 

5,22,31,  fig.  13,  pi.  II. 
McNeill,  Psyche,  VI.,  1891,  25. 
Osborne,  Proc.  la.  Acad.  Sci.,  1892,  118. 
Xiphidium  vulgare,  Fernald,  Orth.  N.  Eng.,  1884,  24. 
Xiphidium  fasciatum,  Thomas,  Trans.  111.  St.  Agl.  Soc,  V.,  1865,  444. 

(Not  X.  fasciatum,  DeGeer.) 

Xiphidium  agile,  Redtenbacher,  Monog.  der  Conoceph.,  1891,  186.   (In 

part.) 

A  medium  sized,  robust  species,  with  the  general  color  green  or  light 

reddish  brown.    Face  light  green  or  light  brown  without  fuscous  marks. 

The  occiput  and  disk  of  pronotum  with  a  reddish  brown  band,  widening 

on  the  latter,  where  it  is  often,  especially  in  the  male,  bordered  on  each 

side  with  a  darker  line.    The  male  (as  in  most  of  our  species)  with  two 

short,  black  dashes  on  each  wing  cover,  the  four  forming  the  angles  of  an 

assumed  square,  enclosing  the  tympanum.    The  legs  usually  pale  brown, 

the  tarsi  dusky.     Pronotum  long,  its  posterior  lobe  but  slightly,  if  at  all, 

upturned  above  the  plane  of  the  anterior,  its  hind  margin  broadly  rounded. 

Tegmina  reaching  to  or  very  slightly  beyond  the  apex  of  hind  femora, 

and  equalling  or  very  little  shorter  than  the  wings.   Cerci  of  male  rather 


132 

long,  the  apex  bluntly  rounded,  a  little  depressed  ;  sub-basal  tooth  some- 
what flattened,  with  the  tip  sharp  and  decurved. 

Measurements:  Male— Length  of  body.  18  mm.;  of  pronotum,  6  mm.; 
of  tegmina,  21  mm.;  of  hind  femora,  18  mm.  Female — Length  of  body, 
19  mm.;  of  pronotum  6.2  mm.;  of  tegmina,  21  mm.;  of  hind  femora,  18.5 
mm.;  of  ovipositor,  7.5  mm. 

Redtenbacher  places  vulgare  as  a  synonym  of  DeGeer's  Xiphidium  agile, 
stating  as  his  reason  for  so  doing  that  Harris  and  Scudder  have  separated 
the  two  "  on  account  of  small  differences  in  the  color  and  size  of  the  wing 
covers,  as  well  as  in  the  length  of  the  ovipositor.''  He  may  be  right  in 
thus  combining  them,  but  his  relative  measurements  of  X.  agile,  as  given, 
do  not  agree  with  specimens  of  undoubted  vulgare  in  my  possession. 
Scudder,  who  has  had  ample  opportunity  to  compare  the  two,  says  (Bost. 
Journ.  Nat.  -Hist.)  that  the  pronotum  is  shorter  in  agile  than  in  vulgare. 
Redtenbacher's  measurements  of  this  organ,  as  well  as  those  of  the  hind 
femora,  are  much  less  than  the  average  measurements  given  above.  Har- 
ris, as  well  as  Burmeister,  states  that  the  tegmina  of  agile  are  2.5  mm. 
shorter  than  the  wings,  while  McNeill,  in  his  description  of  0.  silvaliemu* 
says  that  agile  has  the  hind  femora  armed  beneath.  Taking  all  these 
facts  into  consideration,  though  having  no  typical  example  of  agile  lor 
comparison,  I  have  concluded  not  to  follow  Redtenbacher  but  to  retain 
for  the  species  at  hand  the  name  vulgare,  by  which  it  is  best  known  to 
the  entomologists  of  the  F/nited  States. 

This  is  probably  the  most  abundant  member  of  the  family  Locustidrc 
found  in  Indiana.  It  begins  to  reach  maturity  in  the  central  part  of  the 
State  about  July  20th,  and  more  frequently  than  any  other  of  our  species 
of  Orchelimum  it  is  found  in  upland  localities,  along  fence  rows,  and  in 
clover  and  timothy  meadows.  In  early  autumn  it  seems  to  be  very  fond 
of  resting  on  the  leaves  and  stems  of  the  ironweed,  Vernonia  fasciculata, 
Michx.,  so  common  in  many  blue  grass  pastures.  Vulgare  seems  to  be 
somewhat  carnivorous  in  habit,  as  on  two  occasions  I  have  discovered  it 
feeding  upon  the  bodies  of  small  moths  which  in  some  way  it  had  man- 
aged to  capture.  The  note  of  the  male  has  been  well  represented  by  Mc- 
Neill as  "the  familiar  zip-zip-zip-zip-ze-e-e-e — the  staccato  first  part  being 
repeated  about  four  times,  usually  about  twice  a  second;  the  ze-e-e-e  con- 
tinuing from  two  or  three  to  twenty  or  more  seconds." 


-Psyche,  VI..  26. 


133 

ee.     Tegmina  distinctly  shorter  than  wings  ;  size  large. 

23.  Orchelimum  glaberrimum,  (  Burmeister. ) 

Xiphidium  glaberrimum,  Burmeister,  Handb.  der  Ent.,  II.,  1838,  707. 
Fernald,  Orth.  N.  Eng.,  1888,  25. 
Redtenbacher,Monog.derConoceph.,  1891, 187. 
Orchelimum  glaberrimum  Scudder,Bost.  Journ.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII.,  1862,453. 
Walsh,  Proc.  Eat.  Soc.  Phil.,  III.,  1864,  232. 
Riley,  Stand.  Nat.  Hist.,  II.,  1884,  186. 
Bruner,  Bull.  Washb.  Coll.  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.,  I., 

1885,  128. 
Comstock,  Int.  to  Entom.,  I.,  1888,  114. 
,  Smith,  Ins.  N.  Jer.,  1890,  410. 
McNeil,  Psyche,  VI.,  1891,  25. 
Very  close  to  and  perhaps  only  a  larger  form  of  0.  vulgarc.    The  general 
color  is  the  same,  but  the  brown  line  on  the  disk  of  pronotum  is,  in  the 
female,  more  plainly  margined  with  black,  while  in  the  male  the  black 
dashes  at  ends  of  tympanum  are  larger  and  more  completely  enclose  that 
organ.    The  tegmina  of  the  male  exceed  the  hind  femora  by  about  4  mm., 
and  are  exceeded  by  the  wings  about  the  same  distance;  those  of  the  fe- 
male are  proportionally  a  little  shorter. 

Measurements:  Male — Length  of  body,  22.5  mm.;  of  pronotum,  6  mm.; 
of  tegmina,  25  mm.;  of  hind  femora,  19  mm.  Female— Length  of  body, 
23  mm.;  of  pronotum,  6.5  mm.;  of  tegmina,  24  mm.;  of  hind  femora,  19 
mm.;  of  ovipositor,  8.5  mm. 

Burmeister's  original  description  of  this  species  is  very  short  and  not 
distinctive.  It  is  as  follows :  "  Verticis  et  pronoti  medio  fulvo,  nigro- 
marginato;  elytris  ab  alis  dimidia  linea  superatis.  Long.  Corp.,  II"'."  Bur- 
meister knew  but  two  species  from  the  United  States,  and  this  short  de- 
scription was  sufficient  for  him  to  distinguish  these,  but  of  the  twenty  or 
more  species  now  known  it  is  difficult  to  say  just  which  one  he  had  in 
mind  when  he  wrote  the  above.  Of  the  specimens  referred  to  this  species 
I  have  but  three  examples.  One  is  from  Fulton  county,  the  other  two 
from  Vigo.  They  were  taken  from  tall  grass  growing  near  the  margin  of 
ponds.     Nothing  distinctive  of  their  habits  is  known. 

dd.     Tegmina  of  equal  width  throughout ;  body  slender. 

24.  Orchelimum  campestre,  Blatchley. 

Orchelimum  campestre,  Blatchley,  Canad.  Entom.,  XXV.,  1893,  91. 


184 

A  species  of  less  than  medium  size,  with  the  wing- covers  narrow  and 
of  almost  equal  width  throughout,  the  posterior  femora  unarmed  beneath, 
and  the  ovipositor  short  and  narrow. 

Cone  of  the  vertex  prominent,  narrow,  rounded  at  the  apex ;  the  sides 
of  the  frontal  deflexed  portion  rapidly  converging  to  form  a  very  acute 
wedge.  Wing-covers  long,  slender,  not  narrowed  in  the  middle  as  in  0. 
vulgare,  glaberrimum,  etc.,  tapering  slightly  on  the  apical  third  to  a  rounded 
end  ;  their  length  equalling  that  of  the  wings  in  the  male,  a  little  shorter 
in  the  female.  Posterior  femora  with  the  basal  half  quite  stout,  the  length 
less  than  that  of  the  tegmina.  Cerci  of  male  slender,  cylindrical,  some- 
what pointed,  the  apical  half  curved  slightly  outwards,  the  basal  tooth 
short  and  weak.  Ovipositor  short,  narrow,  moderately  upcurved,  and 
tapering  to  a  delicate  point. 

Color. — Tegmina  and  wings  almost  uniform  transparent  olivaceous  brown. 
The  usual  dark  reddish-brown  band  upon  the  occiput  and  disk  of  pro- 
notum  is  margined  on  the  latter  with  two  very  narrow  and  darker  brown 
stripes,  which  extend  back  to  the  middle  of  the  posterior  lobe  of  the 
pronotum.  Face,  and  usually  the  hind  femora,  a  dirty  olive  brown  ;  the 
latter,  when  dry,  with  a  blackish  longitudinal  band  on  the  exterior  face. 
In  the  female  the  only  green  on  the  body  is  on  the*  lower  part  of  the  sides 
of  the  pronotum  and  on  the  anterior  femora.  The  only  male  at  hand  has 
the  posterior  femora  green,  but  otherwise  is  colored  like  the  females. 
Ovipositor  light  reddish-brown. 

Measurements. — Length  of  body,  male,  17.5  mm.;  female,  19  mm.;  of 
pronotum,  male,  4.5  mm.;  female,  5  mm.;  of  tegmina,  male,  20.5  mm.; 
female,  24.5  mm.;  of  antenna-,  male,  40  mm.;  of  posterior  femora,  male,  17 
mm.;  female,  17.5  mm.;  of  ovipositor,  7  mm. 

This  dull  colored  grasshopper  has  been  found  in  small  numbers  in  both 
Yigo  and  Fulton  counties,  in  upland  prairie  meadows,  where  it  frequents 
the  tall  grasses,  usually  in  company  with  Xiphidium  stridum,  Scudder. 

It  is  a  smaller  and  more  slender  bodied  insect  than  the  common  0. 
vulgare,  Harris,  and  has  a  shorter  and  narrower  pronotum  and  a  much 
smaller  ovipositor  than  that  species. 

"■.     Apical  half  of  posterior  femora  armed  beneath  with  several  small 
spines. 
/'.     All  the  tibia-  and  tarsi  black  or  dark  brown. 


135 

25.     Oechelimum  xig rites,  Scudder.    The  Black-legged  Grasshopper. 

Orchelimum  nigripes,  Scudder,  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVII.,  1875, 
459. 

Id.,  Entom.  Notes,  IV.,  1875,  62. 

Id.,  Cent.  Orthop.,  1879,  12. 

Id.,  Rep.  Ent.  Soc.  Ont.,  XXIII.,  1892,  73. 

Bruner,  Bull,  Washb.,  Coll.  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.,  I., 
1885,  128. 

McNeill,  Psyche,  VI.,  1891,  25. 

Redtenbacher,  Monog.  der  Conoceph.,  1891,  188. 

Osborne,  Proc.  la.  Acad.  Sci.,  I.,  1892,  118. 

Blatchley,  Canad.  Ent.,  XXV.,  1S93,  93. 
Somewhat  smaller  than  0.  ndgare ;  the  body  moderately  robust.  Pro- 
notum  short,  the  posterior  lobe,  especially  in  the  male,  rather  strongly 
upturned.  Tegmina  a  little  shorter  than  the  wings,  surpassing  slightly 
the  hind  femora.  The  shrilling  organ  of  the  male  is  unusually  large  and 
prominent  with  strong  cross  veins,  and  behind  it  the  tegmina  taper  rap- 
idly on  both  margins ;  their  shape  and  the  size  of  the  tympanum  causing 
the  male  to  appear  somewhat  peculiar  and  much  more  robust  than  it 
really  is.  Hind  femora  armed  on  apical  half  of  lower  outer  carina  with 
from  one  to  four  small  spines.  Cerci  of  male  slender,  tapering,  the  apex 
a  little  obtuse;  the  sub-basal  tooth  long,  slender  and  a  little  curved. 
Ovipositor  rather  long,  broadest  in  the  middle,  tapering  to  a  delicate  point. 
The  males  vary  much  in  size.  General  color  green  or  reddish-brown,  the 
former  prevailing  in  the  male,  the  latter  in  the  female.  Occiput  and  disk 
of  pronotum  with  the  usual  brown  markings.  Front  and  sides  of  head, 
and  four  front  femora,  reddish  yellow.  All  the  tibiae  and  tarsi,  together 
with  the  apical  third  of  hind  femora,  black  or  dark  brown  ;  in  one  speci- 
men at  hand  the  whole  body,  except  the  wing-covers  and  femora,  black. 

Measurements:  Male — Length  of  body,  18  mm.;  of  pronotum,  5  mm.; 
of  tegmina,  21  mm.;  of  hind  femora,  16  mm.  Female — Length  of  body, 
19  mm.;  of  tegmina,  22  mm.;  of  hind  femora,  17  mm.;  of  ovipositor,  9  mm. 
A  lowland  species,  which,  in  Vigo  county,  is  excessively  common  from 
August  1st  to  October  15th,  about  the  river  bottom  ponds  mentioned 
above,  where  it  frequents  the  stems  and  leaves  of  the  different  species  of 
Polygonum,  or  smart  weed,  growing  in  the  shallow  water.  A  few  specimens 
have  been  taken  in  Putnam  county,  and  a  single  male  from  the  margin  of 
a  tamarack  swamp  at  Kewanna,  Fulton  county,  so  that  it  probably  occurs 


L36 

in  suitable  localities  throughout  the  state.  It  was  first  described  from 
Texas  and  has  not  before  been  recorded  east  of  Illinois,  though  it  has  been 
taken  by  myself  at  Celina,  Ohio.  It  song  is  much  more  faint  than  that  of 
Q.  rujgare,  and  the  z-e-e-e-e  is  much  less  prolonged. 

ff.     The  tibia'  and  tarsi  green  or  reddish-brown. 

26.     OrciielImum  silvaticum,  McNeill. 

Orchelimum  sUvaHcum,  McNeill,  Psyche,  VI.,  February,  1891,  26. 

Scudder,  Rep.  Fnt.  Soc.  Ont.,  NNIIL,  1892,  73. 
!  Xiphidium  spinulosum,  Redtenbacher,  Monog.  der  Conoceph.,  April, 
1891,  189. 

A  somewhat  smaller  and  less  robust  species  than  0.  mdgare,  though  the 
proportional  measurements  of  the  two  are  almost  the  same.  The  pro- 
notum  is  shorter,  the  tegmina  more  narrow,  and  in  the  female  the  latter 
are  slightly  exceeded  by  the  wings :  equalling  them  or  a  little  shorter  in 
the  male.  The  hind  femora  reach  to  or  slightly  beyond  the  apex  of  teg- 
mina and  are  armed  on  the  lower  outer  carina  with  three  or  four  minute 
spines.  The  general  color  is  the  same  as  that  of  wlgare,  but  the  blackish 
stripes  on  the  margin  of  the  brown  discal  stripe  of  pronotum  are  more  dis- 
tinct than  in  that  species. 

Measurements :  Male — Length  of  body,  17.5  mm.;  of  pronotum,  4.5  mm.; 
of  tegmina,  16.5  mm.;  of  hind  femora,  15  mm.  Female — Length  of  body, 
17.5  mm.;  of  tegmina,  17  mm.;  of  hind  femora,  15  mm.;  of  ovipositor,  8  mm. 

I  am  inclined  to  believe  that  Redtenbacher's  Xiphidwm  spinulosum  is  this 
species.  The  measurements  as  given  by  him  are  somewhat  greater,  but 
otherwise  the  description  agrees.  McNeill's  name,  however,  has  the 
priority. 

In  Indiana  this  species  has,  up  to  the  present,  been  taken  only  in  Vigo 
county,  where  it  frequents  the  borders  of  cultivated  fields  and  open  woods, 
reaching  maturity  about  August  20th.  "  Its  stridulation,"  says  McNeill, 
"  is  quite  distinct  from  that  of  vulgare.  It  consists  of  the  same  two  ele- 
ments, but  the  zip  is  repeated  many  times  very  rapidly  so  as  to  make 
almost  a  continuous  sound  and  the  z-e-e-ee  is  comparatively  short  and  very 
constant,  lasting  about  eight  seconds.  The  first  part  of  the  song  lasts 
from  three  to  five  seconds." 

bb.     Face  with  a  dark  reddish-brown  stripe  down  the  center. 

g.    Stripe  broadly  expanded  on  the  lower  half  of  face.     Size 
medium. 


27.  Oechelimum  coxcixxum,  Scudder. 

Orchelimum  concinnum,  Scudder,  Bost.  Journ.  Xat.  Hist.,  VIL,  L862,  452. 
Riley,  Stand.  Xat.  Hist.,  II.,  1884,  187. 
Comstock,  Int.  to  Entom.,  I.,  1888,  115. 
Smith,  Ins.  N.  Jer.,  1890,  410.     . 
McNeill,  Psyche,  VI.,  1891,  25. 
Bruner,  Canad.  Entom.,  XXIII.,  1891,  71. 
Xiphidium  concinnum,     Fernald,  Orth.  X.  Eng.,  1888,  25. 

Redtenbacher,  Monog.  der  Conoceph.,  1891, 188. 
A  species  of  medium  size  with  a  body  less  robust  than  that  of  0.  vulgare. 
General  color  brownish-green ;  the  female  darker.  The  reddish-brown 
dorsal  stripe  of  pronotum  and  occiput  passes  over  the  fastigium  and  down 
the  face  broadening  above  the  lab  rum  to  cover  the  whole  lower  half  of 
face.  The  tegmina  of  male  brownish-green,  a  little  shorter  than  the 
wings  ;  of  the  female  darker  and  equal  to  or  a  little  longer  than  the  wings. 
Pronotum  short.  Hind  femora  rather  slender,  unarmed  beneath.  Cerci 
of  male  with  the  apex  obtuse,  a  little  compressed,  the  sub-basal  tooth 
rather  slender.  Ovipositor  less  curved  than  that  of  0.  vulgare  and  with  a 
very  sharp  point. 

Measurements  :  Male— Length  of  body,  18  mm.;  of  pronotum,  5.5  mm.; 
of  tegmina,  21  mm.;  of  hind  femora,  16  mm.  Female— Length  of  body, 
19  mm.;  of  tegmina,  20  mm.;  of  hind  femora,  17  mm.;  of  ovipositor,  8  mm. 
A  rare  species  in  Vigo  and  Putnam  counties,  and  as  yet  not  noted  in 
the  northern  part  of  the  state.  It  frequents  the  weedy  and  grassy  mar- 
gins of  marshes  and  lowland  ponds  and  reaches  maturity  about  August 
15th. 

gg.     Facial  stripe  of  equal  width  throughout.     Size  small. 

28.  Orchelimum  injdianense,  Blatchley. 

Orchelimum  indianense,  Blatchley,  Canad.  Entom.,  XXV.,  1893,  90. 
A  slender-bodied  insect,  with  a  dark  median  streak  down  the  face,  and 
having  the  posterior  femora  unarmed  beneath.  The  cone  of  the  vertex 
is  short,  rather  narrow,  with  a  rounded  apex.  The  tegmina,  narrow,  tap- 
ering, a  little  shorter  than  the  wings,  and  of  a  delicate,  almost  gauze-like 
texture.  Posterior  femora  slender,  shorter  than  the  closed  tegmina. 
Anal  cerci  of  male  of  medium  size,  longer  than  the  subgenital  plate,  tap- 
ering to  a  dull  point ;  the  basal  tooth  short,  with  a  broad  base  and  a  very 
sharp  point.  The  ovipositor  of  female  of  less  than  average  width  and 
length,  the  apical  half  with  a  gentle  upward  curve. 


188 

Color  of  dried  specimens:  Tegrnina  and  wings  a  transparent  whitish, 
tinged  with  green  on  the  front  or  lower  longitudinal  nerves ;  the  cross 
nervules  of  the  latter  darker.  Sides  of  pronotum  and  abdomen,  and  all 
the  femora,  light  green ;  the  tibiae  and  tarsi  of  a  brownish  hue.  Face 
yellowish  white,  with  a  dark  reddish  brown  stripe  the  width  of  the  lab- 
rum,  starting  with  the  mouth  and  passing  upward  to  the  vertex,  where 
it  narrows  to  the  width  of  that  organ ;  then,  broadening  on  the  occiput,  it 
passes  back  to  the  front  border  of  the  pronotum,  where  it  divides  into  two 
narrow  streaks,  which  enclose  a  whitish  area  and  extend  a  little  beyond 
the  posterior  transverse  suture,  where  they  taper  to  an  end.  Subgenital 
plate  of  male  yellow.  Basal  third  of  ovipositor  dark  brown,  the  re- 
mainder light  reddish-brown. 

Measurements :  Length  of  body,  male,  17  mm.;  female,  17.5  mm.;  of 
pronotum,  male  and  female,  4  mm.;  of  tegmina,  male,  21  mm.;  female,  19 
mm.;  of  hind  femora,  male,  14  mm.;  female,  15.5  mm.;  of  ovipositor,  7.5 
mm. 

This  graceful  and  prettily  marked  species  was  found  to  be  quite  com- 
mon among  the  rank  grasses  and  sedges  growing  about  the  margins  of  a 
tamarack  swamp  near  Kewanna,  Fulton  county.  It  was  first  taken  on 
August  26th  and  again  on  September  24th,  when  it  appeared  more  plen- 
tiful than  before.  It  is  the  smallest  and  most  slender  of  the  nine  species 
of  the  genus  so  far  known  to  occur  in  the  state,  and  its  markings  are  very 
distinct  from  those  of  any  of  the  others. 

aa.     Ovipositor  straight  or  nearly  so,  the  under  side  of  apical  third  tap- 
ering rather  abruptly  to  a  fine  point ;  its  length  10  or  more  mm. 
h.    Posterior  femora  smooth  beneath. 

2i».     Om  iiei.imi  m  gladiator,  Bruner. 

Orchelimum  gladiator,  Bruner,  Canad.  Entom.,  XXIII. ,  1891,  71. 

"  In  its  general  structure  this  species  resembles  the  more  robust  forms 
like  0.  glaberrimum  and  0.  concinnum.  It  differs  from  these  however  in 
having  shorter  legs  and  antennae.  The  posterior  femora  are  rather  slen- 
der ;  the  cone  of  the  vertex  is  short  and  obtuse,  with  the  extreme  tip  shal- 
lowly  sulcate  ;  the  hind  wings  are  little  if  any  longer  than  the  tegmina, 
which  do  not  quite  reach  the  tip  of  the  ovipositor. 

"  Color,  pale  transparent  grass-green  throughout,  save  the  usual  mark- 
ings upon  the  occiput  and  disk  of  pronotum,  which  are  dark  brown,  on 
the  latter  composed  of  two  well  defined,  narrow,  slightly  diverging  lines. 


139 

Antenna  rufous,  feet  and  extreme  tip  of  the  ovipositor  tinged  with  ru- 
fous. 

"Measurements  :  Female — Length  of  body,  18mm.;  of  antenna?,  35mm.; 
of  pronotum,  4.75  mm.;  of  tegniina,  19  mm.;  of  hind  femora,  15.5  mm.;  of 
ovipositor,  10  mm."— Brunei". 

A  single  female  of  this  species  was  taken  in  Fulton  county,  August  26th, 
1892,  from  the  borders  of  the  tamarack  swamp  previously  noted.  It 
agrees  exactly  with  Mr.  Bruner's  description,  and  therefore  I  have  copied 
the  latter  verbatim.  He  described  the  species  from  two  females  taken 
from  the  flowers  of  a  prairie  golden  rod,  Solidago  rigida,  L.,  at  West  Point, 
Neb.  The  male  is  not  as  yet  known.  The  species  probably  occurs  in 
small  numbers  in  low,  damp  prairies,  but  as,  aside  from  the  long,  straight 
ovipositor,  it  bears  a  somewhat  general  resemblance  to  0.  vulgare,  it  has 
heretofore  been  overlooked,  or  confounded  with  that  common  insect. 

hh.     Posterior  femora  armed  on  the  lower  outer  carina 
with  several  small  spines. 

30.     Orchelimum  bruxeri,  Blatchley. 

Orchelimum  bruneri,  Blatchley,  Canad.  Entom.,  XXV.,  1893,  92. 

A  species  of  medium  size  and  rather  slender  body  with  the  posterior 
femora  armed  beneath,  and  the  ovipositor  very  broad,  nearly  straight  and 
of  more  than  average  length. 

Cone  of  the  vertex  narrow,  moderately  elevated,  rounded  at  apex. 
Tegmina  long  and  narrow,  a  little  shorter  than  the  wings.  Posterior 
femora  rather  stout,  the  apex,  when  appressed,  not  quite  reaching  the 
tip  of  ovipositor ;  armed  beneath  on  the  apical  half  with  three  or  four 
small  spines.  Cerci  of  male  stout,  acuminate,  with  the  internal  tooth 
prominent. 

Ovipositor  very  similar  to  that  of  0.  gladiator,  Bruner,  being  very  long 
and  stout,  nearly  straight  above,  and  with  the  under  side  of  apical  third 
sloping  rapidly  to  the  acute  apex. 

Color  of  dried  specimens. — With  the  exception  of  the  ovipositor,  which 
is  a  light  reddish-brown,  and  the  usual  stripe  on  occiput  and  disk  of  pro- 
notum, the  whole  body  is  a  pale,  transparent  brownish-green,  the  green 
showing  plainly  only  on  the  lower  half  of  the  side  of  pronotum  and  on 
the  meso  and  metapleura.  The  reddish-brown  dorsal  stripe  of  occiput 
and  pronotum  is  bordered  laterally  throughout  its  entire  length  with  a 
very  narrow  one  of  much  darker  brown.     When  immersed  in  alcohol  the 


140 

reddish-brown  stripe  fades  to  a  yellowish  white,  leaving  the  two  lateral 
ones  as  prominent  dark  streaks,  widest  on  the  central  portion  of  the 
frontal  disk. 

Measurements :  Length  of  body,  male,  18  mm.;  female,  20.5  mm.;  of 
tegtnina,  male,  21  mm.;  female,  25  mm.;  of  pronotum,  male  and  female, 
4.75  mm.;  of  hind  femora,  male,  16  mm.;  female,  17  mm.;  of  ovipositor, 
10  mm.     Described  from  two  males  and  four  females. 

This  species,  the  female  of  which  is  at  once  conspicuous  by  reason  of 
the  shape  and  size  of  its  ovipositor;  has  been  taken  in  small  numbers  only 
in  Vigo  county,*  where  it  is  found  during  August  and  September  on  the 
leaves  and  stems  of  a  tall,  broaddeaved  knot  weed,  Polygonum  amphibium, 
L.,  which  grows  luxuriantly  in  the  shallow  waters  about  the  margins  of 
two  or  three  large  ponds  in  the  Wabash  River  bottoms.  Several  other 
"green  grasshoppers,"  notably  among  which  are  Xiphidium  altenuatum, 
Scudder,  and  Orchelimum  nigripes,  Scudder,  frequent  this  plant  in  immense 
numbers.  Keeping  company  with  them  an  occasional  specimen  of  0. 
brilneri  is  seen,  but,  being  an  active  leaper.it  often  escapes  amidst  the 
dense  foliage  of  the  knot  weed  before  its  capture  can  be  effected.  Its  less 
robust  body  and  longer,  armed  posterior  femora  will  readily  distinguish 
this  species  from  0.  gladiator,  the  only  other  one  which,  to  my  knowledge, 
has  an  ovipositor  shaped  like  that  of  briineri.  The  latter  is  named  in 
honor  of  Prof.  Lawrence  Bruner,  of  Lincoln,  Neb.,  one  of  the  leading 
authorities  on  N.  A.  Orthoptera. 

Stexoi'ei.matix  v.. 

The  Indiana  members  of  this  subfamily  comprise  those  insects  which 
are  commonly  called  "  stone"  or  "  camel  crickets,"  and,  eo  far  as  known, 
belong  to  the  single  genus  Ceuthophilus,  which  is  characterized  below. 
VIII.  Ceuthophilus,  Scudder  (1862). 

Wingless  Locustidae  of  medium  or  large  size  with  a  thick  body  and  arched 
back.  Head  large  and  oval,  bent  downwards  and  backwards  between  the 
front  legs.  Antenna-  long,  slender,  cylindrical  and  tapering  to  a  fine  point. 
Lyes  sub-pyriform,  the  narrow  end  downwards,  placed  close  to  the  basal 
joint  of  the  antenna.  Maxillary  palpi  long  and  slender ;  the  apical  joint 
longest,  somewhat  curved,  split  on  the  under  side  three-fourths  of  its 
length,  which  is  nearly  equal  to  that  of  the  two  preceding  taken  together. 
Pronotum  short,  not  extending  over  the  meso  and  meta-notum.  Prostern- 


-Since  the  above  was  written  this  insect  has  been  found  to  be  very  plentiful  about 
the  margin  of  Lost  Lake,  Marshall  county,  Ind. 


141 

um  unarmed.  Hind  femora  thick  and  heavy,  turned  inwards  at  the  base, 
channelled  beneath,  with  the  margins  of  the  channels  either  serrate  or 
spined  in  the  males,  seldom  armed  in  the  females.  Ovipositor  well  devel- 
oped, nearly  straight,  a  little  upturned  at  the  tip,  the  inner  valves  usually 
strongly  serrate  on  the  under  side  of  the  apical  fourth.  Cerci  of  males 
long,  slender,  usually  very  hairy. 

These  insects  are  seldom  seen  except  by  the  professional  collector.  They 
are  nocturnal  in  their  ^habits,  and  during  the  day  hide  beneath  stones 
along  the  margins  of  small  woodland  streams,  or  beneath  logs  and  chunks 
in  damp  woods,  in  which  places  seldom  lees  than  two,  nor  more  than  three 
or  four,  are  found  associated  together.  Being  wingless  they  make  no  noise, 
and,  like  most  other  silent  creatures,  are  supposed  to  be  deaf,  as  no  trace 
of  an  ear  drum  is  visible. 

That  they  are  wellnigh  omnivorous  in  their  choice  of  food,  I  have  de- 
termined by  keeping  them  in  confinement,  when  (hey  fed  upon  meat  as 
well  as  upon  pieces  of  fruit  and  vegetables,  seemingly  preferring  the  latter. 
The  majority  of  the  species  evidently  reach  maturity  and  deposit  their 
eggs  in  the  late  summer  or  early  autumn,  as  the  full  grown  insects  are 
more  common  then,  but  have  been  taken  as  late  as  December  1st.  The 
eggs,  which  are  supposed  to  be  laid  in  the  earth,  usually  hatch  in  April, 
but  some  are  hatched  in  autumn  and  the  young  live  over  winter  (an  anom- 
aly among  the  Locustidse  ?)  as  I  have  taken  them  in  January  and  Febru- 
ary, and  at  this  writing,  December  24th,  have  one  in  confinement  which 
has  just  passed  the  second  moult. 

Several  of  the  species  inhabit  caves  and  are  usually  of  much  larger  size, 
with  longer  antenna'  and  smaller  compound  eyes  than  those  found  above 
ground. 

The  males  of  these  insects  are  quite  readily  separated  by  the  size,  num- 
ber and  relative  positions  of  the  spines  on  the  under  side  of  the  hind 
femora,  as  well  as  by  the  degree  of  curvature  of  the  corresponding  tibiae. 
The  females,  having  neither  the  spined  posterior  femora  nor  the  curved 
tibia-,  are  less  readily  distinguished  by  the  color  and  the  relative  meas- 
urements of  the  different  organs.  As  the  two  sexes  are  colored  alike  and 
are  usually  found  in  close  proximity  there  will  be  little  difficulty  in  plac- 
ing the  female  after  determining  the  male  by  the  keys  given  below,  which 
mainly  pertain  to  that  sex  alone. 

Seven  species  have,  up  to  the  present,  been  taken  by  the  writer  in  In- 
diana. 


142 

a.    Hind  tibi;e  of  male  with  the  basal  half  very  distinctly  undulated  or 
waved ;  the  hind  femora  with  about  16  small  sub-equal  spines  on 
each  of  the  lower  carinse. 
31.    Cetjthophilus  maculatus,  (»Say).    The  Spotted  Wingless  Grasshopper. 
" Ephippigera  mactdata,  Say,  (Mss.)  Harris  Cat.  Ins.  Mass.,  1835,  56." 
Rhaphidophora  mactdata,  Scudder,  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  VIII., 
1861,  7,  11,  14. 
Id.,  Encyc.  Amer.  1881,  VIII. ,  170. 
halangopsh metadata,  Harris,  Ins.  Inj.  to  Veg.  1862,  155,  fig.  73. 
Ceuthophilus  maculatus,  Scudder,  Bost.  Journ.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII.,  1862,  4:!4. 
Id.,  Distb.  Ins.  of  N.  Hamp.,  1874,  366. 
Smith,  Orth.  of  Maine,  1868,  145. 
Packard,  Guide  Stud.  Ins.,  1883,  565. 
Riley,  Stand.  Nat.  Hist.,  II.,  1884,  184,  fig.  259. 
Bruner,  Bull.  Washb.  Col.  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.,  I., 

1885,1211. 
Fernald,  Orth.  N.  Eng.,  1888,  19. 
Brunner,  Monog.  der  Stenop.  und  Gryll.,  1888, 

307. 
Smith,  Ins.  N.  Jers.,  1890,  40!). 
McNeill,  Psyche,  VI.,  1891,  27. 
Osborne,  Proc.  la.  Acad.  Sci.,  I.,  1892,  119. 
Raphidophora  lapidicola,  Scudder,  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII.,  1861, 
7.  (In  part.) 
Thomas,  Trans.  111.  St.  Ag.  Soc,  V.,  1865,  444. 
(Not  Ceuthophilus  lapidicolus,  Burmeister.) 
General  color :     Above,  sooty  brown  with  the  anterior  half  of  each  seg- 
ment dotted  with  a  number  of  rather  large,  more  or  less  confluent,  pale 
spots;  below  pale  brown,  unspotted.     Antenna*  and  legs  light,  reddish 
brown  ;  the  hind  femora  barred  on  the  outer  surface  with  numerous  short 
lines  of  darker  brown  arranged  in  parallel  rows.     Anterior  femora  short, 
a  little  longer  than  pronotum  with  one  or  two  spines  on   the,  lower, 
front  carina.    Hind  femora  moderately  swollen,  the  inferior  sulcus  narrow, 
with  each  margin  armed,  in  the  male,  with  about  16  rather  small,  sub- 
equal  spines  ;  in  the  female,  each  margin  bears  a  row  of  numerous  minute 
teeth.    Hind  tibise  of  male  distinctly  undulate  or  waved  at  base ;  a  little 
longer  than  the  femora. 

Measurements :     Male — Length  of  body,  14  mm.;  of  pronotum,  4.5  mm.; 


143 

of  front  femora,  6  mm.;  of  hind  femora,  15  mm.;  of  hind  tibia?,  1G  mm.; 
Female — Length  of  body,  18  mm.;  of  pronotum,  6  mm.;  of  front  femora,  6 
mm.;  of  hind  femora,  17  mm.,  of  ovipositor,  10  mm. 

This  insect  has  a  wide  range,  having  been  recorded  from  New  England 
to  the  Kocky  Mountains.  In  Indiana  it  is,  as  far  as  my  observation  goes, 
much  less  common  than  some  of  the  other  species  of  the  genus,  having  so 
far  been  taken  only  in  Putnam  county  where,  on  August  1st,  I  took  sev- 
eral specimens  from  beneath  a  log  in  a  deep  and  damp  ravine.  It  probably 
occurs  sparingly  in  like  situations  throughout  the  state. 

aa.     Hind  tibia?  of  male  not  undulated  at  base  ;  sometimes  with  a  single, 
slight  curve. 
b.     Hind  femora  but  little,  if  any,  shorter  than  the  corresponding  tibia1 ; 
species  living  above  ground. 
c.    Upper  sides  of  body  each  with  a  broad,  dark  reddish-browrn  stripe. 

32.     Ceuthophilxjs  latens,  Scudder.    The  Black-sided  Camel  Cricket. 
CeuthophUus  latens,  Scudder,  Bost.  Journ.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII.,  1862,  437. 
McNeill,  Psyche,  VI.,  1891,  27. 

General  color,  light,  reddish  brown  "with  darker  streaks  upon  the 
hind  femora  and  two  broad  bands  of  dark,  reddish  brown  along  the  whole 
dorsum,  extending  half  way  down  the  sides,  dotted  irregularly  with  brown- 
ish yellow  spots,  most  profusely  on  the  abdomen,  and  separated  from  one 
anuther  by  a  narrow,  irregular  band  of  the  same  color;  below  yellowish 
brown  ;  tips  of  the  hind  femora  dark." 

Anterior  tibia?  one-third  longer  than  the  pronotum,  with  two  spines  on 
the  outer  lower  carina.  Middle  femora  bispined  on  each  carina  beneath. 
Hind  femora  thick  and  stout,  the  inferior  sulcus  wide  and  deep,  the  mar- 
gins unarmed  in  the  female;  in  the  male  with  three  or  four  minute  spines 
on  the  apical  third  of  each  carina.  Hind  tibiae  straight,  a  little  longer 
than  the  femora. 

Measurements  :  Male — Length  of  body,  18  mm. ;  of  pronotum,  5  mm.; 
of  front  femora,  6.5  mm. ;  of  hind  femora,  14  mm.  ;  of  hind  tibife,  14.5 
mm.  Female — Length  of  body,  19  mm. ;  of  hind  femora,  14.5  mm. ;  of 
hind  tibia?,  15  mm. ;  of  ovipositor,  10  mm. 

The  above  description  applies  to  the  species  as  usually  found  in  the 
State.  I  have,  however,  a  pair  of  specimens  taken  in  Putnam  county, 
which,  while  agreeing  fully  with  the  peculiar  coloration  and  relative 
measurements  of  latens,  differ  so  markedly  in  size  and  in  the  spination 


144 

of  the  femora  that  I  have  more  than  once  been  inclined  to  think  them  a 
distinct  and  undescribed  species.  They  have  the  middle  femora  armed 
beneath  with  3  spines  on  each  carina;  the  hind  femora  of  male  with  9 
spines  on  the  outer  carina,  the  4  or  5  middle  ones  of  which  are  very 
strong  and  prominent,  the  inner  carina  with  11  small  and  sub-equal  spines. 
The  hind  tibise  with  an  evident  downward  curve  at  base.  The  hind  femo- 
ra of  the  female  have  5  small  spines  on  the  outer  and  11  on  the  inner  car- 
ina. 

Measurements:  Male — Length  of  body,  22  mm.;  of  pronotum,  6.5 
mm.;  of  front  femora,  9  mm.;  hind  femora,  19  mm.;  of  hind  tibise,  21 
mm.  Female — Length  of  body,  25  mm.  ;  of  pronotum,  7  mm.  ;  of  front 
temora,  9  mm. ;  of  hind  femora,  19.5  mm. ;  of  hind  tibia%  20.5  mm.  ;  of 
ovipositor,  13  mm. 

If,  as  is  most  likely,  these  are  only  greatly  developed  forms  of  latens,  the 
spining  of  the  femora  of  these  insects  varies  greatly  with  the  age,  and, 
unless  one  has  adult  specimens,  it  is  not  therefore  a  character  of  as  much 
specific  worth  as  is  usually  attributed  to  it. 

( '.  latens  is  not  an  uncommon  species  in  Vigo  and  Putnam  counties.  It 
is  most  commonly  found  beneath  flat  stones  near  the  margins  of  small 
streams  in  upland,  hilly  localities.  It  reaches  maturity  in  June  or  July, 
probably  from  specimens  hatched  in  spring,  though  I  have  taken  the 
young  on  two  different  occasions  in  February.  It  has  been  recorded  here- 
tofore only  from  Illinois  and  the  male  is  herewith  described  f'Cr  the  first 
time,  Mr.  Scudder's  description  having  been  based  upon  a  single  female. 

cc.     Sides  of  body  without  a  dark,  reddish  brown  stripe. 

d.  Hind  femora  of  male  with  the  inferior  sulcus  very  deep  ;  the 
outer  carina  with  about  9  spines  of  unequal  length  and  not 
equi-distant. 

33.     Ceuthophilus  uhleri,  Scudder. 

CeutJwphilus  uhleri,  Scudder,  Bost.  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII.,  1862,  435. 
Riley,  Stand.  Nat.  Hist.,  II.,  1884, 184. 
Smith,  Ins.  N.  Jer.,  1890,  40<>. 
Ceuthopliil'i*  lapidicola,  Brunner,  Monog.  der.  Stenopel.  und  Gryllac,  1888, 
307.     (Xot  C.  lapidicolus  Burm.) 
General  color  light  reddish  brown,  the  meso  and  meta-notum  usually 
darker.     The  pronotum  rather  thickly  and  irregularly  mottled  with  paler 
spots;  the  other  segments  with  the  pale  spots  for  the  most  part  in  a 


145 

transverse  row  near  the  hind  margin.  The  legs  yellowish  brown,  the 
hind  femora  with  the  apex  a  little  dusky  above  and  with  three  longitu- 
dinal, and  numerous  obliquely  transverse,  dusky  bars  on  the  outer  face. 

The  anterior  femora  but  little  longer  than  the  pronotum ;  the  lower, 
front  margin  armed  with  from  one  to  four  spines.  Hind  femora  of  the 
male  of  average  width  but  very  stout,  the  lower,  outer  carina  prominent, 
the  inferior  sulcus  rather  narrow  and  very  deep,  the  sides  meeting  at  an 
angle  above.  The  spines  of  the  outer  carina  are  arranged  in  three  sets,  the 
basal  set  containing  4  equi-distant  graduated  spines  the  apical  one  largest ; 
the  middle  set  contains  but  a  single  strong  spine  equal  in  size  to  the  one 
before  it  and  separated  from  it  as  well  as  from  the  first  one  of  the  apical 
set,  by  a  space  almost  twice  as  great  as  between  the  members  of  the  basal 
set ;  the  apical  set  of  4  small  sub-equal  spines.  The  inner  carina  is 
armed  with  about  16  small  sub-equal  spines.  The  female  has  the  inner 
carina  also  armed  in  like  manner  with  still  smaller  spines.  Hind  tibia-  of 
male  straight,  a  little  longer  than  the  femora. 

Measurements :  Male— Length  of  body,  14  mm. ;  of  pronotum,  5.2 
mm.;  of  front  femora,  6.2  mm.  ;  of  hind  femora,  16.5  mm. ;  of  hindtibhi-, 
17  mm. 

C.  Brunner,  in  his  Monographic,  has  evidently  described  this  species  un- 
der the  name  of  C.  lapidicola  Burm.  At  the  close  of  his  description  he 
says  of  lapidicola  :  "  Neither  the  diagnosis  of  Burmeister  nor  the  descrip- 
tion of  Scudder  are  sufficiently  exact  to  recognize  the  species  ;  for  which 
reason  I  have  designated  by  this  name  any  new  species  whatever  at 
hand."  In  another  place  he  describes  under  the  name  C.  uhleri  Scudder,  a 
species  having  the  spines  on  the  outer  carina  of  the  hind  femora  equal 
in  length ;  whereas  Mr.  Scudder,  in  his  description  of  uhleri  distinctly 
states  that  they  are  "  of  unequal  length,  and  irregularly  arranged." 

Specimens  of  the  insect  described  above  were  sent  to  Mr.  Scudder,  who 
pronounced  my  identification  correct.  In  central  Indiana  uhleri  is  the 
most  common  species  of  Ceathophilus.  It  is  found  from  July  to  Novem- 
ber beneath  rails  and  logs  in  rather  dry  situations.  The  young  have  been 
taken  from  similar  places  in  December  and  February,  but  evidently  the 
larger  number  of  eggs  do  not  hatch  until  spring. 

dd.  Hind  femora  of  male  with  the  inferior  sulcus  shallow  ;  the  spines 
of  the  outer  lower  carina  sub-equal  in  size  and  equi-distant 
from  one  another. 

10 


146 

e.    The  sulcus  very  broad ;  the  spines  of  the  outer  carina  much 
larger  than  those  of  the  inner. 

34.     Ceuthophilus  latisulcus,  nov.  sp. 

f  CeuthophUus  uhleri,  Brunner,  Monog.  der  Stenopel.  und  Gryll.,   L888, 
308,  pi.  VII.,  fig.  33  b. 

General  color,  light  brownish  or  clay  yellow,  irregularly  mottled  with 
fuscous,  especially  on  the  pronotum  and  abdomen  ;  the  female  somewhat 
darker.  The  anterior  femora  much  longer  than  the  pronotum  with  two 
sub-equal  spines  near  the  apex  of  the  lower  front  carina.  The  interme- 
diate femora  with  three  spines  on  each  of  the  lower  carina?.  The  hind 
femora  not  so  broad  as  in  the  preceding,  the  outer  lower  carina  much  less 
prominent ;  the  upper  half  of  the  exterior  face  very  scabrous,  with  small 
projections.  The  inferior  sulcus  very  broad  and  shallow,  about  twice  the 
breadth  and  one-half  the  depth  of  that  of  C.  uhleri ;  the  sides  not  meet- 
ing in  an  angle  as  there,  but  the  upper  surface  of  the  sulcus  flat.  The 
outer  carina  with  8  sub-equal  spines  borne  at  equal  distances  apart  on 
the  apical  half ;  the  middle  two  slightly  the  larger  but  much  less  strong 
than  the  corresponding  one  of  C.  uhleri.  The  inner  carina  armed  with 
20  or  more  very  small  teeth.  The  hind  tibise  with  a  very  slight  curve 
just  below  the  base ;  a  little  longer  than  the  corresponding  femora. 

Measurements :  Male— Length  of  body,  15  mm.;  of  pronotum,  5.1 
m.m. ;  of  front  femora,  7  mm. ;  of  hind  femora,  17.5  mm. ;  of  hind  tibiae, 
18.5  mm. 

From  C.  uhleri,  which  it  most  resembles,  this  species  may  at  once  be 
known  by  the  longer  anterior  femora,  the  much  broader  and  shallower 
sulcus  of  the  hind  femora,  as  well  as  by  the  difference  in  size  and  arrange- 
ment of  the  teeth  upon  the  latter.  The  adult  male  is  larger  with  longer 
hind  limbs  than  that  of  uhleri,  though  the  males  of  both  these  species 
are  much  more  robust  when  mature  than  those  of  maculatus  and  lapidi- 
colus  which  have  come  under  my  notice. 

C.  Brunner,  in  his  Monographie,  has  described  a  species  of  Ceuthophdus 
under  the  name  of  uhleri,  Scudder,  which  may  be  the  same  insect  as 
latisulcus.  As  shown  above,  however,  the  name  of  uhleri  belongs  to  the 
preceding  species.  Brunner's  measurement  of  his  so-called  uhleri,  as  well 
as  the  number  of  spines  on  the  femora,  differ  from  those  given  above. 

Latisulcus  is  described  from  two  males  and  a  female  taken  in  Vigo  coun- 
ty, August  25,  from  beneath  a  log  on  a  sandy  hillside. 


147 

ee.  The  sulcus  of  average  width  and  depth  ;  the  spines  of  hoth  cari- 
na' small  and  sub-equal  in  size. 

/.  General  color  clear  reddish  brown,  mottled  with  paler ;  each  of 
the  carina'  of  the  hind  femora  with  about  28  crowded  minute 
spines. 

35.     Ceuthophilus  lapidicolus,  (Burmeister.) 

Phalangopsis  lapidicola,  Burmeister,  Handb.  der  Entom.  II.,  1838,  72.'!. 
Raphidophora  lapidicola,  Scudder,   Proc.   Bost.  Soc.  Nat.   Hist.,  VIII., 

1861,  7.     (In  part.) 
Ceuthophilus  lapidicolus,  Id.,  Bost.  Journ.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII.,  1862,  435. 
Riley,  Stand.  Nat.  Hist.,  II.,  1884,  184. 
Smith,  Ins.  N.  Jer.,  1890,  409. 
Osborne,  Proc.  la.  Acad.  Sci.,  I.,  1892,  119. 
Clear  reddish-brown,  mottled  with  small  pale  spots,  especially  on  the 
abdomen,  where  the  spots  have  a  tendency  to  arrange  themselves  in  lon- 
gitudinal rows.    The  legs  paler,  the  exterior  face  of  the  hind  femora  with 
the  usual  darker  bars,  but  not  so  prominent  as  in  C.  mactdatus.     Anterior 
femora  a  little  longer  than  pronotum,  unarmed  beneath.     Intermediate 
femora  also  unarmed  or  with   a  single  apical  spine   on  front  margin. 
Hind  femora  of  medium  thickness,  the  inferior  sulcus  of  average  width, 
rather  deep ;  the  spines  of  both  carime  more  like  the  fine  teeth  of  a  saw, 
about  25  in  number  and  crowded  on  the  apical  two-thirds  of  the  segment. 
Hind  tibipe  straight,  a  little  shorter  than  the  femora. 

Measurements:  Male — Length  of  body,  18  mm.;  of  pronotum,  5  mm.;  of 
front  femora,  6.5  mm.;  of  hind  femora,  18.5  mm.;  of  hind  tibiae,  16  mm. 
Female— Length  of  body,  18.5  mm.;  of  hind  femora,  18  mm.;  of  ovipositor, 
9  mm. 

As  Brunner  has  well  said  it  is  impossible  to  distinguish  C.  lapidicolus  from 
Burmeister's  description,  which  was  founded  upon  two  female  specimens 
from  South  Carolina,  and  undoubtedly  many  references  to  it  are  wrong. 
If  any  person  is  competent  to  judge  as  to  what  lapidicolus  really  is,  that 
person  is  Mr.  Scudder,  and  I  have  determined  the  form  described  above 
from  specimens  bearing  that  name  kindly  loaned  me  by  him. 

In  Indiana,  lapidicolus  is  not  a  common  insect,  its  range  probably  being 
more  southern.  Several  specimens  have  been  taken  in  Putnam  county 
from  beneath  logs  in  damp  woods. 


148 

ff.  General  color  dull  yellowish  brown,  with  very  numerous 
paler  spots  ;  each  of  the  carina}  of  the  hind  femora  with 
about  seven  very  small  and  distinct  teeth. 

36.  Ceuthophilus  jsreyipes,  Scudder. 

Ceuthophilus  brevipes,  Scudder,  Bost.  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.,  VIL,  1862,  434. 
Smith,  Orth.  of  Maine,  1868,  145. 
Fernald,  Orth.  N.  Eng.,  1888,  19. 

Dull  yellowish  brown,  a  little  darker  on  the  dorsum  of  the  thorax  where 
there  is  a  narrow  median  line  of  clay  yellow.  Very  profusely  spotted 
with  dirty  white  spots,  especially  on  the  abdomen,  and  near  the  apex  of 
hind  femora,  where  they  nearly  form  an  annulation. 

Front  femora  a  little  longer  than  the  pronotum,  with  a  single  spine  on 
lower  front  carina.  Hind  femora  short  and  stout;  the  inferior  sulcus  of 
average  width  and  depth;  each  carina  armed  with  about  seven  very  small 
teeth.    Hind  tibia-  straight,  of  the  same  length  as  the  femora. 

Measurements:  Male — Length  of  body,  14  mm.;  of  pronotum,  4.5  mm.; 
of  front  femora,  5.5  mm.;  of  hind  femora,  12  mm.;  of  hind  tibire,  12  mm. 

A  single  male  from  Vigo  county  agrees  in  every  respect,  except  slight 
differences  in  measurements,  with  typical  examples  from  Mr.  Scudder's 
collection.    Not  before  recorded  west  of  New  England. 

bb.    Hind  femora  distinctly  shorter  than  the  corresponding  tibiae; 
cave  inhabiting  species. 

37.  Ceuthophilus  stylus  (Scudder.) 

Raphidophora  slygius,  Scudder,  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  VIII.,  1861,9. 
Ceuthophilus  stj/gius,  Id.,  Bost.  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII.,  1862,  438. 
Riley,  Stand.  Nat.  Hist.,  II.,  1884,  184. 
Brunner,  Monog.  der  Stenop.  und  Gryll.,  1888,  309. 
Pale,  reddish-brown,  the  hind  border  of  each   segment  with  a  dark 
brown  band,  the  pronotum  with  a  similar  band  on  the  front  margin,  and 
an  indistinct,  dark  median  band  connecting  the  two.     Face  pale  with  a 
black  dash  below  each  eye,  and  a  shorter  median  one.     Antennae  brown- 
ish yellow,  paler  towards  the  tip,  of  excessive  length.     Front  femora,  in 
the  specimens  at  hand,  double  the  leugth  of  the  pronotum,  with  three 
spines  on  the  lower  front  carina.     Middle  femora  shorter  than  the  anter- 
ior with  both  of  the  lower  carina}  armed  with  three  or  four  distinct  spines. 
Hind  femora  rather  slender,  the  lower  outer  carina  prominent ;  the  infer- 
ior sulcus  narrow  and  of  average  depth  ;  both  margins  armed  with  num- 


149 

erous  small  spines,  those  on  the  outer  carina  double  the  size  of  those  on 
the  inner.  Hind  tibife  straight,  much  longer  than  the  corresponding 
femora. 

Measurements :  Male— Length  of  body,  26  mm.;  of  pronotum,  6  mm.;  of 
front  femora,  12  mm.;  of  antennae,  100  mm.;  of  hind  femora,  23  mm.;  of 
hind  tibiae,  27  mm.  Female — length  of  body,  23  mm.;  of  pronotum,  5.5 
mm.;  of  front  femora,  11  mm.;  of  hind  femora,  21  mm.;  of  hind  tibia?,  24 
mm.;  of  ovipositor,  14  mm. 

These  measurements  are  much  greater  than  those  given  by  Mr.  Scud- 
der,  but  otherwise  the  specimens  agree  with  his  description  in  every  re- 
spect. 

Two  males  and  one  female  of  this  large  and  handsome  Ceuthophilus  were 
ta  ken  by  Mr.  W.  P.  Hay  from  a  small  cave  in  Crawford  county  and  kindly 
presented  to  me.  It  evidently  inhabits  only  the  smaller  caves  as  Mr.  Hay 
saw  no  specimens  in  Wyandotte,  and  Mr.  Scudder,  in  the  Proc.  Bost.  Soc, 
says  of  the  original  types  taken  in  Kentucky:  "Though  careful  search 
was  made  in  the  larger  cave,  a  mile  or  more  in  extent,  no  Raphidophonv 
were  found,  but  in  the  remotest  corner  of  the  small  cave,  a  few  hundred 
feet  only  in  extent,  in  a  sort  of  hollow  in  the  rock,  not  particularly  moist, 
but  having  only  a  sort  of  cave  dampness,  the  stygia  was  found  plentifully 
these  were  also  found  exclusively  upon  the  walls.  Even  the  remotest 
part  of  the  cave  is  not  so  gloomy  but  that  some  sunlight  penetrates  it." 
Dec  ticidin.k. 

In  the  western  states  this  sub  family  is  represented  by  several  genera 
and  a  large  number  of  species,  but  east  of  the  Mississippi  River  there  are 
but  two  species  of  a  single  genus  belonging  to  it,  both  of  which  are  found 
in  Indiana. 

IX.     Tiiykeoxotis,  Serville  (1839). 

These  are  Locustidte  of  large  size  with  the  pronotum  extending  back 
over  the  first  joint  of  the  abdomen,  thus  forming  a  buckler  or  shield  for 
the  back.  Face  broad,  rounded,  but  slightly  oblique.  Eyes. small,  sub- 
globose.  Vertex  with  a  blunt  decurved  projection  between  the  antenna- 
which  is  slightly  excavated  on  the  sides.  Pronotum  truncate  in  front, 
rounded  behind,  flattened  above,  bent  abruptly  downwards  on  the  sides. 
Prosternum  armed  with  two  short,  blunt  spines.  Tegmina  of  the  females 
rudimentary,  wholly  covered  by  the  pronotum  ;  those  of  the  males  fairly 
well  developed,  extending  in  our  most  common  species  5  mm.  back  of  the 
pronotum.      The  shrilling  organ,  which  is  covered  by  the  pronotum,  is 


150 

circular,  and  rather  large  for  the  size  of  the  tegmina.  Wings  very  rudi- 
mentary or  wanting.  Hind  femora  long  and  rather  slender,  extending, 
in  our  species,  beyond  the  abdomen  in  both  sexes,  notably  so  in  the  males. 
Ovipositor  as  long  as  the  body,  very  stout  at  the  base,  straight. 

The  "Shield-back  Grasshoppers,"  so  called  on  account  of  the  large  pro- 
tective pronotum,  are  often  quite  numerous  from  April  1st  to  September 
in  dry  upland  woods  and  on  sloping  hillsides  with  a  southern  exposure, 
but  are  seldom  if  ever  found  in  damp  localities. 

On  the  first  warm  days  of  early  spring  the  young  begin  to  emerge  and 
in  suitable  places  for  a  month  or  more  are  among  the  most  common 
Orthopterons  seen.  They  are  much  more  active  during  early  life  than  in 
the  mature  state  when  they  crawl  rather  than  leap.  In  captivity  they 
feed  as  readily  upon  animal  as  upon  vegetable  food,  and  in  the  natural 
state  probably  feed  upon  the  dead  bodies  of  such  small  animals  as  they 
can  find.  The  earliest  hatched  reach  maturity  in  Central  Indiana  about 
the  middle  of  July,  and  may  then  often  be  found  resting  on  the  leaves  and 
stems  of  low  shrubs  and  weeds,  but  seldom  climb  over  two  or  three  feet 
from  the  ground.  The  adults  are  far  less  numerous  than  the  young,  the 
vast  majority  of  the  latter  probably  falling  a  prey  to  the  many  ground 
frequenting  sparrows  and  other  birds,  as  they  do  not  hide  by  day  as  do 
the  members  of  the  preceding  genus. 

a.     Front  margin  of  pronotum  much  narrowed,  but  little  more  than  half 

as  wide  as  hind  margin  ;  the  latter  broadly  rounded. 
38.    Thyreonotis  pachymerus,  (JBurmeister.) 

Decticus pachymerus,  Burmeister.  Handb.  der  Entom.,  II.,  1S3S,  712. 
Thyreonotus  pachymerus,  Scudder,  Bost.  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII.,  1862, 153. 
Comstock,  Int.  Ent.,  I.,  1888,  118,  fig.  106. 
Fernald,  Orth.  N.  Eng.,  1888,  26. 
Smith,  Ins.  N.  Jer.,  1890,  411. 
McNeill,  Psyche,  VI.,  1891,  24. 
Osborne,  Proc.  la.  Acad.  ScL,  1892,  ll't. 
Davis,  Canad.  Entom.,  XXV.,  108  (Song.  of). 
Color:     Male— Grayish  or  fuscous  brown;  the  sides  of  pronotum  and 
tegmina  black,  the  former  often  shining ;  a  narrow,  curved  yellow  line 
above  the  posterior  lateral  angle  of  pronotum  ;  the  exposed  dorsal  field  of 
tegmina  light  brown;    the  femora  with   numerous  minute  pale  spots. 
Female — Usually  reddish-brown  throughout  except  the  yellow  line  on 
side  of  pronotum  which  is  bordered  above  with  a  dash  of  black. 


151 

The  lateral  carina'  of  pronotum  are  much  sharper  in  this  species  than 
in  the  next;  the  pronotum  itself  is  a  little  longer,  and  appears  more  so 
than  it  really  is  on  account  of  the  broadly  rounded  posterior  lobe.  The 
latter  has  in  the  female  a  faint  median  carina  which  is  absent  in  dorsalis. 
The  hind  femora,  as  well  as  the  ovipositor,  are  a  little  shorter  than  in  that 
species,  and  the  apex  of  the  ovipositor  is  more  bluntly  rounded  from  above. 

Measurements  :  Male— Length  of  body,  20  mm.;  of  pronotum,  10  mm.; 
of  hind  femora,  10  mm.  Female— Length  of  body,  22  mm.;  of  pronotum, 
0  mm.;  of  hind  femora,  IS  mm.;  of  ovipositor  17  mm. 

PacJiymerus  is,  in  Indiana,  by  far  the  more  common  of  the  two  species 
known  to  occur.  So  far  it  has  been  noted  only  in  Putnam  and  Vigo 
counties,  but  undoubtedly  is  to  be  found  throughout  the  State,  frequent- 
ing the  localities  mentioned  above  under  the  generic  description.  In  a 
pleasing  account  of  the  note  and  habits  of  the  species,  Mr.  W.  T.  Davis 
says  as  follows:  "Its  song  much  resembles  that  of  Orchelimum  vulgare, 
with  the  preliminary  zip,  zip,  omitted.  It  is  a  continuous  z-e-e-e,  with  an 
occasior»al  short  ik,  caused  by  the  insect  getting  its  wing  covers  ready  for 
action  after  a  period  of  silence.     *     :;:  Starting  with  raspberries, 

one  kept  in  captivity  had  the  rest  of  the  fruits  in  their  season,  including 
watermelon,  of  which  he  showed  marked  appreciation.  If  I  offered  him 
a  raspberry  and  then  gradually  drew  it  away  he  would  follow  in  the  di- 
rection of  the  departing  fruit,  and  would  finally  eat  it  from  my  hand." 

aa.     Front  margin  of  pronotum  but  little  narrowed,  about  three-  fourths 
the  width  of  the  hind  margin,  the  latter  almost  square. 
39.    Thyreoxotus  dorsalis,  (Burmeister.) 

Decticw  dorsalis,  Burmeister,  Handb.  der  Entom.,  II.,  1838,  713. 
Thyreonotus  dorsalis,  Scudder,  Bost.  Journ.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII.,  1802,  454. 
Id.,  Distb.  Ins.  X.  Hamp.,  1874,  370. 
Id.,  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Xat.  Hist.,  XIX.,  1877,  8:1. 
Id.,  Ent.  Notes,  VI.,  1878,  24. 
Comstock,  Int.  Ent.,  I.,  1888,  118. 
Fernald,  Orth.  X.  Eng.,  1888,  26. 
Smith,  Ins.  X.  Jer.,  1890,  411. 
Color:     Female — Dull,  yellowish  brown;  the  posterior  lobe  of  prono- 
tum, dorsum  of  abdomen  and  ovipositor  dark  brown.     A  blackish  spot 
on  the  face  below  each  eye;  the  sides  of  the  pronotum  with  obsolete 
fuscous  markings.     The  chief  structural  distinctions  between  this  insect 
and  PacJiymerus  are  given  above  under  the  latter  species. 


152 

Measurements:  Female— Length  of  body,  24  mm.;  of  pronotum,  8.5 
mm.;  of  hind  femora,  21  mm.;  of  ovipositor,  22  mm. 

This  species  is  represented  in  my  collection  by  two  females  taken  in 
Vigo  county,  in  August,  1891.  It  has  not  heretofore  been  recorded  west 
of  the  Alleghany  Mountains. 


The  above  thirty-nine  species  comprise  all  the  Locustida?  which,  to  the 
present  knowledge  of  the  writer,  inhabit  Indiana.  Others  undoubtedly 
occur,  especially  in  the  southern  half,  and  throughout  the  prairie  region 
of  the  northwestern  part,  where  no  collecting  has  been  done.  The  pres- 
ent paper  will,  perhaps,  aid  in  the  identification  of  the  more  common 
kinds  of  this  much  neglected  group  of  insects ;  but  collectors  throughout 
the  state  should  be  on  the  lookout  especially  for  the  following  twelve 
species  whose  known  range  implies  that  they  are  probably  inhabitants  of 
Indiana  ;  and  when  the  careful  and  systematic  biological  survey  of  the 
state,  now  instituted,  has  been  completed,  a  number  of  them*  will  no 
doubt  have  been  added  to  our  known  insect-fauna  : 

1.  Scudderia  pistillate/,,  Brunner. 

Should  be  looked  for  in  the  northern  half  of  the  state.  Ke- 
sembles  furcata,  but  has  much  wider  tegmina.  Ranged  from 
New  Jersey  to  Nebraska. 

2.  Arhblycorypha  scadderi,  Brunei-. 

Resembles  oblongifolia,  but  is  smaller,  with  comparatively  shorter 
hind  legs,  and  with  ajiex  of  ovipositor  more  strongly  serrate. 
Common  in  Eastern  Nebraska. 

3.  Microcentrum  retinervis,  (Burmeister.) 

(See  under  M.  laurifolixm.)  Should  be  found  in  Southern  In- 
diana. 

4.  ( 'yrtophyllus  perspieillatus,  ( Fabricius.) 

Has  shorter  and  broader  tegmina,  more  robust  legs,  and  musical 
organ  of  male  broader  than  concavus.     A  southern  form. 

5.  XipMdium  saltans,  Scudder. 

Should  be  found  in  the  prairie  region  northwest.  Resembles 
strictum,  but  is  smaller,  with  longer  tegmina,  and  shorter  ovi- 
positor.    Common  in  Kansas  and  Nebraska. 

6.  Orchelimum  delicatum,  Brunei". 

A  more  slender  and  smaller  insect  than  vulgare,  with  a  much 


153 

shorter  (4  mm.)  pronotum,  and  a  much  longer  (11.5  mm.) 
and  straighter    ovipositor.     To    be    looked    for  northward. 
1    Nebraska. 

7.  Orchelimum  mlantum,  McNeill. 

Described  from  Henry  county,  Illinois.  Larger  than  vulgare, 
with  much  longer  tegmina.     Posterior  femora  armed  beneath. 

8.  Ceuthophilvs  rnsifer,  Packard. 

A  cave  form  described  from  Kentucky. 

9.  Ceuthophihts  nigcr,  Scudder. 

Allied  to  latens,  but  wholly  black  with  a  reddish  tinge.  Hind 
femora  short  and  unusually  slender.     Described  from  Illinois. 

10.  Ceuthophilus  divergens,  Scudder. 

Color  of  lapidicolm,  but  with  five,  long  spines  on  each  side  of 
hind  tibia?,  which  turn  outward  at  right  angles  to  tibia?.  Ne- 
braska, Iowa. 

11.  Hadenacas  cavernarum,  Saussure. 

A  stone  cricket,  said  by  Prof.  E.  D.  Cope  to  inhabit  Wyandotte 
Cave,5"  but  not  included  in  the  list  proper,  as  I  have  seen  no 
specimens. 

12.  Undeopsylla  nigra,  Scudder. 

A  stone  cricket,  recorded  from  Iowa,  Nebraska  and  Illinois,  and 
therefore  to  be  looked  for  in  Indiana. 

Biological  Laboratory,  Terre  Haute  High  School,  May  10,  1893. 


The  Blattid/i:  of  Indiana     By  W.  S.  Blatchley,  Terre  Haute,  Ind. 

The  members  of  the  family  Blattidse,  commonly  known  as  cockroaches, 
are  classed  among  the  Orthopterahy  reason  of  their  biting  mouth  parts,  and 
direct  or  incomplete  metamorphosis.  From  the  other  families  of  that 
order  the  Blaitida  may  be  known  by  their  depressed,  oval  form;  their  nearly 
horizontal  head,  which  is  bent  under  and  almost  concealed  by  the  broad 
prothorax ;  their  slender  legs  of  equal  length  and  size ;  their  five  jointed 
tarsi ;  and  by  the  absence  of  either  ovipositor  or  forcipate  appendages  at  the 
end  of  the  abdomen. 


-Cope,  in  Reps.  Ind.  Geol.  Surv.,  IV.,  1872,  161,  and  X.,  1878,  4i»3,  mentions  thi 
under  the  name  of  Raphidophora  subterranea,  Scudder— a  synonym  of  H.  eavernat 


154 

The  rings  of  the  abdomen  overlap  each  other  and  are  capable  of  great 
extension  and  depression  so  that  these  insects  seem  to  be  pre-eminently 
fitted  for  living  in  the  narrow  crevices  and  cracks  which  they  inhabit. 
The  legs  are  of  peculiar  structure  in  that  they  are  long  and  more  or  less 
flattened,  thus  enabling  the  cockroaches  to  run  with  surprising  swiftness, 
so  that  the  family  has  been  placed  by  some  writers  in  a  separate  sub-order, 
the  Cursoria,  or  runners.  The  wing  covers,  or  tegmina,  are  leathery,  trans- 
lucent, and,  when  well  developed,  overlap  when  at  rest ;  while  the  wings 
never  exceed  the  tegmina  in  length,  and  in  some  cases  are  rudimentary  or 
even  wanting. 

From  the  other  Orthoptera  the  Blattkhe  differ  widely  in  the  manner  of 
oviposition,  as  the  eggs  are  not  laid  one  at  a  time,  but  all  at  once  in  a  pe- 
culiar capsule  or  egg  case  called  an  ootheca.  These  capsules  vary  in 
the  different  species  as  regards  the  size,  shape,  and  the  number  of  eggs 
they  contain,  but  they  are  all  similar  in  structure.  Each  one  is  divided 
lengthwise  by  a  membraneous  partition  into  two  cells.  Within  each  of 
these  cells  is  a  single  row  of  cylindrical  pouches,  somewhat  similar  in  ap- 
pearance to  those  of  a  cartridge  belt,  and  within  each  pouch  is  an  egg. 
The  female  cockroach  often  runs  about  for  several  days  with  an  ootheca 
protruding  from  the  abdomen,  but  finally  drops  it  in  a  suitable  place  and 
from  it  the  young,  in  time,  emerge.  While  this  method  of  oviposition  is 
the  one  practiced  by  all  the  species  of  common  occurrence  in  the  United 
States,  there  seem  to  be  exceptions  to  it,  as  Dr.  C.  V.  Riley  has  recently 
recorded  the  fact*  of  an  introduced  tropical  species,  Panchlora  viridis, 
Burm.,  being  viviparous,  the  young  emerging  alive  from  the  body  of  the 
parent,  and  a  careful  dissection  of  the  latter  showing  no  trace  of  either 
eggs  or  ootheca. 

All  young  cockroaches  resemble  the  parents  in  form  but  are  wholly  wing- 
less, the  wings  not  appearing  until  after  the  fifth  or  last  moult.  The  young 
are  often  mistaken  for  mature  individuals  by  persons  who  have  not  made 
a  careful  study  of  the  life  history  of  the  insects  ;  and  those  of  one  or  two 
well  known  and  common  forms,  have,  in  the  past,  even  been  described  or 
figured  as  distinct,  wingless  species  by  some  of  the  leading  entomologists 
of  the  country. 

To  the  paleontologist,  interested  in  tracing  back  the  ancestry  of  insects, 
the  Blattidse  become  at  once  a  group  of  surpassing  interest,  for  the  oldest 
known  insect,  Pahroblatiina  douviUei,  Brong.,  is  a  cockroach  recently  de- 
*  Insect  Life,  III.,  August,  1891,  443. 


155 

scribed  from  the  Middle  Silurian  of  France.*  Between  seventy  and  eighty 
fossil  species  of  the  family  are  known,  principally  from  the  Mesozoic 
formations,  but  some  from  all  above  the  Middle  Silurian.  Mr.  S.  H.  Scud- 
der,  of  Cambridge,  Mass.,  an  eminent  authority  on  insect  paleontology, 
says  of  the  cockroach  :  "  Of  no  other  type  of  insects  can  it  be  said  that 
it  occurs  at  every  horizon  where  insects  have  been  found  in  any  numbers  ; 
in  no  group  whatever  can  the  changes  wrought  by  time  be  so  carefully 
and  completely  studied  as  here  ;  none  other  has  furnished  more  import- 
ant evidence  concerning  the  phylogeny  of  insects." 

Although  abundantly  represented  in  individuals,  the  Dumber  of  species 
of  Blattidse  inhabiting  the  Eastern  United  States  is  comparatively  few,  but 
twelve  or  thirteen  having  been  recorded.  Of  these,  seven,  representing  five 
different  genera,  are  known  by  the  writer  to  occur  in  Indiana.  Of  the  seven, 
five  are  indigenous  or  native  species,  the  other  two  having  been  introduced 
from  the  Old  World. 

In  the  present  paper  is  given  a  synopsis  of  the  genera  occurring  in  the 
state,  together  with  the  accessible  synonymy  and  a  brief  popular  descrip- 
tion of  each  of  the  species.  Such  notes  as  have  come  to  hand  during 
several  years  of  observation,  concerning  the  life  history,  distribution,  and 
habits  of  each  species,  are  also  added. 

A  Synopsis  of  the  Genera  of  Blattid.e  Occurring  in  Indiana. 
a.    Sub-anal  stylets  present  in  the  males. 
b.    Last  abdominal  sternite  of  the  female  divided;  length  of  body  more 
than  22  mm. 
o.    Supra  anal  plate  either  truncate  or  pointed,  and  notched 

or  cleft  at  the  end I.    Periplaneta. 

cc.    Supra-anal  plate  rounded,  entire  at  the  end  .    .11.     Ischnoptera. 
lib.    Last  abdominal  sternite  of  the  female  entire ;  length  of  body  less 

than  15  mm III.     Temnopteryx. 

aa.    Sub-anal  stylets  absent  in  the  males  ;  last  abdominal  ster- 
nite of  the  female  entire. 

d.  Body  broad,  the  greatest  breadth  more  than  one-half 
the  length  ;  tegmina  not  reaching  the  tip  of  abdo- 
men      IV.      ECTOBIA. 

dd.  Body  narrow,  the  greatest  breadth  about  one  third 
the  length  ;  tegmina  reaching  to  or  beyond  the 
tip  of  the  abdomen V.     Piiyi.lodromia. 


-Scuclder.  Bulletin  r.  8.  Geog.  Survey,  No.  31,  page  103. 


156 

I.     Peri  pl  ax  eta,  Burmeister  (1838.) 
In  this  genus  the  sub- anal  stylets  of  the  male  are  well  developed ;  the 
last  abdominal  sternite  of  the  female  is  divided  ;  the  supra-anal  plate  is 
either  truncate,  or  pointed  and  notched  at  the  end,  and  extends  farther 
back  than  the  sub-genital  plate ;  while  the  abdomen  is  wider  than  the  front 
part  of  the  body.     All  the  femora  are  armed  beneath,  on  each  of  the  car- 
ina, with  a  single  row  of  slender,  curved  spines,  while  the  tibite  bear  a 
double  row  of  much  longer  ones  on  each  of  tbeir  margins.    Two  of  the 
largest  species  occurring  in  the  state  belong  in  this  genus. 
1.     Perii'laneta  okientai.is,  ( L. )     The  Oriental  Cockroach.    The  "  Black 
Beetle." 
Periplaneta  orientalis,  Burmeister,  Handbuch  der  Entom.,IL,  183s,  504. 
Eiley,  Stand.  Nat.  Hist.,  II.,  1884,  172,  fig.  248. 
Id.,  Insect  Life,  II.,  March,  1890,  2H7. 
Comstock,  Intr.  to  Ent.,  I.,  1888,  93. 
Fernald,  Orth.  of  N.  Eng.,  1888.  52,  fig.  21.  m. 
Hyatt  &  Arms,  Insecta,  1890,  102,  pl.  4,  rigs.  54,  55. 
Kakerlac  orientalis,  Serville,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Orthopteres,  1839,  72. 
Blatta  orientalis,  Harrfs,  Ins.  Inj.  Veg.,  18112,  145,  fig.  66.  m. 

Rathvon,  U.  S.  Ag.  Rep.,  1862,  374,  figs.  4,  5. 
Styhpyga  orientalis,  Scudder,  Bost.  Journ.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII.,  1862,  416. 
(Hover,  U.  S.  Ag.  Rep.,  1874,  132,  fig.  4. 
Female  with  rudimentary  tegmina  which  do  not  exceed 5  mm.  in  length. 
Male  with  the  tegmina  and  wings  well  developed,  the  former  covering 
three- fourths  of  the  abdomen,  the  latter  almost  as  long.    General  color, 
dark,  mahogany  brown,  the  limbs  lighter,  thepronotum  without  a  yellow 
margin.    The  supra-anal  plate  of  the  male  is  truncate ;  that  of  the  female 
is  rounded  with  a  shallow  notch  at  the  end. 

Measurements:  Male — Length  of  body,  22.5  mm.;  of  tegmina,  14  mm.;  of 
pronotum,  6  mm.;  width  of  pronotum,  8  mm.  Female — Length  of  body, 
27.5  mm.;  greatest  width  of  body,  13  mm. 

The  eggs  of  the  Oriental  cockroach  are  sixteen  in  number,  and  the 
large  horny  capsule  or  ootheca  in  which  they  are  packed  is  carried  about 
by  the  mother  for  a  week  or  longer  when  she  drops  it  in  a  warm  and 
sheltered  place.  Along  one  side  of  the  capsule,  which  resembles  in  form 
and  color  a  diminutive  seed  of  the  pawpaw,  Asimina  triloba,  Duval,  is  a 
seam  where  the  two  edges  are  cemented  closely  together.  When  the 
young  are  hatched  they  excrete  a  liquid  which  dissolves  the  cement  and 


157 

enables  them  to  escape  without  assistance,  leaving  their  infantile  recep- 
tacle as  entire  as  it  was  before  they  quitted  it. 

The  Oriental  cockroach,  as  its  name  indicates,  is  a  native  of  Asia,  but 
has  been  carried  from  one  country  to  another  by  shipping.  It  delights  in 
filth  and  darkness,  and  hence  in  the  holds  of  vessels,  the  cellars  and  base- 
ments of  tenement  houses,  and  in  all  damp,  dirty  places  it  swarms  hy 
thousands,  undoubtedly  doing  much  good  as  a  scavenger,  but  infinitely 
more  harm  on  account  of  its  omnivorous  and  insatiable  appetite.  Like  most 
other  members  of  the  family  it  feeds  mainly  at  night,  appearing  to  detest 
and  avoid  the  light,  as  one  can  readily  prove  by  taking  a  lighted  lamp 
suddenly  into  its  haunts,  when  a  hurried  scrambling  will  take  place  to- 
wards its  daylight  retreats,  and  but  a  few  moments  will  elapse  before  the 
last  of  the  busy  marauders  will  have  disappeared. 

This  is  probably  the  most  carnivorous  of  all  our  Blattidto,  though,  like 
most  others,  it  is  fond  of  starchy  food.  It  is  known  to  feed  upon  meat, 
cheese,  woolen  clothes,  and  even  old  leather,  and  is  said  to  be  especially 
fond  of  the  festive  "  bed  bug,"  Acanthia  lectularia  L.,  which  soon  disap- 
pears from  a  house  infested  with  the  Oriental  roach. 

In  Indiana  this  species  is  found  in  all  the  larger  towns  and  cities,  and 
is  one  of  the  most  noisome  and  disagreeable  insects  with  which  certain 
classes  of  their  inhabitants  have  to  contend.*  It  seldom  occurs  in  houses 
in  thinly  settled  localities,  and  never,  as  far  as  my  observation  goes,  be- 
neath the  bark  of  logs  and  stumps. 

2.    Periplaxeta  americaxa,  (L.)    The  American  Cockroach. 

Periplaneta  americana,  Burmeister,  Handb.  der  Entom.,  II.,  1838,  503. 
Scudder,  Boston  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII.,  1862,  410. 
Riley,  Stand.  Nat.  Hist.,  II.,  1884,  172. 
Id.,  Insect  Life,  I.,  1888,  68;  II.,  1890,  266. 
Fernald.  Orth.  N.  Eng.,  1888,  51. 
Kakerlac  americana,  Serville,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Orthop,  1839,  68. 
Blatta  americana,  Rathvon,  T7.  S.  Ag.  Rep.,  1862,  375:     (In  part.) 

Packard,  Third  Rep.  U.  S.  Ent.  Comm.,  1883,  309,  pis. 

XXV.— XXXV. 

From  the  Oriental  roach  this  species  may  be  readily  known  by  its  larger 

size  and  its  longer  tegmina  and  wings,  which,  in  both  sexes,  reach  beyond 

the  tip  of  the  abdomen.    Thy  supra-anal  plate  is  more  pointed  and  the 


::For  remedies  see  remarks  under  Phyllodromia  gcrmanica  or  "  Croton  bug. 


158 

notch  at  the  end  is  narrower  and  much  deeper.  The  general  color  is  also 
lighter,  being  a  reddish  instead  of  a  mahogany  brown,  while  the  prono- 
tutn  is  broadly  margined  on  the  sides,  and  narrowly  in  front,  with  yellow 
which  encloses  a  large  bi-lobed  brown  spot.® 

Measurements:  Male— Length  of  body  27  mm.;  to  tip' of  wings,  45 
mm. ;  of  tegmina,  27.5  mm.  Female — Length  of  body,  30  mm. ;  greatest 
width  of  body,  14  mm. 

The  American  cockroach  is,  as  its  specific  name  indicates,  a  native  of 
this  country ;  but  like  P.  orientals,  it  has  spread  to  the  four  corners  of  the 
earth.    It  is  by  far  the  largest  species  found  in  the  State,  but  seems  to  be 
of  rather  limited  distribution  as  I  know  of  its  occurrence  in  but  two 
counties,  Putnam  and  Marion.    It  occurs  in  numbers  in  some  of  the  lead- 
ing hotels  of  Indianapolis,  but  usually  confines  itself  to  the  basement 
and  first  floor,  and  appears  to  be  much  more  cleanly  in  its  choice  of  an 
abiding  place  than  does  the  closely  allied  Oriental  roach. 
II.     Ischnoptbba,  Burmeister  (1838.) 
Males,  with  the  sub-anal  stylets  present  but  minute,  and  often  bent 
abruptly  downward  ;  last  abdominal  sterniteof  the  female  divided ;  supra- 
anal  plate  in  both  sexes  rounded,  not  notched  at  the  end  nor  extending 
as  far  backwards  as  the  sub-genital.     Body  narrower  and  more  elongate 
than  in  Periplaneta,  the  abdomen  not  wider  than  the  thorax  ;  in  the  males, 
tapering  gradually  to  a  rounded  point.     Legs  spined  as  in  Periplaneta  but 
the  spines  not  so  long  and  strong  as  there.    Two  species  occur  in  Indiana. 
3.     Is,  hnoi'tera  pennsylvanica,  (DeGeer.)     The  Pennsylvania  Cockroach. 
Platamodes  pennsylvamca,  Scudder,  Bost.  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII. ,  1862, 417. 
Riley,  Stand.  Nat.  Hist.,  II.,  18S4, 172. 
Comstock,  Intro.  Ent.,  I.,  1888,  93. 
Blatta  pennsylvanica,  Thomas,  Trans.  111.  St.  Agl.  Soc,  V.,  1865,  440. 
Ischnoptera  pennsylvanica,  Packard,  Guide,  Stud.  Ins.,  1883,  576. 

McNeill,  Psyche,  VI.,  1891,  78. 
Ectobia  Uthophila,  Scudder,  Bo3t.  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII.,  1862,  418.— (ju- 

venile.) 

Blatta  americana,  Rathvon,  U.  S.  Ag.  Rep.,  1862,  375.    (Note  and  fig.  5  a.) 

Tegmina,  long  and  narrow,  extending,  in  both  sexes,  much  beyond  the 

tip  of    abdomen.     Wings  as  long  as  tegmina.     Disk  of  pronotum  dark 

brown,  margined  on  sides,  and  sometimes  narrowly  in  front,  with  pale 


*  In  this  respect  it  is  quite  similar  to   Ischnoptera  peiinsijlniuicn  DeGeer,  from  which  it 
may  be  readily  distinguished  by  its  much  hroader  body  and  tissured  supra-anal  plate. 


159 

yellow.  Tegmina  reddish  brown,  with  the  outer  basal  third  rather  broad- 
ly margined  with  transparent  whitish.  Antenna?  dusky,  reaching  back 
but  little  beyond  the  tip  of  tegmina.  Measurements  :  Male — Length  of 
body,  21  mm. ;  to  tip  of  tegmina,  27  mm. ;  of  tegmina,  22  mm. ;  of  anten- 
n: 1 1,  28  mm.;  of  pronotum,  5  mm.;  width  of  pronotum,  6  mm.  Female — 
Very  nearly  the  same,  the  body  being  a  little  wider. 

This  is  a  native  species  and  is  the  most  common  cockroach  in  the  State, 
being  found  everywhere  beneath  the  loose  bark  of  logs  and  old  stumps. 
It  is  usually  seen  in  the  wingless  stages,  the  mature  individuals  being 
common  only  from  May  to  October.  The  half  grown  young,  described  by 
Scudder,  as  Ectobia  litkophila,  are  of  a  shining,  dark  brown  color,  the  dor- 
sal surface  of  thoracic  segments  often  lighter.  As  mature  specimens  are 
attracted  by  light,  country  houses  are  often  badly  infested  with  them  ; 
and  where  food  is  scarce,  the  wall  paper  is  sometimes  much  injured  for 
the  sake  of  the  paste  beneath.  What  the  hordes  of  young  which  dwell 
under  the  bark  of  logs  live  upon  is  a  question  as  yet  unsettled,  but  the 
larva'  of  other  insects  undoubtedly  form  a  portion  of  their  food,  as  in  two 
instances  I  have  found  them  feeding  upon  the  dead  grubs  of  a  Tenebrio.' 
beetle ;  while  living,  as  well  as  decaying  vegetable  matter  probably  forms 
the  other  portion.  The  mating  of  the  imagoes  mostly  occurs  in  late 
summer  and  early  autumn,  the  newly  hatched  young  being  most  abund- 
ant from  mid  September  until  December.  The  young  in  various  stages  of 
growth  survive  the  winter  in  the  places  mentioned,  they  being  the  most 
common  insects  noted  in  the  woods  at  that  season.  Cold  has  seemingly 
but  little  effect  upon  them,  as  they  scramble  away  almost  as  hurriedly 
when  their  protective  shelter  of  bark  is  removed  on  a  day  in  mid  Janu- 
ary with  the  mercury  at  zero,  as  they  do  in  June  when  it  registers  a  hun- 
dred in  the  shade. 

The  empty  oothecse  of  this  species  are  very  common  objects  beneath 
the  loose  bark  of  logs  and  especially  beneath  the  long  flakes  of  the  shell 
bark  hickory.  They  are  chestnut  brown  in  color,  from  7.5  to  10  mm.  in 
length  by  4  mm.  in  breadth,  and  are  much  less  flattened  than  those  of 
Phyllodromia  germanica,  or  "Croton  bug,"  described  below ;  while  the  dor- 
sal or  entire  edge  is  slightly  curved  or  bent  inwards,  after  the  fashion  of 
a  small  bean.  The  young,  after  hatching,  evidently  escape  in  the  same 
manner,  as  do  those  of  the  Oriental  cockroach,  as  no  break  is  visible  in 
the  empty  capsule. 


160 

4.  Isc'hnoptera  'Cxicolor,  (Scudder.) 

Platamodes  unicolor,  Scudder,  Bost.  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII.,  1862,  417. 

Fernald,  Orth.  New  Eng.,  1888,  53. 
Isclmoptera  unicolor,  Scudder,  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIX.,  1877,  92. 
McNeill,  Psyche,  VI.,  1891,  78. 

A  much  smaller  species  than  the  preceding  but,  like  it,  having  both 
wings  and  wing  covers  exceeding  the  abdomen.  General  color  a  pale 
shining  reddish  brown.  Head  and  posterior  margin  of  pronotum  darker 
as  is  also  the  apical  third  of  the  abdomen  beneath.  Antenme  slender, 
tapering,  reaching  backwards  to  the  end  of  the  wing  covers.  Length  of 
body,  12  mm. ;  to  tip  of  tegmina  19  mm.;  of  tegmina  16  mm. ;  of  prono- 
tum, 3  mm. 

A  single  male  of  this  species  was  taken  from  beneath  an  electric  light 
in  Terre  Haute,  Indiana,  on  the  evening  of  June  12,  1892.  On  May  28, 
1893,  a  number  of  others  were  secured  in  low  ground  from  beneath  the 
bark  of  a  red  oak  stump.  They  had  evidently  just  reached  maturity  and 
were  in  company  with  the  imagoes  and  young  of  I.  pennsylranica.  On 
being  exposed  to  view  a  number  of  them  flew  about  50  feet  to  a  clump  of 
May  apple  stems,  down  which  they  ran  and  endeavored  to  hide  beneath 
some  dead  leaves.  Nothing  farther  of  its  habits  is  known  by  the  writer 
but  they  are  presumably  the  same  as  those  of  I.  pennsyJvanica.  It  has 
been  noted  at  no  other  point  in  Indiana  and  heretofore  has  been  recorded 
only  from  the  New  England  States,  Illinois,  and  Iowa. 
III.     Temxopteryx,  Brunner  (1865). 

The  males  of  this  genus  have  the  sub-anal  stylets  present,  but  minute  ; 
the  last  abdominal  sternite  of  the  female  is  broadly  rounded  and  entire ; 
supra-anal  plate  of  both  sexes  with  the  apex  rounded,  entire,  equal  in 
length  to  the  sub-genital.  Pronotum  with  its  lateral  edges  roundly  de- 
flexed  as  in  Periplaneta,  rather  than  flaring  outwards  as  in  Ischnoptera  ; 
much  broader  in  the  female  than  in  the  male.  Body  of  male  rather  slen- 
der; that  of  female  stouter  with  the  abdomen  broader  than  the  thorax. 

5.  Temxopteryx  deropeltiformis,  Brunner. 

Temnopteryx  deropeltiformis,  Brunner,  Nouv.  Syst.  des  Blattaires,  1865, 87. 
Tegmina  of  females  rudimentary  covering  only  about  one-third  of 
abdomen ;  those  of  the  males  fully  developed,  surpassing  the  abdomen  by 
5  mm.  Color  a  uniform  dark  mahogany  brown  except  the  tibia?  and  tarsi 
of  all  the  legs  which  are  a  light  reddish  brown,  the  contrast  between  the 
two  colors  in  living  specimens  being  very  striking. 


161 

Measurements:  Male— Length  of  body,  14  mm.;  of  tegmina,  15.5  mm.; 
of  pronotum,  3.5  mm.;  width  of  pronotum,  4.5  mm.  Female — Length  of 
body,  13  mm.;  of  tegmina,  4  mm.;  of  pronotum,  4.5  mm.;  width  of  pro- 
notum, 6  mm. 

In  Indiana  this  handsome  cockroach  has  been  noted  only  in  Vigo  county, 
and  there  in  but  one  locality,  the  border  of  a  marsh  in  a  low,  sandy  woods 
three  miles  east  of  Terre  Haute. 

A  single  pair  were  taken  on  May  28th,  and  on  June  18th  probably  a 
dozen  specimens  were  secured.  They  were  hiding  beneath  small  logs  and 
sticks,  and  the  males  when  deprived  of  their  shelter  flew  actively  away 
while  the  females  could  but  crawl,  and  that  rather  sluggishly  for  a  Blattid, 
towards  a  new  hiding  place. 

Brunner  {he.  tit.)  recorded  it  from  "Amerique  du  Nord,"  and  I  can  rind 
no  other  note  of  its  occurrence  in  the  United  States. 
IV.     Ectobia,  Westwood  (1839). 

Sub-anal  stylets  of  males  wanting ;  last  abdominal  sternite  of  females 
entire.  Supra-anal  plates  rounded,  entire,  somewhat  carinated  above. 
Abdomen  much  broader  than  front  portion  of  body,  its  greatest  breadth 
contained  less  than  twice  in  its  total  length.  Tegmina,  in  both  sexes,  not 
reaching  tip  of  abdomen. 
6.    Ectobia  flavocincta,  Scudder.    The  Short-winged  Cockroach. 

Ectobia  flavo-tincta,  Scudder,  Boat.  Journ.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII.,  1882,  418. 

Comstock,  Intr.  to  Ent.,  I.,  1888,  93. 
Blatta?  flavo-tincta,  Fernald,  Orth.  N.  Eng.,  1888,  51. 

This  is  a  short,  broad-bodied,  native  species,  in  which  the  tegmina 
cover  only  about  two-thirds  of  the  abdomen,  while  the  wings  are  much 
shorter.  The  disk  of  pronotum  and  dorsal  surface  of  abdomen  are  dark 
brown,  the  tegmina  reddish  brown.  A  rather  broad  yellowish  stripe  ex- 
tends from  the  head  along  the  deflexed  lateral  border  of  pronotum  and 
the  basal  third  of  tegmina.  The  sides  of  the  lower  half  of  the  face  are 
white,  and  all  the  limbs  are  pale  yellow.  Antenna'  dark  brown,  a 
little  longer  than  the  body. 

Measurements  :  Length  of  body,  16  mm. ;  of  tegmina,  9  mm. ;  of  wings, 
6.5  mm. ;  of  antenna1,  IS  mm. ;  of  pronotum,  5  mm. ;  width  of  pronotum, 
6.5  mm. ;  width  of  abdomen,  9.5  mm. 

Mature  individuals  of   this  species  are  not  uncommon  beneath  bark 
and  logs  from  June  to  October.    Specimens  of  such  are  in  my  collection 
from  Marshall,  Putnam,  and  Vigo  counties.   I  have  not,  as  yet,  been  able 
11 


162 

to  distinguish  the  young  from  those  of  Isdmoptera  pennsylvanica,  found  in 
the  same  localities.  A  single  female  with  ootheca  protruding  was  taken 
on  September  3,  1892.  The  ootheca  is  dark  brown  and  smaller  than  that 
of  any  other  species  known  to  me,  measuring  only  5x4  mm. 

Flavo-cincia  is  a  species  of  northern  range,  having  hitherto  been  re- 
corded only  from  New  England  and  the  Lake  Superior  region. 
V.  Pjiyllodromia,  Serville  (1839). 
Sub-anal  stylets  and  last  abdominal  sternites,  as  in  Eclobia.  Supra-anal 
plate  truncate  in  the  males,  suddenly  pointed  and  slightly  notched  in  the 
fetnales.  Body  narrow,  the  greatest  breadth  contained  from  two  and  one- 
half  to  three  times  in  the  total  length.  The  abdomen  not  broader  than  the 
thorax  in  either  sex,  the  sides  almost  parallel  in  the  females ;  in  the 
male  tapering  sensibly  from  the  base.  The  tegmina  as  long  as,  or  longer 
than,  the  abdomen. 

7.      Phyllodromia  germakica,  (L.)     The  Croton  Bug.     The  Water  Bug. 
The  German  Cockroach. 
BkUta  germanica,  Burmeister.  Handbuch  der  Eut.,  II.,  1838,  497. 
Comstock,  Int.  Ent.,  I.,  iss.s,  it:;,  jig.  87. 
Fernald,  Orth.  N.  Eng.,  Ib88,  50,  lig.  20. 
Ectobia  germanica,  Scudder,  Bost.  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII.,  1862,  418. 
Glover,  U.  S.  Agl.  Rep.,  1874,  132,  fig.  3. 
Riley,  Stand.  Nat.  Hist.,  II.,  171,  fig.  247. 
Id.  Insect  Life,  I.,  1888,  68,  191. 
Blatta  (  Phyllodromia)  germanica,  Serville,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Ortho.,  1839, 107. 
Phylhdromia  germanica,  Packard,  Guide  Stud.  Ins.,  1883,  576,  rig.  569. 
Riley,  Insect  Life,  II.,  1890,  266,  fig.   57  (All 
stages.) 
Ischnoptera  bivittata,  Thomas,  Proc.  Davenport  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  I.,  1876, 
25ii,  pi.  NNNVI,  figs.  J,  2. 
This  is  the  smallest  of  the  seven  species  of  Blattida?  which  are  known  to 
occur  in  the  State.     The  general  color  is  a  light  brownish  yellow,   the 
females  often  darker ;  all  the  limbs  much  lighter  than  the  body  ;  the  pro- 
notum  with  two  dark  brown,  longitudinal  bands  enclosing  a  yellowish 
stripe.     .The  tegmina  and  wings  of  the  male  extend  to  the  end  of  abdomen, 
those  of  the  female  are  a  little  longer.     Antenna?  dark  brown,  exceeding 
slightly  the  tips  of  the  closed  tegmina.    The  body  of  the  male  is  longer 
and  narrower  than  that  of  the  female. 
Measurements:     Male— Length  of  body,  13  mm.;  of  tegmina,  10  mm.; 


163 

width  of  body,  4  mm.     Female— Length  of  body,  10  mm. ;    of  tegmina, 
11  mm. ;  of  antenna?,  13  mm. 

The  ootheca  of  the  Croton  bug  is  very  light  brown,  a  little  over  twice 
as  long  as  broad,  7.5x3.5  mm.,  with  the  sides  somewhat  flattened  and  the 
edges  parallel.  Within  it  the  eggs,  thirty-six  in  number,  are  arranged  in 
the  usual  two  rows.  It  is  carried  about  by  the  mother  roach  for  several 
days  with  from  half  to  three-fourths  of  its  length  protruding  from  the 
abdomen,  and  when  dropped  in  a  favorable  place  the  young,  evidently 
very  soon,  emerge  from  it ;  for  in  a  bottle  in  which  a  female  with  pro- 
tuding  ootheca  waw  placed  at  eleven  o'clock  P.  M.  the  young  were  found 
to  have  emerged  on  the  following  morning  at  eight.  They  were  then 
wholly  white,  except  the  lateral  edges  of  the  abdomen,  where  a  blackish 
tinge  was  evident.  By  five  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  of  the  same  day,  hav- 
ing meanwhile  eaten  their  fill  of  moistened  wheaten  bread,  they  had  • 
become  too  large  for  their  skins,  and  had  moulted  for  the  first  time. 
They  then  measured  3  mm.  in  length,  and  the  head,pronotum,  abdomen, 
and  apical  half  of  antenna?  were  black,  while  the  other  two  thoracic  rings 
and  the  basal  half  of  antenna?  were  a  grayish  white.  The  half-grown 
young  are  very  dark  brown,  with  the  first  four  or  five  segments  bordered 
with  yellow,  and  with  traces  of  a  lighter  median  stripe. 

The  "  Croton  bug,"  so  called  because  it  made  its  appearance  in  Ifew  York 
City  in  numbers  about  the  time  the  Croton  Aqueduct  was  completed,  is 
a  native  of  Central  Europe,  but  like  the  Oriental  roach,  has  become  cos- 
mopolitan. 

It  seldom  if  ever  occurs  in  numbers  in  the  country,  but  is  one  of  the 
worst  insect  pests  with  which  the  inhabitants  of  the  larger  cities  of  the 
United  States  have  to  deal.  It  is  the  most  fecund  of  all  the  roaches,  and 
the  seasons  of  mating  and  hatching  of  the  young  are,  perhaps,  more  ir- 
regular than  in  any  other  species.  Adult  forms  are  evidently  to  be 
found  at  all  seasons  of  the  year,  as  I  have  taken  them  in  December,  April 
and  October.  It  is  not  so  much  a  lover  of  filthy  surroundings  as  is  the 
Oriental  roach,  and  hence  frequents  more  often  than  that  species  the 
dwellings  of  the  better  class  of  people.  It  delights  in  warm,  moist  places, 
and  is  especially  abundant  and  destructive  in  buildings  which  are  heated 
by  Fteam. 

As  an  evidence  of  its  abundance  under  favorable  conditions,  Iwill  men- 
tion that  a  single  person  captured  for  me  over  thirty  adult  specimens  and 
fully  .half  that  number  of  young,  in  less  than  ten  minutes  in  the  kitchen 


164 

of  the  leading  hotel  of  the  city  of  Terre  Haute.  Where  it  once  obtains  a- 
foothold  and  the  surroundings  of  temperature  and  food  supply  are  favor- 
able it  is  almost  impossible  to  eradicate,  as  its  small  flattened  form  en- 
ables it  to  hide  and  breed  in  cracks  and  crevices  which  none  of  the  other 
roaches  can  enter. 

Like  many  other  omnivorous  animals,  Croton  bugs  find  in  wheaten 
flour  a  food  substance  which  is  rich  in  nutrition  and  easily  digested,  and 
so  they  prefer  wheat  breads  and  starchy  materials  to  all  other  foods.  ( >n 
account  of  this  liking  they  often  do  much  harm  to  cloth-bound  books 
by  gnawing  their  covers  in  search  of  the  paste  beneath.  They  also  seem 
to  have  a  peculiar  liking  for  paints  of  various  kinds,  and  in  the  office  of 
the  U.  S.  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey,  at  Washington,  have  done  much 
damage  by  eating  off  the  blue  and  red  paints  from  the  drawings  of  im- 
portant maps.*  Townend  Glover,  in  the  U.  S.  Ag.  Rep.  for  1874,  states 
that  in  his  office  "They  made  a  raid  on  a  box  of  water  colors  where 
they  devoured  the  cakes  of  paint,  vermilion,  cobalt  and  umber  alike ; 
and  the  only  vestiges  left  were  the  excrements  in  the  form  of  small 
pellets  of  various  colors  in  the  bottom  of  the  box." 


In  giving  a  remedy  for  this,  and  other  species  of  Blattidse  which  fre- 
quent houses,  I  cannot  do  better  than  quote  from  Dr.  Riley's  excellent 
article  in  "  Insect  Life."  He  says:  "Without  condemning  other  useful 
measures  or  remedies  like  borax,  I  would  repeat  that  in  the  free  and  pt- r- 
sistent  use  of  California  Buhach,  or  some  other  fresh  and  reliable  brand 
of  Pyrethrum  or  Persian  Insect  Powder,  we  have  the  most  satisfactory 
means  of  dealing  with  these  roaches. 

"  Just  before  nightfall  go  into  the  infested  rooms  and  puff  into  all 
crevices,  under  base-boards,  into  the  drawers  and  cracks  of  old  furniture 
— in  fact  wherever  there  is  a  crack— and  in  the  morning  the  floor  will  be 
covered  with  dead  and  dying  or  demoralized  and  paralyzed  roaches,  which 
may  easily  be  swept  up  or  otherwise  collected  and  burned. 

"  With  cleanliness,  and  persistency  in  these  methods,  the  pest  may  be  sub- 
stantially driven  out  of  a  house,  and  should  never  be  allowed  to  get  full 
possession  by  immigrants  from  without." 

For  no  other  insects  have  so  many  quack  remedies  been  urged  and  are 


Riley,  "Insect  Life. 


165 

so  many  newspaper  remedies  published.  Many  of  them  have  their  good 
points,  but  the  majority  are  worthless.  In  fact,  rather  than  put  faith  in 
half  of  those  which  have  been  published,  it  were  better  to  rely  on  the 
recipe  which  T.  A.  Janvier  gives  (in  his  charming  article  on  "Mexican 
Superstitions  and  Folklore,"  published  in  a  recent  number  of  Scribner's 
Magazine)  as  current  among  the  Mexicans  : 

"  To  Get  Rid  of  Cockroaches. — Catch  three  and  put  them  in  a  bottle,  and 
so  carry  them  to  where  two  roads  cross.  Here  hold  the  bottle  upside 
down,  and  as  they  fall  out  repeat  aloud  three  credos.  Then  all  the  cock- 
roaches in  the  house  from  which  those  three  came  will  go  away." 


A  NOTE  OX  LOX1A  curvirostra.     By  W.  S.  Blatchley, 


On  a  simple  air  thermometer  for  use  in  determining  iiigii  temperatures. 
By  W.  A.  Noyes. 

[Abstract,  j 
The  thermometer  consists  of  a  bulb  of  hard  glass  having  a  capacity  of 
about  20  cc.  and  connected  with  a  gas  measuring  tube  by  means  of  a  long 
capillary  tube.  This  tube  is  protected  by  means  of  a  double  walled  iron 
tube  cooled  by  a  stream  of  running  water.  The  capacity  of  the  bulb 
having  been  determined,  the  amount  of  air  expelled  from  it  when  it  is 
introduced  into  the  furnace  furnishes  the  data  necessary  for  calculating, 
approximately,  the  temperature.  The  apparatus  was  used  successfully  at 
650°  C.  but  for  higher  temperatures  a  porcelain  bulb  would  be  required. 


The  electrical  oxidation  of  glycerin.       By  W.  E.  Stone  and    H.   N. 
McCoy. 

[Abstract.  | 
The  oxidation  products  of  glycerine  vary  according  to  the  means  em- 
ployed. We  have  made  use  of  the  electric  current  acting  upon  dilute 
solutions  of  glycerine  in  the  hopes  of  obtaining  glyceric  aldehyde.  The 
conditions  of  dilution,  strength  of  current,  temperature  and  conducting 
mediums  have  been  varied. 


166 

The  oxidation  is  less  destructive  in  neutral  or  alkaline  solutions. 

A  current  of  .2  to  .5  ampere  causes  a  rise  in  temperature  and  the  appear- 
ance of  a  yellow  color  if  the  solution  be  alkaline. 

Acids  and  sometimes  acroleine  are  formed. 

The  oxidized  solutions  reduce  Fehling's  solution  strongly  in  the  cold 
and  give  the  fuchsin-sulfurous  acid  reaction  for  aldehydes. 

To  a  solution  which  gave  strong  reactions  for  glyceric  aldehyde  was 
added  enough  caustic  soda  to  make  a  2  per  cent,  solution  in  order  to  induce 
polymerisation.  After  standing  some  days,  a  pherylhydrazin  compound 
was  obtained,  which  melted  at  200°.  This  indicated  the  production  of 
glyceric  aldehyde  and  its  polymerisation  to  glucose. 

The  product  of  a  second  oxidation  was  polymersed  and  underwent 
alcoholic  fermentation  with  yeast. 

The  electric  current,  therefore,  produces  some  glyceric  aldehyde  from 
glycerine,  although  the  amount  is  small. 


<  >N  SULPHON-PTHALEINS.      By  WALTER  JoXES 


Modification  of  Grandeau's  method  of  determination  of  iiumi  s  in  soils, 
By  H.  A.  Huston  and  W.  F.  M(  Bride. 
The  paper  discusses  the  numerous  methods  proposed  and  used  for  de- 
termining the  total  carbon  in  the  soil  and  for  determining  the  organic 
matter  and  shows  that  none  of  these  methods  are  entitled  to  consideration 
excepting  the  process  of  Grandeau.  This  method,  which  consists  essenti- 
ally of  removing  the  bases  combined  with  the  humic  acid  by  means  of 
hydrochloric  acid,  subsequent  washing  with  water  and  extracting  on  a 
filter  with  ammonia  water,  is  compared  with  a  modification  of  the  method 
in  which  the  preliminary  washing  with  acid  and  water  is  the  same  b  ut, 
instead  of  leaching  the  soil  upon  the  filter  with  ammonia  water,  the  soil 
is  transferred  to  a  500  cc.  cylinder,  treated  with  500  cc.  of  4  %  ammonia, 
allowed  to  remain  in  contact  with  the  ammonia  for  thirty-six  hours,  with 
frequent  shaking.  During  the  earlier  part  of  the  digestion  the  cylinder 
is  left  upon  its  side,  thus  exposing  a  large  amount  of  surface  to  the  solvent ; 
during  the  last  twelve  hours  of  the  digestion  the  cylinder  is  placed  upright, 


Ki7 

thus  allowing  the  soil  to  settle  before  an  aliquot  part  is  removed  for  the 
determination  of  the  humus. 

The  aliquot  part  is  evaporated  to  dryness,  dried  at  100°  C,  weighed,  ig- 
nited, weighed  again  and  the  loss  reckoned  as  humus.  The  following 
points  were  under  discussion : 

1st.     Comparison  of  Grandeau's  method  with  this  modified  method. 

I'd.     Influence  of  varying  the  strength  of  the  ammonia  used. 

3d.    Influence  of  varying  the  time  of  digestion. 

4th.  Is  it  possible  to  complete  the  extraction  by  Grandeau's  method  in 
a  reasonable  time. 

5th.     Comparison  of  differences  in  duplicates  by  each  method. 

6th.  Are  the  amounts  of  phosphoric  acid,  potash,  etc.,  found  in  the 
ash  necessarily  associated  with  the  humus,  as  claimed,  or  are  they  to  be 
ascribed  to  the  solvent  action  of  the  ammonia  and  to  changes  due  to  the 
absorptive  property  of  the  soils. 

Xumerous  determinations  are  given  upon  seven  different  soils,  showing 
that  the  modified  method  gives  much  higher  results  than  the  ordinary 
process  of  Grandeau. 

Second,  In  the  Grandeau  method  marked  irregularities  follow  the 
changes  in  strength  of  the  ammonia  solution.  These  differences  in  results 
bear  no  relation  to  the  strength  of  the  solution  used ;  they  seem  to  be 
errors  due  to  the  difficulty  of  securing  a  complete  washing  of  the  soil  by 
the  ammonia  solution.  In  the  modified  method  the  changes  in  the 
strength  of  the  ammonia  solution  make  practically  no  difference  in  the 
amount  of  the  humus  extracted,  excepting  in  the  case  of  the  peat  soil, 
where  2%  ammonia  failed  to  extract  all  the  humus.  The  results  show  no 
considerable  increase  where  the  strength  is  increased  above  4  %  .  The  am- 
monia solutions  contained  2,  4,  7.3  and  8%  of  ammonia. 

Third,  The  increase  of  time  has  not  been  fully  investigated  but  the 
results  so  far  obtained  indicate  that  the  time  exerts  less  influence  in  the 
modified  than  in  the  Grandeau  method. 

Fourth,  .With  peat,  when  the  Grandeau  method  is  used,  considerable 
material  is  passing  into  solution  at  the  end  of  ten  days ;  with  ordinary 
soils  this  is  not  the  case,  but  in  the  case  of  the  black  soil  (not  peat)  the 
extraction  was  not  complete  in  a  week.  Oh  the  peat  soil  the  modified 
method  extracted  from  f0  to  50  %  more  than  the  Grandeau  and  on  ordi- 
nary soil  from  two  to  three  times  as  much  humus. 

Fifth,     In  comparing  a  large  number  of  duplicates  the  modified  method 


168 

was  found  to  give  much  more  concordant  results  upon  soils  high  in  humus, 
and  upon  those  low  in  humus  there  was  a  slight  improvement  over  the 
Grandeau  method. 

Sixth,  The  authors  see  no  reason  for  assuming  that  the  phosphoric- 
acid  extracted  by  the  ammonia  is  in  any  way  associated  with  the  humus, 
for  Mr.  Huston  has  already  shown  that  the  phosphoric  acid  is  readily 
dissolved  by  ammonia  from  phosphate  of  alumina  and  iron.  It  is  gener- 
ally considered  that  there  are  bases  with  which  the  available  phosphoric 
acid  in  the  soil  is  combined.  In  the  same  way  we  may  account  for  the 
presence  of  potash  and  lime  in  solution  by  the  ordinary  laws  which  govern 
the  absorption  of  bases  by  zeolitic  minerals  in  the  soil. 

AVhile  humates  also  take  part  in  soil  absorption,  it  is  not  necessary  or 
even  altogether  reasonable  to  consider  all  the  bases  removed  by  ammonia 
were  associated  with  the  humus.  In  fact,  the  theory  of  the  process  is  that 
the  bases  associated  with  the  humus  had  already  been  removed  by  means 
of  the  hydrochloric  acid  used  in  the  preliminary  washing  of  the  soil. 

The  paper  is  in  the  nature  of  a  preliminary  report  and  the  work  is  still 
in  progress.     A  complete  report  of  the  work  will  be  published  later. 


Tim:   extraction  of   wi.an    from    straw    in  the  manufacture   of  I'APER. 
By  W.  E.  Stone  and  W.  EI.  Test. 

Abstract.] 

The  extraction  of  substances  from  straw  which  on  inversion,  yield  a 
pentose  sugar,  has  been  established.  In  the  process  of  making  straw 
paper  the  straw  is  boiled  with  a  strong  solution  of  quick  lime.  This 
liquor,  when  acidulated  and  treated  with  an  excess  of  alcohol  throws 
down  a  precipitate  of  pentosans.  It  seemed,  therefore,  a  good  material 
for  the  preparation  of  xylose. 

The  liquor  is  yellowish  brown  in  color  and  alkaline.  Specific  gravity. 
1.215;  alkaline  equivalent,  2  to  2.5  per  cent,  calcium  oxide.  Total  resi- 
due on  evaporation,  3.95  per  cent.,  of  which  30.77  per  cent,  was  min- 
eral and  60.23  per  cent,  organic  in  nature.  Thirty-two  liters  of  the 
liquor  yielded  on  precipitation  with  alcohol,  300  grams  of  xylan.  This, 
on  distillation  with  hydrochloric  acid,  yielded  45.5  to  47.1  per  cent, 
furfurol.  This  could  not  be  inverted  by  methods  similar  to  those  prac- 
ticed by  Wohi  on  inuline.     The  ordinary  method  of  boiling  with  2  per  cent. 


L69 

sulfuric  acid  was  resorted  to.    Thirty-five  grams  of  crystallized  sugar  were 
obtained,  which  were  identified  as  xylose. 

The  multirotation  of  xylose,  as  observed  by  Tollens,  was  confirmed.  The 
initial  rotation,  five  minutes  after  solution,  was  71.65°,  which  became  con- 
stant at  lS.40a  after  ten  hours. 


On  the  determination  of  chlorine  in  natural  waters.  By  W.  A.  Noyes. 
(  Abstract.] 
American  waters,  apparently,  contain  much  smaller  amounts  of  chlorine 
than  most  natural  waters  in  England.  The  methods  of  direct  titration 
with  silver  nitrate  and  potassium  chromate  as  advised  by  "Wauklyn  and 
Frankland  give  too  high  results,  and  sometimes  two  or  three  times  as 
much  chlorine  as  is  actually  present,  in  the  case  of  waters  low  in  chlorine. 
When  250  cc.  of  the  water  were  concentrated  to  about  25  cc.  and  filtered, 
the  titration  with  T})5  normal  silver  nitrate,  using  potassium  chromate  as 
an  indicator,  gave  results  agreeing  with  the  gravimetric  determination 
within  TV  part  per  million  in  the  case  of  a  water  containing  but  four  parts 
per  million  of  chlorine. 


tniofurfurol   and   its   condensation   products.      by   w.  e.  stone   and 
Clinton  Dickson. 

[Abstract.] 
Thiofurfurol  is  made  by  the  action  of  hydrogen  sulphide  on  an  alcoholic 
solution  of  furf uramid.  It  is  characterized  by  its  disagreeable  odor.  It  is  a 
white  powder,  melting  at  117°  and  containing  about  29  per  cent,  of  sulphur, 
corresponding  to  the  formula  C3  H4  OS.  On  heating  strongly  vapors  are 
given  off  which,  on  condensation,  leave  beautiful  fibrous  crystals,  which 
are  not  easily  acted  upon,  probably  a  condensation  product.  If  the  thio- 
furfurol be  heated  with  an  excess  of  fine  copper  at  a  temperature  below 
the  boiling  point  of  water  decomposition  takes  place.  On  extracting  the 
mass  with  ether  and  evaporating,  there  remains  a  tarry  mass  which  yields 
compact  crystals  which  melt  at  149°,  contain  no  sulphur  and  are  probably 
also  a  condensation  product.    The  subject  will  be  investigated  further. 


Determination  of  valences.     By  P.  S.  Baker.     Published  in  DePauw  Bul- 
letin. 


GENERAL  INDEX. 


INDEX. 


ACANTHIA  LECTULARIA,  157. 
Acoloides  howardsi,  91. 

saitidis,  90. 
Acridium  americauum,  85. 
Agraulis  vanillic,  85. 
Agrilus  fulgens,  89. 

Air  thermometer  for  high  temperatures,  165. 
Amblycorypha,  98, 104, 106,  107. 

oblongifolia,  104. 

rotundifolia,  105. 

scudderi,  152. 

uhleri,  106. 
Analytical  and  <iuaternion  treatments,  20. 
Anaxiphus  pulicarius,  118. 
Anderson,  Indiana,  ancient   earthworks 

near,  51. 
Aphidius  obscuripes,  89. 

pallidus,  89. 
Aphis  mali,  90. 
ribes,  90. 
Aphodius  fossor,  84. 
Archaeological  map  making,  55. 
Argynnis  diana,  85. 
Arthur,  J.  C,  25,  46,  .50. 
Ateleopterus  tarsalis,  91. 
Auxauometer,  46. 

BAKER,  P.  S.,  determination  of  valences, 

169. 
Bibliography  of  Loeustidte,  94. 
Biological  survey  of  Indiana,  48. 
Birds  of  western  Texas  and  southern  New 

Mexico,  61. 
Blatchley,  W.  S.,  92, 153, 165. 
Blatta  americana,  157. 

flavocincta,  161. 

germanica,  162. 

orientalis,  156. 

pennsylvanica,  158. 
Blattidse  of  Indiana,  153. 

Synopsis  of  genera  of,  155. 
Blissus  leucopterus,  86. 
Bcetomus  sp.,  91. 


Bolley,  H.  L.,  50. 

Botanical  field  work  in  Idaho,  35. 

Braconsp.,  89. 

agrili,  89. 

diastatse,  89. 

phycidis,  89. 
Brannon,  M.  A.,  35. 
Bray,  W.  L.,  48. 
British  Columbia  glaciers,  29. 
Bruchus  exiguus,  91. 
Butler,  A.  W.,  50,  55,  62. 
By-Laws,  8. 

CACTACE.E,  epidermis  and  spines  of,  42. 

Cactus,  the  genus,  45. 

Cacus  uecanthi,  91. 

Campbell,  J.  L.,  President's  address,  15. 

Catolaceus  tylodermte,  91. 

Cecidomyidiw  124. 

Ceuthophilus,  140. 

brevipes,  148. 
divergens,  153. 
ensifer,  153. 

lapidicolus,  142,  144,  1  IT. 
latens,  143. 
latisulcus,  146. 
maculatus,  142,  147. 
niger,  153. 
stygius,  148. 
uhleri,  144. 
Chlorine,   determination  of  in  natural 

waters,  169. 
Cicada  cauicularis,  117. 

septendecim,  86,  87 
Clinton  limestone,  28. 
Clisiocampa  disstri,  90. 
Cockroaches  of  Indiana,  153. 
Cockroach,  American,  157. 
German,  162. 
Oriental,  156. 
Pennsylvania,  158. 
Short-winged,  161. 


Committees,  5. 
Conocephalinre,  96,  III. 

Key  to  genera  of,  112. 
Conocephalus,  113. 

crepitans,  118. 

ensiger,  114, 117, 118. 

nebrascensis,  115. 

palustris,  118,  125,  129. 

robustus,  116, 118. 
Constitution,  7. 
Coulter,  J.  >L,  11. 
Coulter,  Stanley,  41,  49,  50. 
Craig,  O.  J..  55. 
Crambus  zeellus,  90. 
Crickets,  camel,  92,  140. 

blacksided,  143. 
Crossbill,  range  ol"  in  Ohio  valley,  62. 
American,  62. 
white  winged,  69. 
Croton  bug,  162. 
Cubberly,  E.  P.,  27. 
Cursoria,  154. 

Cyinatogaster,  early  stages  in,  58. 
Cyrtophyllus,  109. 

concavus,  108,  109. 

perspicillatus,  no,  152. 

DAIHINIA,  92. 
Decticidime,  96,  149. 
Decticus  dorsalis,  151. 

pachymerus,  150. 
Diastata  n.  sp.,  89. 
Diferetus  americanus,  90. 

brunniventris,  90. 

websteri,  90. 
Dickson,  Clinton,  see  W.  E.  Stone. 
Dimeris  rufipes.  89. 
Diplosis  tritici,  92. 
Doryphora,  10— lineata,  84. 
Dynastes  tityus,  86. 

EARTHWORKS,    ancient,    near   Anderson, 

Ind.,  30. 
Ectobia,  155,  161. 

flavocincta,  161. 

germanica,  162. 

lithophilia.  158. 
Kigenmann,  C.  II..  2'.',  56,  58,  81. 
Electrical  oxidation  of  glycerine,  165. 
Encyrtus  brunnipcnnis.  91. 

•clisiocampa-,  90. 

tarsalis,  '.a. 

websteri,  90. 
Eupelmus  allynii,  91. 
Evermann,  B.  W.,  29,  56,  73,  78. 
Evidences  of  man's  early  existence  in  Indi- 
ana, 49. 


Explorations  in  Western  Canada, 
Extraction  of  xylan  from  straw,  168. 

FESSENDEN,  R.  A.,  25,  26. 

Fisher,  E.  M.,  45. 

Forestry,  exhibit  of  Indiana  at  Columbii 

Exhibition,  41. 
(iAEVANOMETER,  construction  of,  20. 
Glacial  erosion,  Richmond,  27. 
Glacial  jugs,  28. 

Glycerine,  electrical  oxidation  of,  165. 
Glyphina  eragrostidis,  90. 
Glypta  sp.,  91. 

Golden,  Katherine  E.,  :',7.  16. 
Gordius,  124. 
Goss,  W.  F.  M.,  24. 

Grandeau's  method,  modification  of,  166. 
Orasshoppers,  cone-headed,  113. 

green.  92,  112. 

shield-backed,  150. 

black-legged,  135. 

black-sided,  125. 

common  meadow,  130. 

lance-tailed.  128. 

slender  meadow,  114. 

spotted  wingless,  112. 
Gray,  Thos,  20,  26. 
Grinnellia  Americana,  35. 

HADENCECUS  CAVERNARUM,  153. 
Hathaway,  A.  S.,  20. 
Iluy,  <>.  I'.,  62,  72. 
Hay,  W.  P.,  94, 144. 
Herpestomus  plutelhc,  90. 
Hessler,  Robert,  89. 
Eomoporus  sp,  91. 
Hubbard,  J.  W.,63. 
Hudson  river  deposits,  26. 
Humus  in  soils,  166. 
Huston,  II  A.  and  W.  F.  McBride,  166. 
Hylesinus  trifolii,  84. 
Hymeuopterous  parasites  reared  in  Indi- 
ana, list  of,  89. 
Hypoderus  columbfe,  92. 

ICHTHYOLOGICAL  FEATURES  OF  THE 

BLACK  HILLS,  73. 
Indian  camping  sites  near  Hrookville,  54. 
Ischnoptera,  155, 158. 

bivittata,  162. 

pennsylvanica,  158. 

unicolor,  160. 

JONES,  WALTER,  Sulphon-phthaleins,  16i 

KAKERLAC  AMERICANA,  157. 

orientalis,  156. 
Katydids,  92,  97. 


Katydid,  broad-winged,  109. 
fork-tailed,  101. 

larger  angular-winged,  107. 
narrow-winged,  102. 
oblique-winged,  107. 
oblong  leaf-winged,  104. 
round-winged,  105. 
true,  109. 
Uhler's.  loi;. 
Kindle,  E.  M.,  72. 

LABES  HYPHLOCYB.E.  91. 
Leersia  oryzoides,  126. 
Leptysma  marginicollis,  118. 
Lilly  herbarium,  50. 
Limuera  flavieiucta,  90. 
Locusta  curvicauda,  '.to. 
fasciata,  119. 
oblongifolia,  104. 
Locustida?  of  Indiana,  92,  97. 

bibliography  of,  94. 
synopsis  of  sub-families  of,  90. 
Loxia  curvirostra  minor,  62. 

leucoptera,  69. 
Loxotena  clemensiana,  89. 
Lysiphlebus  cucurbitaphidis,  90. 
eragrostaphidis,  90. 
multiarticulatus,  89. 
mysi,  90. 
ribaphidis,  90. 
tritici,  90. 

McBRIDE,  W.  F.    See  H.  A.  Huston. 
McCoy,  H.  X.    See  W.  E.  Stone. 

MacDOUOAL,  D.  T.,  35,  41. 

Map  illustrating  dividing  line  between 
insect  faunas,  82. 

Marchantia  polymorpha,  41. 

Marsters,  V.  P.,  27,  20. 

Martin,  G.  W.,  49. 

Mathematics  in  botany,  37. 

Megaspilus  niger,  90. 

Members,  0. 

Meraporus  bruchivorus,  91. 

Microcentrum,  98,  107. 

affiliatum,  107. 
laurifolium,  107. 
retinervis,  107,  152. 

Modern  geographical  distribution  of  in- 
sects of  Indiana,  81. 

Moore,  Joseph,  20,  27. 

Morse,  A.  P.,  126. 

Mottier,  I>.  M.,41,  48. 

Mount  Orizaba,  29. 

Murgantia  histrionica,  86. 

Mysus  ribis,  oo. 


NORMAN,  W.  W..  73,92. 
Noyes,  W.  A.,  — . 

GECANTHUS  NIVIUS,  91. 

Officers,  4,  6. 

Orchelimum,  113,  121,  12::.  120. 

bruneri,  139. 

concinnum,  137. 

delicatum,  152. 

glaberrimum,  133. 

gladiator,  138. 

graeile.  120. 

indianense,  137. 

nigripes,  135, 140. 

silvaticum,  132,  136. 

volantum,  153. 

vulgare,  130,  133. 
Oriole,  peculiar  death  of,  62. 
Orthopelma  bimaeulatum,  90. 

PACHYNEURON  micans,  90. 
<Pauchlora viridis,  154. 
Papilio  ajax,  85. 

cresphontes,  85. 
Parasitic  Hymenoptera   reared  in   Indian: 

partial  list  of,  80. 
Paroxya  atlantica,  lis. 
Pediastrum,  notes  on,  49. 
Periplaneta,  155,  156. 

americana,  157. 
orientalis,  156. 
Phalangopsis  lapidicola,  147.  • 

maculata,  142. 
Phaneroptera  angustifolia,  102. 

curvicauda,  99,  101,  102. 
septentrionalis,  99. 
Phaneropterina',  or,,  97. 

Key  to  genera  of.  98. 
Phycis  indiginella,  89. 
Phytonomus  punctatus,  84, 
Phyllodromia,  155,  162. 

germanica,  150,  162. 
Phylloptera  laurifolia,  107. 

oblongifolia,  104, 105. 
rotundifolia,  107. 
Phylloscirtes  pulchellus.  lis. 
Platamodes  pennsylvauiea,  158. 

unieolor,  160. 
Platygaster  error,  91. 
Pleas,  Elwood,  55, 
Plutella  cruciferarum,  90. 
Polygonum  amphibium,  135,  140. 
Potter,  Theodore,  63. 
Preglacial  erosion  near  Richmond,  27. 
President's  address,  15. 
Pseudophyllinte,  96, 100. 
Ptarmigan  of  the  Alleutian  islands,  78. 


Pterophylla  eoneava,  109. 

Purdue  experimental  locomotive,  24. 

Pygostotus  americanus,  91. 

QUARTZ  SUSPENSIONS,  25. 

•  quaternion  and  analytical  treatments,  20. 

KAPHIDOPHORA  LAPIDICOLA,  142,  1-17. 

maculata,  142. 

stygius,  148. 

subterranea,  153. 
Redding,  T.B.,  62,  71. 
Rhyssalus  loxotenia,  89. 
Rhyssematus,  lineaticollis,  89. 
Rotary  blowers,  26. 

SAITISPULEX,  90. 
Salix  cordata,  124. 
Saltitoria.  92. 
Scovell,  J.  T..29,  .".0.  55. 
scudderia,  98. 

angustifolia,  102. 

curvicauda,  99,  100,  102. 

furcata ,  101 ,  152. 

furculata,  99,  100. 

pistillata,  152. 
Shannon,  W.  P.,  49. 
Silvanus  surinamensis,  91. 
Simulium  meredionale,  87. 

pecuarium,  87. 
-ilihonophora  avena,  90. 

cucurbitaphidis,  90. 
Slick,  E.  E.,94,  117. 
Snow,  Benj.  W.,  20,  25,  26. 
Soils,  humus  in,  166. 
Solidago  rigida.  139. 
Somers,  A.N..  29,35,51. 
South  American  cat  fishes.  72. 
Spring  meeting,  13. 
Stagmomantis  Carolina,  86. 
Stenopelmatina,  96,  140. 
Stone,  W.  E.  and  Clinton  Dickson,  169. 
Stone,  W.  E.  and  H.  X.  McCoy,  165. 
stone,  W.  E.  and  W.  H.  Test,  Extraction  of 

xylan  from  straw,  168. 
Stoops,  H.  M.,  51,  55. 
.-tylophyga  orientalis,  156. 
Sulphon-phthaleins,  166. 

TEMNOPTERYX,  155,  160. 

deropeltiformis,  160. 
Test,  F.  C,  56. 

Test,  W.  H.,  see  W.  E.  Stone. 
Tests  of  torsional  strength,  20. 


Tetracha  virginica,  86. 
Thiofurfurol,  169. 
Thomas,  M.  B.,  4S,  49. 
Thyreonotus,  149. 

dorsalis,  151. 

pachymerus,  150. 
Toxopteragraminum,  91. 
Trypetagibba,  89. 
Tyloderma  foreolatum,  91. 
Two-ocean  pass,  29. 

UDEOPSYLLA  NIGRA,  15:!. 
Uline,  E.  B.,42. 
Ulrey,  A.  B.,  00. 
Underwood,  L.  M.,  41,  48,  49. 
United  States  fish  commission  steamer  Al- 
batross. 56. 

VALENCES,  determination  of,  169. 

Van  der  Waal's  equation,  25. 

Vegetable  and  mineral  matter  from  a  snow 

storm,  29. 
Vernonia  fasciculata,  132. 

WALKER,  FRANCIS  A.,  51. 
Webster,  F.  M.,  81. 
Wesmadia  rileyi,  91. 
Wilkin,  John,  20. 
Wright,  John  S.,  41,  50. 

XIPHIDITJM,  113,  119,  121,  123,  130. 

agile,  131,  132. 

attenuatum,  128,  140. 

brevipenne,  121,  123. 

concinnum,  137. 

curtipenne,  122. 

ensiferum,  123. 

fasciatum,  119,  121,123. 

glaberrimum,  133. 

modestum,  126. 

ne  morale,  122. 

nigropleurum,  118,  125. 

saltans,  152. 

scudderi,  128. 

spinulosum,  136. 

strictum,  127,  129,  134. 

variations  in  species  of,  119, 
121, 129. 

vulgare.  131. 
Xylan,  extraction  of,  from  straw,  168. 
Xylose,  multirotation  of,  109. 

ZELA  nigriceps,  90. 


Is